inheritances by the name of Lets as Come up with me into my lot Iudg. 1. 3. And not lands onely but whatsoever befalleth unto men frō the hand of God is called a lot as This is the portion of them that spoile us and the lot of them that rob us Esay 17. 14. and Thou hast neither part nor lot in this matter Act. 8. 21. and That they may receive forgivenesse of sins and a lot that is inheritance among them which are sanctified by faith c. Act. 26. 18. The part of the lot that is of the inheritance of the Saints in light Col. 1. 12. So that in the Greek used by the Apostles Cleros a lot and Cleronomia a division by lot is the common name of an inheritance 1 Pet. 5. 3. Ephes. 1. 14. 18. Vers. 56. According to the lot Hebr. At or Vpon the mouth of the lot as the lot whereon the name of the tribe or of the inheritance is written shall speake This lot being of the Lord figured the diversities of gifts in the Church which the Spirit of God divideth to every man severally 〈◊〉 will 1 Cor. 12. 4. 11. as also the dispensation of his graces concerning our heavenly inheritance which the Election onely obtaineth that the purpose of God according to election might stand not of workes but of him that calleth Rom. 11. 7. and 9. 11. Vers. 57. of the Levites who though they had no inheritance in the land vers 62. yet were they to have 48 cities and their suburbs for their habitation Num. 35. which also fell unto them by lot Ios. 21. 4. c. Vers. 58. Korachites or Korhites of Korah the sonne of Izhar the sonne of Kohath the sonne of Levi Num. 16. 1. Korah himselfe died in the rebellion but his sonnes died not Num. 26. 11. therefore they are reckoned here for a familie in the fourth generation from Levi which is one degree further than the other families And whereas in Exod. 6. 16. c. there are reckoned of Gershon two sonnes Libni and Shimei here the familie of the Libnites is mustered but Shimei left out There Kohath hath foure sonnes Amram and Ishar and Hebron and Vzziel here Vzziel is omitted neither is Ishar named but in his sonnes the Korhites Vers. 59. she bare to Levi by she understand Levies wise or Iochebeds mother Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it his wise bare her in Egypt she bare to Amram that is Iochebed Amrams wife who was also his aunt bare to Amram Exo. 6. 20. Marie Hebr. Mirjam she was a prophetesse see Exod. 15. 20. Num. 12. 1. Vers. 60. unto Aaron was borne Here Moses children Gershon and Eliezer are againe omitted see the notes on Num. 3. 38. Vers. 61. and Abihu died and they had no sonnes Num. 3. 4. See the historie in Levit. 10. Vers. 62. 23 thousand who at the former numbring were but 22 thousand Num. 3. 39. So they increased in the wildernesse a thousand males Vers. 65. dying they shall die i. they shall surely die this was threatned for their rebellion refusing to go into the promised land Nū 14. and the fulfilling of Gods judgment is here shewed and Iosoua in Greeke Iesus the son of Naue these two survived because they faithfully followed the Lord Num. 14. 24. 38. See the Annotations there In that all the rest were dead save these two it sheweth that all the 600 thousand men now mustered which should conquer Canaan were a valiant company betweene 20 and 60 yeares of age none being above 60 but Caleb and Iosua and as they were in body so in minde being trained up these 38 yeares in the study of the Law and ordinances of God and beholding his workes having Moses and Aaron for their leaders and Gods good spirit for their instructer Neh. 9. 20. CHAP. XXVII 1 The daughters of Zelophehad sue for an inheritance 5 Moses bringeth their cause before the Lord who granteth their request 8 The Law of inheritances when a man dieth without a son 12 Moses is bidden goe up and see the land and is told of his death for his trespasse 15 He requesteth of the Lord that a man may be set governour in his place 18 The Lord appointeth Iosua to succeed him 22 And Moses by imposition of hands ordaineth him to his office THen came the daughters of Zelophehad the sonne of Hepher the son of Gilead the son of Machir the son of Manasses of the families of Manasses the son of Ioseph and these are the names of his daughters Machlah Noah Hoglah and Milcah and Tirzah And they stood before Moses and before Eleazar the Priest and before the Princes and all the congregation at the doore of the Tent of the Congregation saying Our father died in the wildernesse and he was not among the Congregation of them that gathered themselves together against Iehovah in the congregation of Korah but in his sinne he died and hee had no sonnes Why should the name of our father be done away from among his family because he hath no sonne Give unto us a possession among the brethren of our father And Moses brought their cause before Iehovah And Iehovah said unto Moses saying The daughters of Zelophehad speake right giving thou shalt give them a possession of an inheritance among the brethren of their father and thou shalt cause the inheritance of their father to passe unto them And thou shalt speake unto the sonnes of Israel saying If a man die and he have no sonne then ye shall cause his inheritance to passe unto his daughter And if hee have no daughter then ye shall give his inheritance unto his brethren And if he have no brethren then ye shall give his inheritance unto the brethren of his father And if his father have no brethren then ye shall give his inheritance unto his kinsman that is next to him of his familie and he shall inherit it it shal be unto the sonnes of Israel for a statute of judgement as Iehovah commanded Moses And Iehovah said unto Moses Go thou up into this mountaine of Abarim and see the land w ch I have given to the sons of Israel And thou shalt see it and thou also shalt be gathered unto thy peoples as Aaron thy brother was gathered For ye rebelled against my mouth in the wildernesse of Zin in the strife of the congregation to sanctifie me at the water before their eyes that is the water of Meribah of Kadesh in the wildernesse of Zin And Moses spake unto Iehovah saying Let Iehovah the God of the spirits of all flesh set a man over the congregation Which may go out before them and which may go in before them and which may lead them out and which may bring them in that the congregation of Iehovah be not as sheep which have no shepherd And Iehovah said unto Moses Take unto thee Iosua the son of Nun a man in whom is the spirit and lay thine hand upon him And cause
fire and the thunders and the lightnings and he went neere into the thicke darknesse and a voice spake unto him and we heard it Moses Moses goe say unto them thus and thus And so it is said face to face the Lord spake with you Deut. 5. 4. c. This standing at mount Sinai it selfe alone was an evident confirmation of his prophesie that it was truth and without all suspicion in it as it is written Lo I come unto thee in the thicke cloud that the people may heare when I speake with thee and may beleeve in thee for ever Exodus 19. 9. So that before this thing they beleeved not in him with such a beleefe as continueth for ever but with a beleefe that had doubtfull conceits and thoughts after it Maimony in Misn. in Iesudei hatorah ch 8. S. 1. Vers. 10. sanctifie them that is bid them and looke that they doe sanctifie and holily prepare themselves that they may be humbled at my feet to receive my words as Deut. 33. 3. This was by cleansing themselves from all filthinesse of the flesh and spirit 2 Cor. 7. 1. inwardly by faith Act. 15. 9. outwardly by washing their garments whereof see Gen. 35. 2. and their bodies as appeareth by other places that shew the sanctifying of the priests and people Levit 8. 6. and 15. 5. 6. 8. 13. 16. 18. 21. 22. c. and abstaining from their wives as after followeth here verse 15. Which things figured our sanctification and cleansing by Christ Iesus with the washing of water by the Word even the washing of regeneration and renewing of the holy Ghost Ephes. 5 26. Tit. 3. 5. From this precept the Hebrew Doctors gather their doctrine and practice for baptizing all whom they admit unto their Church and covenant as Maimony sheweth in Asurei Biah ch 13. and is more fully set downe in the annotations on Gen. 17. 12. V. 11. the third day which is thought to be the day that after was called Pentecost the 50. day after the Passeover then was a yeerly feast Exo. 23. 16. Lev. 23. 15. 16. c. Act. 20. 16. On this day the fiery law was now given on mount Sina on this day the fiery tongues were after given for preaching the Gospell in Ierusalem Acts 2. 1. 2. c. And many mysteries are of the third day in the Scriptures see the notes on Gen. 22. 4. Vers. 13. touch it or touch him that is the man or beast that shall touch the mountaine shall be so execrable unto you as yee shall not touch it with hand but stone it or shoot it through These ordinances were outward concerning the mount that might be touched terrible that the people could unbeare that which was commanded and shewed the nature and use of the law contrary to the Gospell on mount Sion as Paul explaineth it Heb. 12. 18. 20. 22. c. with a shot with arrow or dart as the Apostle in Greek openeth the Hebrew phrase shooting shot through Heb. 12. 20. the sound of the trumpet or the sounding trumpet called in Hebrew Iobel translated in Greeke voices and trumpets but the Apostle seemeth to expresse it by the sound or eccho of the trumpet Hebr. 12. 19. the Chaldee turneth it the trumpet Every 50. yeare was of the sounding of trumpets called Iobel the Iubilee Levit. 25. 10. see the annotations there and Ios. 6. 4. 5. is drawne long or draweth that is continueth the sound and so there be an end of the trumpets sounding shall goe up that is as the Chaldee paraphraseth when the trumpet shall be withdrawne they shall have leave to goe up and as the Gr. translateth when the voyces the trumpets the cloud are departed from the mountaine they shal goe up So that whiles the signes of Gods Majestie were on the mount the people were forbidden to approach but when they were ceased the people might goe up as to any other common mount wheras untill that time the mountaine was sanctified verse 23. Vers. 15. unto a wife or to a woman that is any of you unto his wife to lie with her as the Ierusalemy Thargum expoundeth it the ministerie of the bed A like speech passed betweene Achimelech the priest and David about eating of the holy bread 1 Sam. 21. 4. 5. This was for the more humiliation and preparing of the people as Paul teacheth that man wife may abstaine with consent for a time that they may give themselves to fasting and prayer 1 Cor. 7. 5. It seemeth also by the Law in Levit. 15. 18. that there was a figurative uneleannesse by all such copulation see the annotations on that place Vers. 16. voyces that is thunders see Exod. 9. 23. heavy that is very thicke cloud the Greeke translateth darkesome clouds These were signes of Gods glorious presence and of his judgements against the breakers of his Law the Prophets use the like words to signifie his Majestie Psal. 18. 9. 10. 12. 14. and 97. 2. 4. And these things were now done by the ministery of Angels Act. 7. 53. Gal. 3. 19. for God came with ten thousands of saints Deut. 33. 2. trumpet shewing the nature of the Law to manifest Gods will mens transgressions and to warne them of the wrath deserved Esay 58. 1. Ezek. 33. 3. Rom. 3. 20. and 4. 15. trembled or was afraid The spirit of bondage which was in the people caused them to feare Rom. 〈◊〉 15. for they were not perfect in the love of God 1 Iohn 4. 18. Vers. 17. to meet with God as the Chaldee paraphraseth with the Word of the Lord. Thus Moses as a Mediatour stood betweene the Lord and the people because they were afraid Deut. 5. 5. Gal. 3. 19. at the nether part without the bounds that Moses had limited vers 12. They flood here as the Hebrews write after the order that Moses mentioneth in Deut. 29. 10. 11. when after 40. yeeres he renewed the covenant First there were the firstborne the priests Exod. 19. 22. which came neare unto the Lord after them the Heads of the Tribes the Rulers after them the Elders then the officers after them all the men of Israel then the little ones after them the women and then the strangers Aben Ezra on Exod. 19. Vers. 18. on a smoke With clouds and smoke God often manifested his glorious presence to his people Exod. 40. 34. 35. 2 Chro. 5. 14. and 6. 1. and 7. 1. 2. Esay 6. 4. Rev. 15. 8. there was the hiding of his power Hab. 3. 4. descended God who filleth heaven and earth Ier. 23. 24. is said to descend or come downe to certaine places when hee there manifesteth his glory and it is spoken of him after the manner of men See the notes on Gen. 6. 6. and 11. 5. in fire for Gods Word is like to fire Ier. 23. 29. and his law was firie Deut. 33. 2. as hee himselfe is a consuming fire Deutro 4. 24. Thargum Ierusalemy explaineth it thus because the
he would have observed as mysticall As the Arke signified Gods presence and the Table with shewbread the Church standing before him so this Candlesticke signified his Law in the light whereof his people doe serve him Psal. 119. 105. Pro. 6. 23. 2 Pet. 1. 19. And the sundry branches bowles knops and flowers shew the varietie of things and of delivering them in the Scripture some easie some hard to be understood 2 Pet. 3. 16. some histories some prophesies some parables c. Vers. 33. made like almonds the Chaldee translateth figured and the Greeke figured with almond nuts and this some referre to those also which follow the knop and the flower as if they had that forme The Almond tree hath the name in Hebrew of hastie bringing forth blossomes and fruit and God likeneth the hastie performance of his word unto It Ier. 1. 11. 12. So Aarons rod miraculously bare almonds Num. 17. 8. Vers. 37. seven lamps or the lamps thereof seven which figured the seven spirits that is the manifold graces of the Spirit of God as is written there were seven lamps of fire burning before the throne which are the seven spirits of God Revel 4. 5. be that is the priest as is expressed Exod. 27. 21. Lev. 24. 3. See the notes there to ascend that is as the Chaldee translateth to burne for that the flame ascends upward So in Exod. 27. 20. But the Greeke version here understands it of setting the lamps upon the top of the branches of the candlesticke◠〈◊〉 over against the face that is right forward or straight before it as the like phrase signifie 〈…〉 Ezek. 1. 9. 12. See also Numb 8. 2. Verse 39. a talene this is the greatest weight which 〈◊〉 use it contained three thousand sheâ—els of which were two sorts common and holy as is shewed on Gen. 20. 16. This talent as all other weights about the Sanctuary being sacred was an hundred and twenty pound weight or three thousand holy shekels See the notes on Exodus 38. 24. 26. Vers. 40. that thou make or and make to wit all these things mentioned in this Chapter and those which follow as the Apostle expoundeth it see that thou make all things according c. Heb. 8. 5. And of tentimes things set downe in this manner are expounded universally as 2 Chron 6. 30. thou onely knowest the heart of the sonnes of men that is of all the sonnes of men 1 King 8. 39. So the word shall be established Deuter. 19. 15. that is every word 2 Cor. 13. 1. and till I put thine enemies Psal. 110. 1. that is all of them 1 Cor. 15. 25. as wee for give our debtors Matth. 6. 12. that is every one indebted to us Luk. 11. 4. and many the like patterne in Greeke type hereupon the Apostle noteth that the priests of Israel served unto the example and shadow of heavenly things Hebr. 8. 5. So all this glorious furniture of the Tabernacle was not for worldly pompe but for spirituall mysterie of heavenly graces which should be injoyed by Christ whereof see Revel 4. and 21. chapters Neither might Moses alter the matter forme or fashion of any particular from the patterne shewed him but was strictly bound unto it and so did observe it Exodus 39. 42. 43. CHAP. XXVI 1 God commandeth to make a Tabernacle with ten curtaines embroidered 7 And a Tent over it of eleven certaines of Goats haire 14 And a covering for the Tent of Rams skinnes and a covering of Tachash skinnes 15. The boards of the Tabernacle of Shittim wood 19 The sockets of silver 26 The bars of Shittim wood 31 The embroidered vesle betweene the most holy place and the holy 36 The hanging vesle for the doore AND thou shalt make the Tabernacle with ten curtaines of fine linnen twined and blew and purple and scarlet with Cherubims the worke of a cunning workeman shalt thou make them The length of one curtaine shall be eight and twenty cubits and the bredth foure cubits of one curtaine one measure shall be for all the curtaines Five curtaines shall be coupled together one to another and five curtaines coupled together one to another And thou shalt make loopes of blew upon the edge of the one curtaine from the selvedge in the coupling so shalt thou make in the uttermost edge of the curtaine in the second coupling Fiftie loopes shalt thou make in the one curtaine and fiftie loopes shalt thou make in the selvedge of the curtaine which is in the second coupling the loopes being one right over against another And thou shalt make fiftie taches of gold and shalt couple together the curtaines one unto another with the taches and it shall bee one Tabernacle And thou shalt make curtaines of go 〈…〉 〈◊〉 for a Tent over the Tabernacle eleven curtaines shalt thou make them The length of one curtaine shall be thirtie cuâ—its and the bredth foure cubits of one curtaine one measure shall be for the eleven curtaines And thou shalt couple together five curtaines by themselves and sixe curtaines by themselves and shalt double the sixt curtaine in the forefront of the Tent. And thou shalt make fiftie loopes on the edge of the one curtaine the outmost in the coupling and fiftie loopes on the edge of the curtaine of the second coupling And thou shalt make fiftie taches of brasse shalt put the taches into the loops and shalt couple together the Tent and it shall be one And the overplus that remaineth of the curtaines of the Tent the halfe curtaine that remaineth shall hang over on the backe sides of the Tabernacle And a cubit on this side and a cubit on that side in the remainder in the length of the curtaines of the tent it shall bee hanging over on the sides of the Tabernacle on this side and on that side to cover it And thou shalt make a covering for the tent of Rams skins died red and a covering of Tachash skins above And thou shalt make boards for the Tabernacle of Shittim wood standing up Ten cubits shall be the length of a board and a cubit and halfe a cubit the bredth of one board Two tenons for one board set in order one against another so shalt thou make for all the boards of the Tabernacle And thou shalt make the boards for the Tabernacle twenty boards for the South â—â—de Southward And foâ—â—ie sockets of silver shalt thou make under the twenty boards two 〈…〉 undeâ— one board for his two tenons and two sockets under another 〈◊〉 for his 〈…〉 And for the second side of the 〈…〉 on the North side twenty 〈…〉 And theâ— fortie sockeâ—s of silver 〈…〉 〈…〉 one â—â—ard and two soc 〈…〉 another board And for the sides of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thou shalt â—ake 〈…〉 And two boards shalt thou make for th 〈…〉 of the 〈◊〉 in the two sides And they shall be equally joyned be 〈…〉 〈…〉 shall bee perfectly 〈…〉 the heâ—d of it unto one ring so 〈…〉
Others referre it to the square compasse which was within the Altar that was hallow verse 1. and 8. where either by rings or upon a ledge this grate was hanged on the mids This signified the place within where the holy fire alwaies burneth that is the heart which sustaineth also the sacrifice and where all ashes and excrements of corruption are inwardly conveyed away as they are discovered by Gods Word and Spirit and our sanctification furthered by afflictions 2 Tim. 1. 3. and 2. 22. Rom. 12. 1. 1â— Hebr. 9. 14. and 12. 10. Vers. 8. he that is God shewed or according to the Greeke translation as it was shewed Thus all the instruments of Gods daily service in Israel were appointed and shewed of God himselfe that no place might be left for mans wil-worship or inventions Colos. 2. 23. Matth. 15. 9. Vers. 9. Court or Courtyard an open place into which the people should come daily unto the sacrifices and publike service of God Psal. 100. 4. and 116. 17. 18. 19. Thus was the Habitation of God divided into three roomes the outward Court which was in the open light and view of all The Tabernacle or Holy place which had light by the seven lampes of the gold Candlesticke and the most holy place wherein was no externall light wherein God â—ate upon the glorious Cherubims 〈◊〉 man who is the true Tabernacle and Temple of God consisteth of three parts Body 〈◊〉 and Spirit 1 Thes. 5. 23. The body is as the open Court where all doe see what is done The Soule is as the Holy place where by the lamps of Gods Word and Spirit mans reason and understanding 〈…〉 The Spirit is as the most holy place where God onely dwelleth in secret by faith which is of things not seene nor by humane reason to be comprehended And so by the Hebrew Doctors opinion the heart of man is answe 〈…〉 to the Holy of H 〈…〉 s in the Sanctuarie R. Eliâ—◠〈◊〉 â—â—pher reshith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of Holinesse chap. 7. 〈◊〉 219. The world also hath three parts this i 〈…〉 wherein we live and dyâ—â— the superiour or heaven lightned with seuen Planets and staâ—res innumerable and the Heaven of heavens for third Heaven 2 Cor. 12. 2. the place of eternâ—ll blessednesse unto which the most holy place is resembled Heb. 9. 24. tapestrie-hangings which were Curtaines woven with Tapestrie worke The same word when it is spoken of other matter signifieth carved-worke as in 1 King 6. 32. fine linnen in Greeke bysse see Exod. 25. 4. within this which figured the righteousnesse of the Saints Revel 19. 8. was the Church of God to be in the service of him as in a holy pure and glorious inclosure Vers. 10. Pillars which served to uphold those hangings fastened unto them by silver hookes Figuring the stabilitie of the Church and of the righteousnesse thereof by the word of God compared unto silver and Ministers of the same Ieremie 1. 18. Revel 3. 12. Psalme 12. 7. Galath 2. 9. fillets or hoopes of silver which compassed the â—oppes of the Pillars and served both for ornament and for the hangings to be fastened by They have their name in Hebrew of imbracing about and cleaving fast derived from a word which is applied unto loving affection Psalme 91. 14. and signifie the pure love wherewith the Saints are to imbrace and cleave to and serve one another Colos. 2. 2. and 3. 14. Galath 5. 13. In the making of these it is said that their heads also or chapiters were overlaid with silver Exodus 38. 17. 19. Vers. 12. Sea that is the west side see Genesis 12. 8. fiftie so the bredth was halfe so much as the length and the forme of the Court was 〈◊〉 long square 100 cubits long and 50 broad The Tabernacle within the Court was of like forme 30 cubits long and 12 broad Exod. 26. Vers. 14. for the side that is for the one side as the Greeke translateth it meaning the side of the gate or entrie the Hebrew figuratively calleth it a shoulder Vers. 16. hanging veile or covering for of that it hath the name so there was at the doore of the Tabernacle Exodus 26. 36. see the notes there blew c. so it differed from the other hangings of the Court which were but of one colour this with varietie of colours represented the manifold graces of Christ applied unto us by his blood by whom as by a doore we have entrance and accesse unto God in his Church Iohn 10. 9. Rom. 5. 1. 2. Vers. 18. with fiftie that is fiftie on the West end with fiftie on the East end The like is to be understood before of the length an Hundred on the one side with an Hundred on the other and so the Greeke translation speaketh of that as of this five halfe the height of the Tabernacle which was Ten Cubits high Exod. 26. 16. Vers. 19. for all the service the Greeke explaineth it thus and all the instruments such as served for the worke thereof pinnes or â—ailes stakes which were to fasten it and the parts thereof that it might stand sure These signified also the stabilitie of the Church and the ministery of Gods word fastening the same Ezr. 9. 8. Esa. 33. 20. and 22. 23. Zach. 10. 4. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth the twentieth section or lecture of the Law see Gen. 6. 9. Vers. â—0 take and bring unto thee so in Lev. 24. 2. where this law is againe repeated Olive that is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the Olive tree which is alwaies green and flourishing faire and of goodly fruit of whose fruit oyle is made good for food for ointment and for light of which last he here speaketh This oile Olive signified the fruitfull graces flowing from Christ and the Saints compared to Olive trees Iudg. 9. 9. Ps. 52. 10. Zach. 4. Rev. 11. 4. Ier. 11. 16. who by the fire of Gods spirit cause the seven lampes to burne before his throne and doe inlighten the Church with his word Esa. 61. 1. 2. Rev. 4. 5. Psal. 119. 105. Prov. 5. 23. 2 Cor. 4. 46. beaten signifying how with much labour affliction the light of Gods word is to be prepared with patience preached and made to shine in his Church 2 Cor. 1. 4. 2. 4. 11. 23. 24. 25. c. 1 Thes. 2. 9. to ascend that is as the Greeke and Chaldee explaine it to burne V. 21. the Testimonie the Tables of the Law within the Arke Ex. 25. 21. shall order it by causing it to burne as the Greek interpreteth The manner whereof the Iewes record to be thus When the Priest commeth to trim the Candlesticke of every lampe that is burnt out he takes away the weke and all the oile that remaineth in the lampe and wipeth it and putteth in another weke and other oile by measure and that is halfe a log that is about a quarter of a Pinte of which measure see Lev. 14. 10. and the notes on
The Hebr. gather from hence that there is no measure or quantity of the issue limited but every whit therof that is discemed maketh one uncleane Mai 〈…〉 in Mechosrei capporah c. 2. s. 9. Howbeit they make a difference in respect of the times saying Hee 〈◊〉 seeth â—â—e appearance of an issue he is like him that hath an accident of uncleannesse wherof see Deut. 23. 10 11. If he see two he hath the issue and must co 〈…〉 7. daies and go into living water but iâ— not bound to bring an oblation If he see three loe hee hath the issue 〈◊〉 pleat and is bound to bring an oblation And there 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 between the second appearance and the third 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 oblâ—â—iâ—â— Maimony ibidem sect 6. it is 〈◊〉 〈…〉 nesse the Greeke explaineth it his un 〈…〉 esse in him Vers. 4. 〈◊〉 He that hath an issue defileth his bed and so his seat and saddle five waies standing sit 〈◊〉 lying hanging leaning and the bed defileth men seven waies by standing sitting lying hanging leaning touching bearing Talmud Bab. in Zabim ch 2 s. 4. Which is explained thus A thing that is made for a bed 〈…〉 seat or saddle though it be under a stone if one of them that defile the seat stand upon the stone or sit or lie or leane or hang upon it he is defiled Maim in Metamei mishcab c. 7 s. 1. vessell or instrument any thing whatsoever So in v. 6. and after The Hebrewes have for these things a limitation they say He that hath an issue defileth not the thing till the most part of him be upon the bed or the seat or the saddle Yet if he stand upon two beds with one foot upon one bed and his other foot on the other they are both of them uncleane Maim in Metamei mishcab c. 7. s. 3. 4. This â—igâ—â—ed the contagion of sin which defileth men all the good creatures and benefits which God giveth us in this life unto the pure all things are pure but unto them that are defiled and unbeleeving is nothing pure Tit. 1. 15. V. 5. and bathe or wash baptise to weet himselfe or his flesh as is expressed in ver 13. 16. meaning his whole body and so the Greeke translateth shall wash his body The Hebrews say Every place where it is said in the Law of bathing the flesh and washing the clothes of the uncleane it is not meant but of baptizing the whole body in water Maim in Mikvaoth c 1. s. 2. See after on v. 11. It figured our sanctification by Christ and his spirit by whom wee draw neere to God having hearts sprinkled from an evill conscience and bodies washed with pure water Heb. 10. 22. See also Levit. 11. 25. till the evening that is till that day be ended and a new beginne till then he is not cleane See the notes on Leviticus 11. 24. 32. Vers. 8. shall spit The spittle of him that hath an issue is uncleane and defileth even as the issue it selfe v. 2. Hereby was figured the pollution that commeth to the soules of men by the impure doctrines which false Prophets and hetericks spit out of their mouthes 2 Pet. 2. 1. 2. 3. 1 Tim. 4. 1. 2. Tit. 1. 9. 10. 11. as may be gathered by the contrary when Christ by spitting on men opened and loosed the eyes eares and tongues of the blinde deafe and dumbe Mark 8. 23. and 7. 33. Ioh. 9. 6. whereby the power and efficacie of the word out of the mouth of Christ was signified And here under the name of spittle all excrements of the mouth and nose except blood are comprehended as the Hebrew canons say The man and wo 〈◊〉 that hath an issue and the menstruous and the woman 〈…〉 ildbirth every one of these foure are of the principall sorts of things defiling vessels by touching and men by touching and bearing them and defile bed and seat and saddle all under them and makes them most uncleane The spittle of him that hath an issue and his seed and his urine every of them three are most uncleane by the law and doe every whit of them defile by touching and by bearing Loe it is said of the spittle and if he spit upon him that is cleane Lev. 15. 8. and his urine and his seed it is unpossible that there should not be some of the issue in them Both man and woman that hath an issue and the menstruous and the woman in childbed the spittle and urine of every of them is most uncleane And so every place where it is said in these passages He that hath an issue it implieth both him the residue of the foure The thicke spittle excrements and water of the nose these are as the spittle in every respect and are generally rekned as the spittle Maimony in Metamei mishcab c. c. 1. s. 1. 14. 15. 16. So in Talmud Bab. in Zabim c. 5. s. 7. it is said Who so toucheth the issue of him that hath an issue or his spittle or his seed or his urine or the blood of the menstruous he is defiled Vers. 9. saddle or thing to ride with as the word generally signifieth Vers. 10. under him wherefore they say If hee that hath an issue and a cleane person sit in a boat or on a peece of timber or ride on a beast together though their clothes touch not yet they are uncleane Talmud Bab. in Zabim c. 3. s. 1. Likewise if it be not immediately under him but a stone or other thing betweene yet it is uncleane as is before noted on verse 4. beareth hereupon is that which sundry times is before mentioned of pollution by bearing although they touch them not The contagion of heresie idolatry and other sinnes was hereby shadowed that all might be warned to keepe themselves pure or by repentance and â—aith in Christ to purge themselves if they have beene defiled Matthew 7. 15. 1 Ioh. 5. 21. 1 Tim. 5. 22. 2 Cor. 6. 17. Vers. 11. rinsed his hands or washed them Although in other cases sometimes the hands onely and feet were washed as Exod. 30. 21. yet in this case of uncleannes as the whole man was defiled so the whole was to be washed and the hands here are put the part for the whole So the Hebrewes explaine it saying that which is said of him that hath an issue in Lev. 15. 11. hath not rinsed his hands is as if he should say that he should baptise his whole bodie and the same ordinance is for other unclean persons so that if a man baptise himselfe all over saving the tip of his little finger he is yet in his uncleannesse c. Behold it is said in Levit. 11. 32. it shall be put or brought into the water so all the principall uncleane persons must be put into water Whosoever is baptised or washed hee must baptise all his body when hee is naked in one place and if he have locks of hair he must
halosin by Aquila an ancient interpreter So that the eating of such that is the communion with them is by this law forbidden such flesh was to be cast unto the dogge Exodus 22. 31. home borne the naturall Israelite or a stranger of the Proselytes as the Greeke translateth that is heathens converted to the faith the Church of Israel For if they were not joyned Proselytes the strangers in Israel might eat these things as Moses sheweth in Deuteronomie 14. 21. saying of the dead thing or carkasse thou shalt give it unto the stranger that is in thy gates which the Chaldee there expoundeth the uncircumcised inhabitant that hee may eat it For the scripture mentioneth three sorts of strangers open Idolaters which might not dwell in the land of Israel others that practised not Idolatrie but yeelded to some chiefe grounds of true religion and such might dwell in the gates or cities of Israel and the third sort converts or proselytes which were bound to all the Law as the Iewes themselves and such are spoken of throughout this chapter Of all these three sorts see the annotations on Exodus 12. 43. 45. 48. his flesh or as the Greeke translateth his body which supply is here added from the next verse where Moses expresseth it the evening the end of the day and beginning of a new This washing and bathing figured a renewing by repentance and faith in Christ to remission of sinnes with sanctification by the spirit 1 Cor. 6. 11. Rev. 1. 5. Heb. 10. 22. See the notes on Levit. 15. Vers. 16. his flesh his body with water saith the Grecke version so Paul speaketh of our bodies washed with pure water Heb. 10. 22. It figured their cleansing by repentance as Iohn said I baptise you with water unto repentance Matth. 3. 11. his iniquitie that is his guiltinesse and his punishment See the notes on Gen. 19. 15. CHAP. XVIII 1 God forbiddeth his people to doe after the manner of the beathens 6 Unlawfull mariages and copulations with neere kindred 19 Other unlawfull lusts 21 Idolatrie 23 and beastlinesse 24 wherewith the Canaanites were defiled and for which the land should spew them out 26 By whose example Israel is warned to keepe Gods statutes and judgments lest the like evils came upon them also ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Speake unto the sonnes of Israel and say unto them I am Iehovah your God After the doing of the land of Egypt wherein ye dwelt shall ye not doe and after the doing of the land of Canaan whither I bring you shall yee not doe and in their statutes ye shall not walke My judgements shall ye doe and my statutes shall yee keepe to walke in them I am Iehovah your God And ye shall keepe my statutes and my judgments which a man shall doe and shall live by them I am Iehovah None of you shall approach unto any neere-kinne of his flesh to uncover their nakednesse I am Iehovah The nakednesse of thy father and the nakednesse of thy mother shalt thou not uncover she is thy mother thou shalt not uncover her nakednesse The nakednesse of thy fathers wife shalt thou not uncover it is thy fathers nakednes The nakednesse of thy sister the daughter of thy father or the daughter of thy mother whether she be borne at home or borne abroad thou shalt not uncover their nakednesse The nakednesse of thy sonnes daughter or of thy daughters daughter thou shalt not uncover their nakednes for they are thy nakednesse The nakednes of thy fathers wives daughter begotten of thy father she is thy sister thou shalt not uncover her nakednes The nakednesse of thy fathers sister thou shalt not uncover she is thy fathers neere-kinne The nakednesse of thy mothers sister thou shalt not uncover for shee is thy mothers neere-kinne The nakednes of thy fathers brother thou shalt not uncover unto his wife thou shalt not approch she is thine aunt The nakednes of thy daughter-in-law thou shalt not uncover shee is thy sonnes wife thou shalt not uncover her nakednes The nakednes of thy brothers wife thou shalt not uncover it is thy brothers nakednes The nakednes of a woman and of her daughter thou shalt not uncover her sonnes daughter or her daughters daughter thou shalt not take to uncover her nakednes they are neere-kinne it is wickednes And a woman unto her sister thou shalt not take to vexe her to uncover her nakednes upon her in her life And unto a woman in the separation of her uncleannes thou shalt not approach to uncover her nakednes And unto thy neighbours wife thou shalt not give thy copulation for seed to defile thy selfe with her And of thy seed shalt thou not give to cause-to-passe-through the fire unto Molech and thou shalt not profane the name of thy God I am Iehovah With a male thou shalt not lye like copulation with a woman it is abomination Neither shalt thou give thy copulation with any beast to defile thy selfe therewith neither shall a woman stand before a beast to lye downe thereto it is confusion Be not ye defiled in any of these things for in all these the nations are defiled which I cast-out from your faces And the lands defiled and I doe visit the iniquitie thereof upon it and the land spueth out the inhabitants thereof You shall therefore keepe my statures and my judgments and shall not doe any of these abominations neither the homeborne nor the stranger that so journeth among you For all these abominations have the men of the land done which were before you and the land is defiled That the land spue not out you also when ye defile it as it spued out the nation which was before you For whosoever shall doe any of th 〈…〉 abominations even the soules that d 〈…〉 them shall be cut-off from among their people Therefore yee shall keepe my charge not to doe any of the statutes of abomi 〈…〉 tions which were done before you and ye shall not be defiled in them I am Iehovah your God Annotations DOing that is doings or actions as the Greek and Chaldee translate the singular number implieth all and everie one of their unlawfull practices land which the Chaldee explaineth the people of the land Of Egypt the scripture testifieth that it was an Idolatrous land and there Israel had beene defiled Ezek. 20. 7. 8. and 23. 8. Likewise of Canaan Levit. 20. 23. therefore these two are expresly named and all other implyed statutes or decrees ordinances described by their lawes either for religion or otherwise if they were superstitious The Hebrew doctors explaine it thus We may not walke in the statutes of the heathens nor bee like unto them either in apparell or in haire Lev. 19. 27. or any the like Lev. 18. 3. But Israel must be separated from them known by their apparell and their other workes as they are separated from them in their knowledge and opinions and so he saith Lev. 20. 26 I have separated
rebellion see Num. 14. 2 3 c. Verse 27. In the hatred or for the hatred of Ie 〈…〉 wherwith he hateth us that is for that the Lord hateth us as in the Greeke version See 〈…〉 phrase in Gen. 19. 16. and 29. 20. Hos. 3. 〈…〉 evill saying Moses would not have to come 〈◊〉 of the mouth of their enemies Deut. 9. 28. and it sheweth the height of their sinne which impâ—â—ed that to hatred wherein God manifested his 〈◊〉 Deut. 4. 37. and 7. 8. Vers. 28. to melt that is discouraged or as the Chaldee translateth it broken The Greeke saith Have turned away our heart David amplifieth this 〈…〉 litude in Psal. 22. 15. My heart is as wax it 〈…〉 ten c. So Ios. 2. 11. and 7. 5. and 14. 8. Esâ—â— 19. 1. These brethren were ten of the twelve Spies sent to view the Land Num. 13. 28. c. 〈…〉 kims in Greeke and Chaldee Giants see Nâ—â— 13. 28. 33. where it is singular Anak Vers. 30. He the Chaldee paraphraseth his 〈◊〉 will fight for you Verse 31. bare thee this word meaneth not bearing of the body onely but bearing of their infirmities and suffering the evils and troubles in the education of them as a father doth in his children which the Greeke explaineth by etrophophsrese a word that Paul useth in Act. 13. 18. where the Syriak expoundeth it nourished or as some copies have it etropophorese hee suffered their manners Verse 32. yet in this thing or for this word notwithstanding this exhortation and encouragement you beleeved not in Iehovah Chald. in the word of the LORD This unbeleefe Paul noteth to be the cause why they entred not into the Lords rest Heb. 3. 1 2. 18. 19. Verse 33. Who went namely by his Arke Fire and Cloud the signes of his presence Numb 10. 33. 34. or who goeth to wit still before you Verse 35. If there shall that is surely there shall not as Paul openeth the phrase Heb. 3. 11. 18. Though Moses intreated for the people Num. 14. 13. 19. and the Lord pardoned them that they were not then destroyed Num. 14. 20. yet hee sware and so it was irrevocable and without repentance Psal. 110. 4. that they should not come into the promised land See the notes on Num. 14. see that is come into and enjoy as to see good is to enjoy the same Psal. 106. 5. Verse 36. Caleb one of the twelve Spies who was faithfull see Num. 13. 6. 30. and 14. 6. c. fully followed Hebr. fulfilled after Iehovah which the Greeke translateth followed the things pertaining to the Lord. This he did being guided by another spirit Num. 14. 24. Verse 37. with me with Aaron also for they both were in one transgression and punishment Num. 20. 10 12 24. for your sakes for the people provoked his spirit whereupon hee uttered his sinne with his lips Psal. 106. 32 33. his sinne proceeded also from unbeleefe see Num. 20. 12. Thus God shewed severity towards all after many provocations and by it the people were taught that not Moses Law but Iesus Gospel should bring them into their heavenly rest Vers. 38. Ioshuah or Iehoshuah in Greeke Iesus he was another of the Spies see Num. 13. 8. 16. and 14. 6. 38. standeth that is ministreth or is thy servant as the phrase meaneth Gen. 18. 8. and so hee is named Moses minister Ios. 1. 1. strengthen by word and signe which was imposition of hands whereby Moses put off his honour upon Iesus and hee was filled with the Spirit Num. 27. 18. 20. 23. Deut. 34. 9. Verse 39. for a prey to be spoiled and devoured of the enemy of this their speech see Num. 14. 3. they shall goe in after forty yeares wandring in the wildernesse and bearing their fathers whoredomes see Num. 14. 31. 33. So God sheweth grace to weaklings and babes in Christ 1 Cor. 1. 28. Mat. 11. 25. Verse 40. way of that is which leadeth towards the red sea where Israel had beene baptized Exod. 14. and whither they were now led againe to learn repentance and a new life See Num. 14. 25. Vers. 41. sinned The people mourned greatly when they heard that evill tidings from the Lord confessed their sinne and offered amendment Num. 14. 39 40. but their repentance was not according to God for presently they rushed into another extremity neither could they reverse the decree passed against them his weapons of war or the weapons of his warre which is an Hebrew phrase very common translated in Greeke his weapons of War so in Dan. 9. 24. citie of thy holinesse that is thy holy citie and the house of my praier Esay 56. 7. that is my house of praier and many the like pressed forward assayed of your owne accord or thronged as the Greeke translateth gathered together the Chaldee yee began The Hebrew word is used here onely in Num. 14. 44. there is said they loftily presumed or lifted up themselves answerable to their presumption here following Vers. 42. I am not the Chaldee expoundeth it my majestie or presence dwelleth not among you see Num. 14. 42. smitten in Greeke broken or crushed The Lord threatned their fall by the sword of the Amalekites and Canaanites Num. 14. 43. Verse 43. were presumptuous or were proud arrogant compare Num. 14. 44. The people having by their evil heart and unfaithful departed from the living God would returne to him by the workes of their own hands w ch was a presumptuous sin and shewed their repentance not to be sincere but that the flesh repined and strugled against the chastisements of God not willing to beare the punishment of their iniquitie See the notes on Num. 14. Verse 44. Amorite with the Amalekites See Numb 14. 45. Bees doe or Bees vse to doe which when they are angred get them together and flie on the faces of their provokers see Psal. 118. 12. Our sinnes are enemies like Bees many compact in the hive of the heart being troubled and provoked they become more eager and fierce sting and pursue us They cannot be subdued but by faith in Christ as they that were stung of Serpents were healed by him Num. 21. for by the workes of the Law no sinne can be expelled Rom. 7. 7 8. c. Hormah the Greeke saith from Seir unto Herma see Num. 14. 45. Verse 45. returned the Greeke saith yee sate downe and wept heard not Chaldee accepted not your praier This figured how Israel following the Law of justice could not attaine unto it because they sought it not by faith but as it were by the works of the Law Rom. 9. 31 32. Verse 46. Kadesh a large wildernesse where Israel abode long as appeareth by Num. 13. 27. and 20. 1. 14 21. Iudg. 11. 17. Deut. 2. 14. CHAP. II. 1. The storie is continued that the Israelites were not suffered to meddle with the Edomites 9. nor with the Moabites 19. nor with the Ammonites 24. but with Sihon the Amorite who refusing peace and
her husband so long as hee liveth but if the husband be dead she is loosed from the law of the husband So we also are become dead to the Law by the body of Christ that we should be to another even to him who is raised from the dead Rom. 7. 1 2 4. Therfore upon this death of Moses God speaketh unto Israel to go over Iordan into the Land Ios. 1. according to the mouth in Greeke and Ghaldee by the word The day of his death by the Iewes tradition was the seventh of Adar which we call February so Ionathan in his Thargum on this place saith On the seventh day of the moneth of Adar Moses the Master of Israel was borne and on the seventh day of the moneth of Adar he was taken out of the world Vers. 6. he buried him that is Iehovah buried him or Michael that is Christ who is Iehovah one with the Father Iude vers 9. Signifying that none but Christ should abolish the Law and Ordinances given by Moses Rom. 8. 3. Gal. 3. 13 14. Coloss. 2. 14 16 17. Heb. 9. 9 10 11 c. and 10. 1 9. And this was a speciall honour unto Moses person whom the Lord loved when he was dead and buried his corps which we finde not done to any man else in the world which he will also raise up incorruptible and glorious at the day of his appearing in a valley he died in the mountaine Deut. 32. 50. but was buried in a valley over against Beth-Pehor the Greeke saith neere to the house of Phogor of which place see Deut. 3. 28. no man knoweth God would not have Moses Sepulchre to be knowne though the devill contended with him hereabout Iude vers 9. because there should be no occasion of superstition or idolatry thereby as is thought of some Chazkuni saith that none which inquire of the dead as Deut. 18. 11. might seeke unto him The chiefe cause seemeth to be a mysterie that the Law whereof Moses was the minister being once dead and abrogated by Christ should never more be sought after but quite abolished out of the conscience of sinners that the grace of Christ may live raigne alone See Gal. 4. 9 10 11. and 5. 4. Also that the legall rudiments should by the comming of the Gospell be taken away from Israel never to be found or enjoyed by them any more For Christ destroyed both their Citie and Sanctuary as was foretold in Dan. 9. and they have been many daies without a King and without a Prince and without a sacrifice and without an image and without an Ephod and without Teraphim and so shall be untill they returne and seeke the Lord their God and the sonne of David their King Hos. 3. 4 5. Vers. 7. yeeres old Hebr. sonne of 120. yeeres so the yeere of his death fell out in the 2553. yeere of the world and his yeeres accord with Noes preaching and preparing of the Arke Genes 6. 3. his eye in Greeke his eyes his eye-sight failed him not as did Isaaks Gen. 27. 1. The eye is also used for the outward appearance and colour of a thing as Exod. 10. 5. Numb 11. 7. so it may be meant here also his visage was not wrinkled Chazkuni here expoundeth it the shining of his face mentioned in Ex. 34. 30. his naturall moisture his radicall humour wherein the life and strength of the body consisteth which when it is spent and dried up a man dieth The Greeke translateth his lips were not corrupted the Chaldee saith the brightnesse of the glory of his face was not changed having reference to Exod. 34. 30 c. sled that is departed from him Thus outwardly and inwardly Moses retained his vigour beauty and naturall strength that he died not through feeblenesse or defect of nature as most men did at his age though he had beene a man of sorrowes and broken with many cares for the people And hereby the continuall force of the Law is signified the power wherof decaieth not in the conscience of sinners by number of daies or multitude of workes till God take it away and abolish it by grace in Christ. The Law hath dominion over a man as long as he liveth whiles we are in the flesh the passions of sinnes which are by the Law do worke in our members to bring forth fruit unto death Rom. 7. 1 5. Vers. 8. the plaines of Moab in Greeke Araboth Moab by Iordan over against Iericho as v. 1. thirty daies so long they mourned also for Aaron see Num. 20. 28. Vers. 9. Iosua in Greeke Iesus the sonne of Nave of wisdome in Greek of understanding the spirit of wisdome meaneth wisdome ministred by the spirit of God wherein he was a figure of Iesus Christ who being full of the holy Spirit entred upon the worke of his ministration here on earth Luke 4. 1 c. On him the spirit of the Lord rested the spirit of wisedome and understanding the spirit of counsell and might the spirit of knowledge and of the feare of the Lord Esa. 11. 2. laid or imposed his hands upon him of this see Numb 27. 18 23. As Moses by imposition of hands authorized Iesus the sonne of Nun and bare record unto him so the Law of Moses which was in the heart and bowels of Iesus the sonne of God gave authority and bare record unto him Heb. 7. Acts 26. 22 23. Moses himselfe appeared talking with Iesus and speaking of his decease which he should accomplish at Ierusalem Luke 9. 30 31. hearkened unto him that is obeyed him as after also they promised in Ios. 1. 16. 17 18. See the notes on Num. 27. 20. Vers. 10. knew face to face the Chaldee saith was revealed unto him face to face So in Exod. 33. 11. it is said Iehovah spake unto Moses face to face as a man speaketh unto his friend and in Num. 12. 8. he said with him will I speake mouth to mouth See the Annotations there Vers. 12. the mighty hand that is workes wrought with a mighty hand and powerfull government and administration according to that which is said Humble your selves therefore under the mighty hand of God c. 1 Pet. 5. 6. great terrour that is workes done with great terrour which the Greeke translateth great marvels the Chaldee great visions These things doe magnifie Moses office and administration that the Lawes which he hath written confirmed by such signes and wonders might be acknowledged to be of God wherefore he and his writings are worthily celebrated thorowout the world confirmed of God himselfe Numb 12. 7 8. approved and expounded by all the Prophets after him by Christ himselfe and his Apostles so that they which heare not him will not be perswaded though one rose from the dead Luk. 16. 31. But unto us God hath raised up a Prophet like unto Moses as he promised Deu. 18. 18. Act. 3. 21. even Iesus the sonne of the Most high a man approved of God among
silver Psalme 119. 72. yet the doctrine of faith and ordinances of the Gospell with the graces accompanying them here promised are much more excellent and glorious 2 Corinthians 3. 7. 11. Vers. 12. While the King Here the Church speaketh of the fruits and effects of Christs former graces how in her and from her so adorned by her beloved the odour of the spirit of God in her flowed forth and spred abroad to the delight of her selfe and others By the King is meant Christ as in verse 4. by his round table which the Greeke translateth his sitting downe which was wont to be in a round or as in a ring 1 Samuel 16. 11. may bee understood the spirituall banquet of Christ with his Church feeding her with his word and graces as the table of the Lord in Malachy 1. 12. and 1 Corinth 10. 21. signifie the communion betweene him and his people as doth also the supping one with another Revelat. 3. 20. The Spikenard is one of the pleasant fruits in the garden of the Church Song 4. 13. 14. but here it seemeth to be the oyle or ointment made of Spikenard which is very precious which they used to poure out and anoint men with such as Mary anointed our Lord Iesus with as hee sate at table with his friends and the house was filled with the smell or odour of the ointment Iohn 12. 1. 2. 3. Spiritually it signifieth the sweet smelling fruits of repentance faith love prayer thanksgiving c. which the Church sheweth forth by the communion of Christ with her and in speciall of mortification and communion with Christs death buriall and resurrection Romanes 6. 3. 4. 5. c. as that which Marie did unto Christ was to anoint his body to the burying Marke 14. 8. Iohn 12. 7. Vers. 13. A bundle or A bagge of myrrh by myrrh is meant the sweet gumme that issueth from the myrrh tree which is gathered and bound up in bagges it was the first of the chiefe spices whereof the holy anointing oyle in the Sanctuary was made Exodus 30. 23. and that holy ointment figured the gâ—aces of the Spirit poured out upon Christ and by him upon his Church Esay 61. 1. Psalme 45. 8. 1 Iohn 2. 20. See the annotations on Exodus 30. 26. With myrrh and aloes the dead body of our Lord Iesus was imbalmed Iohn 19. 39. and with it the wisemen honoured him at his birth Matt. 2. Hereby the Church professeth her spirituall comfort which shee had in Christ taking our humanity filled with the Spirit of God without measure dying for her sinnes and rising againe for her justification the feeling whereof is as a sweet odour unto the beleeving heart A bundle or bagge is for to keepe safe things that are of worth as The Joule of my Lord shall be bound in the bundle of life with Iehovah thy God 1 Samuel 25. 29. So by this bag of myrrh shee signifieth her care to injoy and possesse the benefits of Christ and of his death to the remission of her sinnes which for his sake are all cast into the depths of the sea Mic. 7. 19. which otherwise without him should bee sealed up in a bag and reserved against her for punishment Iob. 14. 17. my welbeloved that is Christ whom she thus calleth not because she loved him but he loved her and gave himselfe to bee the propitiation for her sinnes whereupon she againe loveth him because hee loved her first 1 Iohn 4. 10. 19. So shee glorieth not in her owne righteousnesse but in that which her beloved is unto her who of God is made unto her wisedome and righteousnesse and sanctification and redemption 1 Cor. 1. 30. Welbeloved in Hebrew Dod is written with the same letters that David whose name also signified Beloved hee was a figure of Christ and his father after the flesh Romanes 1. 3. and Christ is often called David as in Ier. 30. 9. Ezek. 34. 23. and 37. 24. Hos. 3. 5. unto mee A speech of faith applying the promises and graces of Christ unto her owne soule as the Apostle also teacheth by his owne example Gal. 2. 19. 20. he shall lye all night or he shall lodge shall abide The night usually signifieth the time of darknesse and affliction wherefore shee meaneth that Christ with his consolations should bee her continuall joy and comfort whom shee would hold fast by faith against all tentations and troubles of this present life and solace her selfe in him betwixt my brests dwelling in my heart by faith Ephes. 3. 17. The brests signifie also the ministery of the Church feeding the Saints with the sincere milke of the word that they may grow thereby 1 Peter 2. 2. whereupon the Prophet saith Rejoyce yee with Ierusalem c. that ye may sucke and be satisfied with the brests of her consolations that yee may milke out and be delighted with the abundance of her glory Esay 66. 10. 11. Vers. 14. A cluster of Cypres or of Camphire which is a sweet gumme but Cypres is a tree whose fruit groweth in clusters and is also sweet The Hebrew name Copher from which Caphura or Camphire as also the Cypres tree seemeth to bee derived usually signifieth Atenement Propitiation or Redemption according to which interpretation the holy Ghost here may have reference to the worke and fruit of Christs death whereby he became a cluster of redemption unto his Church being a propitiation for the sinnes of the whole world 1 Iohn 2. 2. the sweetnesse whereof is resembled by a cluster which is of many berries compact together of the sweet Cypres for that his blood cleanseth us from all sinne 1 Iohn 1. 7. and is accompanied with all other graces Engeds the name of a place in the land of Cannan which fell to the tribe of Iudah and being neere the sea and watered with springs was a fruitfull soile for gardens and vineyards Iosua 15. 62. Ezek. 47. 10. it was called also Hazazon Tamar 2 Chr. 20. 2. where the enemies comming against Ichosaphat hee prayed unto God and was delivered Which victory may also be respected here as a figure of the victories which the Church obtaineth by faith in Christ. Vers. 15. thou art faire Christ here speaketh to his Church commending her beauty which she hath by his sanctification and cleansing with the washing of the water by the word Ephes. 5. 26. 27. as also by her constitution and order as mount Zion was beautifull for situation Psalm 48. 2. Of Tyrus a city of merchandise it is said Thy builders have perfected thy beauty Ezek. 27. 4. and of her Ancients wisemen mariners merchants men of warre c. it is likewise said they have made thy beauty perfect Ezekiel 27. 9. 10. 11. and in Ezek. 28. 7. he mentioneth the beauty of wisedome So the city and Church of God being builded by the doctrine of the Gospell furnished with men of gifts and graces and endued with wisedome from on high is truly faire and beautifull
The Restauration GOD promiseth that Christ the Womans seed shall bruise the Serpents head The man calleth his wife Eve God layeth chastisements on them both clotheth them and drives them out of Paradise Chap. 3 The government of the old World ADAM begetting two sonnes Kain the first borne is wicked Abel faithfull Kain killeth Abel and is cursed yet liveth and increaseth in the world Seth is given in Abels sted and of Seth Enos Chap. 4 SETH progateth the faithfull seed Enoch prophesieth and God taketh him away that he dieth not Chap. 5 Seths seed and Kains are mixed so Giants are bred and sinne increased God repenteth that he made man threatneth to drown the world but Noe findes grace Chap. 6 NOE and his house with some of all creatures are saved in the Arke which God bade him make the world is all drowned Ch. 7 The government of the world aset the Flood NOE with his familie come out of the Arke are blessed to fill the world againe Chap. 〈◊〉 GOD promiseth to drowne the world no more Sinne reviveth in Cham Noes son whose posteritie is cursed the blesse continueth to Sem and Iaphet Chap. 〈◊〉 Noes three sonnes Sem Cham and Iaphet doe multiply on the earth Chap. 〈◊〉 Their posterity are scattered by confusion of tongues at Babel Sem propagateth the faithfull seede which in Terah falleth 〈◊〉 God but is called to repentance Chap. 〈◊〉 ABRAM is called from Idolatry and commeth a pilgrim into the land of Canaan Chap. 〈◊〉 Abram parted from Lot is promised the land of Canaan and a plenteous seed Chap. 〈◊〉 He fighteth for Lot oâ—ercommeth foure Kings and is blessed of Melchisedek Chap. 〈◊〉 He being childlesse is promised an heire justified by faith and comforted by a vision and covenant of God Chap. 〈◊〉 He hath a son after the flesh Ismael of Agar his bondwoman Chap. 1â— He hath a new name Abraham the covenant of circumcision and promise of Isask Sarai is named Sarah Chap. 1â— Abraham enterraineth Angels hath the promise renewed and Sodoms destruction revealed for whom he maketh intercession Chap. 1â— Sodom is burned Lot delivered begetteth of his daughters Moab and Ammon Chap. 19 Abrahams wife taken by Abimelec is restored unto him Chap. 20 ISAAK the promised seed is borne Agar and Ismael are cast out of Abrahams house Ab melec covenanteth with Abraham Chap. 21 Isaak is offred for a sacrifice by his father but saved from death by God Abraham is blessed and heareth of his kindreds increase Chap. 22 Abraham purchaseth in Canaan a burying place for Sarah Chap. 23 He provideth a wife for Isaak who marieth Rebekah Chap. 24 Abraham dyeth Isaak begetteth Esau and Iakob who strive in the wombe Iakob buyeth the birthright of Esau surnamed Edom. Chap 25 Isaaks wife taken by Abimelec is restored he covenanteth with Abimelec Chap 26 IAKOB by subtilty getteth the blessing from Esau and is threatned Chap. 27 Iakob fleeing from Esau is comforred by a vision of a Ladder at Bethel Chap. 28 He sorveth for a wife is beguiled marieth two and hath foure sonnes Chap. 29 He is increased with moe children is wronged by Laban but waxeth rich Chap. 30 He fleeth secretly is pursued by Laban but God delivereth him Chap. 31 He is met of Angells afraid of Esau wrastleth with God and is named Israel Chap. 32 Iakob and Esau meet and are friends Iakob put chaseth ground at Sechem Chap. 33 Iakobs daughter Dina is defiled his sonnes slay the Sech mites for it Chap. 34 Iakob burieth Deborah the Nurse Rachel his wife and Isaak his father Chap. 35 Esau dwelleth in Seir hath many Dukes and Kings of his posteitie Chap. 36 IOSEPH Iakobs sonne is hated for his dreames and sold by his brethen into Egypt Iakob mourneth for him and will not be comforted Chap. 37 Iudah Iakobs son begetteth of his daughter in law Pharez and Zarah Chap. 38 Ioseph in Egypt is tempted to adultery falsly accused and imprisoned Chap. 39 Ioseph in prison expoundeth the dreames of Pharaohs officers but is forgotten Chap. 40 Ioseph expoundeth Pharaohs dreames and is made ruler over all Egypt Chap. 41 Iakob sendeth his sons for corne into Egypt Ioseph handleth them roughly Chap. 42 Iakob constrainedly sendeth his sons againe and Ioseph feasteth them Chap. 43 Ioseph challengeth Benjamin for his cup Iudah supplicateth for his brother Chap. 44 Ioseph makes himselfe knowne to his brethren and sendeth for his Father Chap. 45 Iakob by Gods advice goeth with his houshold into Egypt in all seventy soules Ioseph meeteth them in Goshen and instructeth them what to say to Pharah Chap. 46 Ioseph nourisheth his father and brethren in time of famine bringeth the Egyptians into bondage and sweareth to bury his father in Canaan Chap. 47 Iosephs two sons are blessed and adopted of Iakob on his death bed Chap. 48 Iakob blesseth his twelve sons prophesieth of Christ and dyeth in Egypt Chap. 49 Ioseph burieth his father in Canaan and returneth forgiveth his brethren prophesieth of their departure from thence giveth charge concerning his bones and dyeth Chap. 50 The number of the Sections or Lectures in Genesis are twelve the Chapters fiftie the verses 1534. The midst is at Gen. 27. 40. Search the Scriptures Iohn 5. 39. To the Law and to the Testimonie Esay 8. 20. Whatsoever things were written aforetime were written for our learning that we through patience and comfort of the Scriptures might have hope Rom. 15. 4. THE FIRST BOOKE OF MOSES CALLED GENESIS CHAPTER I. 1 The Heavens and the Earth are created and the Light in the first day 6. In the second the firmament is spred and the waters divided 9. In the third the earth is made dry land and fruitfull the waters are gathered to be seas 14. The Sunne Moone and Stars are created for Lights the fourth day 20. Fish and Fowles are brought forth and blessed in the fifth 24. In the sixth Beasts are made out of the Earth 26. Man is created in the image of God 28. he is blessed and hath dominion of the world 29 Food is appointed for Man and beast 31. Gods workes are all good IN THE BEGINNING GOD created the Heavens and the earth And the earth was empty and voide and darkenesse was upon the face of the deepe and the Spirit of God moved upon the face of the waters And God sayd Let there bee light and there was light And God saw the light that it was good and God separated betweene the light and the darkenesse And God called the light Day and the darknesse he called Night and the evening was and the morning was the first day And God said Let there be an Out-spred firmament in the midst of the waters and let it separate betweene waters and waters And God made the Outspred-firmament and separated betweene the waters which were under the outspred-firmament and the waters which were above the outspred-firmament and it was so And God called the outspred-firmament Heavens and the evening was and
And this Minde is the Lords candle searching all the toward roomes of the belly Prov. 20. 27. The Hebrew lives is by the holy Ghost translated in Greeke life Act. 2. 28. from Psal. 16. 11. and it is so 〈◊〉 in the forme plurall because in life there are ma 〈…〉 operations changes occurrences c. that doe fall out and men or Adam which Paul openeth thus the first man Adam 1 Cor. 15. 45 was or was to that is become a living soule The word to as it is often expressed so is it sometime omitted in the Hebrew text◠as 〈◊〉 Chron. 18. 21. I will be to or for a lying spirit which in 1 King 22. 22. is written I will be a lying spirit unto this living soule Paul opposeth the second Adam Christ who is a livemaking spirit 1 Cor. 15. 45. where he compareth living or quicke with livemaking or quickning soule with spirit as also the souly or naturall body with the spirituall verse 44. 46. So by living soule here is meant the naturall estate of life in this world where men doe eat and drinke procreate children c. which in the world to come shall be otherwise when this animalitie or souly state shall be changed into spiritualtie As for the terme of this our souly or naturall life it dureth while our breath is in us and the spirit of God in our nostrills Iob 27. 3. for the breath of the Almighty giveth us life Iob 33. 4. And here for a living soule the Chaldee translateth speaking that is reasonable because man hath a soule reasonable wherby he speaketh so differing from dumbe beasts Psal. 32. 9. 2 Pet. 2. 16. The Hebrew Doctors say the forme of the inferiour Adam mystically signified the forme of the superiour Adam R. Menachem on Gen. 5. 1. The mystery is opened by the Apostle thus The first man is of the earth earthly the second man is of the Lord from heaven 1 Cor. 15. 47. V. 8. a garden called hereupon the garden of Iehovah Gen. 13. 10. the Greeke translateth it a paradise which name is borrowed from the Hebrew pardese that signifieth an orchard Song 4. 13. Eccles 2. 5. This place for the pleasantnesse of it is made a figure of heaven named paradise in Luk. 23. 43. 2 Cor. 12. 4. It is also applied to the Church of Christ Revel 21. 22. So the Hebrew Doctors gathered from Song 4. 12. that this garden signified the Church of Israel R. Menachem on Gen. 2. 8. in Eden a countrie in the upper part of Chaldea mentioned in Esa. 35. 12. Ezek. 27. 23. and other where Eden signifieth Pleasure of it the Greekes name Pleasure Hedone and the name sheweth it to bee the pleasantest part of the world wherefore comparisons are made by it Esa. 51. 3. Ezek. 31. 16. 18. Vers. 9. desireable that is goodly pleasant tall excellent as Cedars and the like See Ezek. 31. 8. 9. 18. tree of life which was continually flourishing and fruitfull unto which the scripture seemeth to have reference in describing the spirituall Paradise under the Gospell mentioning the tree of life which bare twelve manner of fruits and yeelded her fruit every moneth and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations Rev. 22. 2. This was unto Adam a symbolicall tree a signe not onely of a blessed naturall life in Paradise for a time but of a spirituall life after in Heaven for ever if he continued in obedience to his Creator For as the bread of life is that which giveth life eternall to them that eate of it Ioh. 6. 48. 50. 51. so this tree of life signified the like as God himselfe after sheweth Gen. 3. 22. Compare also Prov. 13. 12. midst of the garden the Greeke sayth of the paradise which the Holy Ghost followeth in Rev. 2. 7. saying to him that overcommeth I will give to eate of the tree of life which is in the midst of the Paradise of God The word midst often signifieth no more then within as in Gen. 41. 48 amidst the same City that is within the same So in the midst of thornes Luke 8. 7. is among or into the thornes Mat. 4. 7. And the tree of knowledge is said also to be in the midst of the garden that is within it Gen. 3. 3. the knowledge of good and evill so named because of Gods law which forbad man to eate of this tree should teach what is good and evill be a rule of obedience shewing mans goodnesse and righteousnesse if he did obey as Deut. 6. 25. or his evill if he did transgresse for the knowledge of sinne is by the law Rom. 3. 20. Also knowledge is used for sense or experience Gen. 12. 12 Song 6. 11. Esay 59. 8. and sometime for most neere union and conjunction Gen. 4. 1. and this tree might so have the name of the event because Adam by eating of it brought evill into the world was commingled and defiled with it and felt the misery of it in his owne conscience experience Gen. 3. 6. 7. The Greeke translateth a tree to know that which may be knowne of good and evill and the Chaldee thus a tree of whose fruit they that eate shall know the difference between good and evill So in Thargum Ierusalemy likewise Vers. 10. to water From this river and the use of it in Paradise the Scripture speaketh of Gods spirit and graces in his Church as the pure river of the water of life Rev. 22. 1. the river of God full of waters Psal. 65. 10. the river whose streames make glad the city of God Psal. 46. 5. See Iohn 7. 38. 39. was to that is became into foure heads meaning foure beginnings of other rivers Vers. 11. Pison or as in the Greeke Phison it is so called of the multitude or increase of waters The Scripture elsewhere speaketh not of it compasseth This word is sometime used for turning and passing along by though not round about as in Ios. 15. 3. and 16. 6. where the Greeke translateth it perieleusetai passe by and so it may be taked here Havilah in Greeke Evilat This was the name of two men one the sonne of Cush the sonne of Cham the sonne of Noe Gen. 10. 7. the country where hee dwelt was called by his name and that is it here mentioned and after in Gen. 25. 18. 1 Sam. 15. 7. Another Havilah was the sonne of Ioktan the sonne of Heber of the race of Sem sonne of Noe Gen. 1029. His countrie befell him in the East Indies Vers. 12. good that is fine precious so in 2 Chr. 3. 5. Bdelium the name of a tree and of a sweet gumme that runneth from it The Hebrew name is Bedólach and some thinke it to bee a kind of Pearle the Manna was like unto it and the colour white Num. 11. 7. Exod. 16. 31. Beryll a precious stone called in Hebrew Shoham which the Greeke in Exod. 28. 20. translateth a Beryll the Chaldee calleth it
salvation wherwith God clotheth his Church Esay 61 10. Vers. 22. is become as one to weet of us three the Father the Word and the Holy Spirit 1 Ioh. 5. 7 See before in Gen. 1. 26. Thus God upbraided Satans lying speech used in v. 5. and would leave an impression in Adams hart of his pride and folly in beleeving the Serpents deceitfull promises that so long as he lived an exile here on earth he might haue continuall motives of repentance and humiliation The Hebrew phrase is as one meaneth is made or become as one as this is Psal. 118. 23. the Evangelist translateth this is done Mat. 21. 42. lest he put An unperfect speech where we may understand by that which followeth he must be driven out lest he be put c. Such phrases are usuall as Gen. 38. 11. 42. 4. Mat. 25. 9. and eate and live or that he may eate and live And is often used for That and noteth the end and purpose of an act as here so in 2 Sam. 21. 3. 2 King 3. 11. Lam. 1. 19. Because the tree of life and the eating of it was at first a signe of eternall life to man if he had obeyed his creator as is noted on Gen. 2. 9. it might not now in the justice of God be so continued to man fallen into disobedience Neither was the new covenant betweene God and man of obedience againe by the workes of the Law unto life but of faith in Christ the womans seed unto forgivenesse of sinnes Gen. 3. 15. 20. God therfore in driving the man from this tree would drive him from all confidence in him-selfe and his owne workes and so from abuse of this tree also which might turne to his further judgement that hee might seeke the life in heaven which is hid with Christ in God Col. 3. 1. 2. 3. who will give to such as by faith doe overcome the world to eate of the tree of life which is in the midst of the Paradise of God Rev. 2 7. V. 23. to till tillage hath the name in Hebrew of servile-worke for all even Kings are as servants to the field Eccles. 5. 8. And this hard labour was a continuall remembrance of sinne and doctrine of humiliation and repentance Wherefore God after in the Law freed every seventh or Sabbath yeare from this tillage in his land when they did all alike eat of that which grew of it owne accord Lev. 25. 4. 6. to remember their former ease lost by sinne but to bee restored spiritually by Christ when hee should preach the acceptable yeare of the Lord Esay 61. 2. 2 Cor. 6. 2. Vers. 24. drove out or expulsed not to return thither againe but that he might seeke admission into the heavenly paradise whereunto Christ giveth entrance Luke 23. 43. minding himselfe an exile and pilgrime here on earth 1 Pet. 2. 11. 2 Cor. 5. 1. 4. The Hebrewes say in Bresith ketanna on this place Adam was driven out of paradise in this world but in the world to come he shalnot be driven out The remembrance of this future mercy was kept afterward among the Gentiles for it is one of the Chaldean oracles Seeke paradise the glorious country of the soule Cherubins or Cherubs These were living creatures with wings as may bee â—athered by comparing Ezek. 1. 5. and 10. 1. 15. the figures of such were wrought in the Tabernacle Exod. 25. 18. and 26. 1. See the annotations there Moses here seemeth to meane Angels by this name for they have appeared sometime with wings flying Dan. 9. 21. and with sword 1 Chron. 21 16. and as fierie chariots 2 King 6. 17. as here they have the flame of a sword that is a flaming sword as the Greeke translateth it to keepe man out of paradise Of Angels see the notes on Gen. 16. 7. By these also God further might signifie the Angels or Ministers in his spirituall paradise the Church and the sharpe two edged sword of his Word wherewith they are armed against all the disobedient 2 Cor. 10. 4. 5. 6. But the twelve Angels at the twelve gates of that paradise direct from all quarters of the world to enter thereinto by the gates which are never shut such as are written in the lambs booke of life where the tree of life groweth and giveth fruit wherein they haue right that doe the commandements of God Rev. 21. 12. 25. 27. and 22. 2. 14. turned it selfe to weet every way for more terrour that man should not there attempt re-entrance Such spiritually is the use of the Law and doctrine therof which terrifieth the conscience and by the workes whereof no flesh can be justified Rom. 3. 20. but it serveth to drive men unto Christ that they may be made righteous by faith Gal. 3. 24. The ancient Iewes had an expectation of recovery of this losse by Christ though now they are ignorant of him for they write of seven things which the King Christ shall shew unto Israel two of which are the garden of Eden and the tree of life R. Elias ben Mosis in Sepher reshith choemah fol. 4. 12. Also expounding that in Song 1. 4. the King hath brought me into his chambers Our Doctors of blessed memory have sayd that these are the chambers of the garden of Eden And againe There are also that say of the tree of life that it was not created in vaine but the men of the resurrection that are raised from the dead shall eate thereof and live for ever R. Menachem on Gen. 3. And by the garden of Eden or Paradise it seemes they understood the kingdome of heaven for the Chaldee paraphrast on Song 4. 12. saith as the garden of Eden into which no man hath power to enter but the just whose soules are sent thither by the hands of Angels According to these speeches familiar in olde time among the Iewes the Holy Ghost also speaketh of carriage by Angels into Abrahams bosome Luke 16. 22. of being with Christ in paradise Luke 23. 43. and of eating of the tree of life which is in the midst of the paradise of God Rev. 2. 7. And that the Iewes understood not these things carnally appeareth by these words of theirs In the world to come there is no eating or drinking nor any other of the things which the bodies of the sonnes of Adam have neede of in this world as sitting and standing and sleepe and death and sorrow and miâ—th and the like So our ancient wise men have sayd In the world to come there is no eating nor drinking nor use of mariage but the just doe sit with their crownes upon their heads and have the fruition of the glory of the Majestie of God Maimony in Misn. treat of Repentance ch 8. S. 2. CHAPT IIII. 1. The birth trade and religion of Kaine and Abel 8. Kaine killeth Abel 9. for it he is examined of God 11. and cursed 13. he despaireth 16. and departeth from Gods presence 17. Kaine buildeth the
upon the waters So ships are said to goe or walke Psal. 104. 26. Thus Noe in the Arke escaped the waters of Gods wrath wherin the world perished as Israel after this passed safe through the waters of the sea wherein the Aegyptians were drowned Exod. 14. Hebr. 11. 29. Noe was baptized into Christs death and buried in the Arke with him into his death but raised up againe with him also God giving him victory through faith in Christ Rom. 6. 3. 4. 1 Pet. 3. 20. 21 Vers. 19. most exceedingly or most vehemently the Hebrew phrase as also the Greeke doubleth the word vehemently vehemently So Gen. 17. 2. and 30. 43. and often Vers. 20. Fifteene cubits that is 22 foot and an halfe God weigheth the waters by measure Iob 28. 25 prevaile that is as the Greeke explaineth were lifted up higher then all mountaines To this Iob hath reference saying he sendeth out the waters and they overturne the earth Iob 12. 15. this judgement was admirable seeing there are mountaines as Atlas Olympus Causacus Athos and other such that are so high as their tops are above the clouds and winds as Historiographers do report And the mountaines of Ararat so high that the Arke rested upon them long before the face of the earth was discovered Gen. 8. 4. 5. c. Vers. 21. every man the flood came and destroyed them all Luke 17. 27. they were wrinkled before their time a flood was powred upon their foundations Iob. 22. 16. Vers. 23. Noe onely or but Noe. To this the Scripture after hath reference Ezek. 14. 14. though Noe Daniel and Iob were among them they should deliver but their owne soules So a few were saved 1 Pet. 3. 20. and 2. 5. And heathen stories give testimony unto this truth that at the deluge of all men Deucalion onely was left alive that is Noe by going with his wife and children into a certaine great Arke which he had c. Lucian l. de Dea Syriae CHAP. VIII 1 The waters of the flood asswage 4 The Arke resteth on Ararat 7 Noe sends forth the Raven and the Dove 15 God biddeth Noe goe forth of the Ark 18 and he goeth 20 He buildeth an Altar and offereth sacrifice 21 which God accepteth and promiseth to curse the earth so no more ANd God remembred Noe and every beast and all the cattell that was with him in the Arke and God made a wind to passe over the earth and the waters asswaged And the fountaines of the Deep and the windows of the heavens were stopped and the raine from heavens was restrained And the waters returned from off the earth going and returning and the waters abated at the end of the hundred and fifty dayes And the arke rested in the seventh moneth in the seventeenth day of the moneth upon the mountaines of Ararat And the waters were going and abating untill the tenth moneth in the tenth moneth in the first of the moneth the tops of the mountaines were seene And it was at the end of fortie dayes that Noe opened the window of the arke which he had made And he sent forth a Raven and it went-forth going-forth and returning untill the waters were dryed from off the earth And he sent forth a Dove from him to see if the waters were abated from off the face of the ground And the Dove found not rest for the sole of her foot and shee returned unto him into the arke for the waters were on the face of all the earth and he put-forth his hand and tooke her and caused her to come unto him into the arke And hee waited yet other seven dayes and did againe send forth the Dove out of the arke And the Dove came in to him at eventide and loe an olive leafe pluckt off was in her mouth and Noe knew that the waters were abated from off the earth And he waited yet other seven dayes and sent-forth the Dove and she did not againe returne unto him any more And it was in the sixe hundred and one yeere in the first moneth in the first of the moneth the waters were dried up from off the earth and Noe removed the covering of the arke and he saw and behold the face of the ground was dry And in the second moneth in the seven and twentieth day of the moneth the earth was dryed And God spake unto Noe saying Goe-forth out of the arke thou and thy wife and thy sonnes and thy sonnes wives with thee Every beast which is with thee of all flesh of fowle and of cattell and of every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth bring thou forth with thee that they may breed abundantly in the earth and be fruitfull and multiply upon the earth And Noe went forth and his sonnes and his wife and his sons wives with him Every beast every creeping-thing and every fowle all that creepeth upon the earth after their families went forth out of the arke And Noe builded an Altar unto Iehovah and tooke of every cleane beast and of every cleane fowle and offered-up burnt offerings on the altar And Iehovah smelled a smell of rest and Iehovah said in his heart I will not againe curse any more the ground for mans sake for the imagination of mans heart is evill from his youth and I will not againe any more smite every living thing as I have done Henceforth all dayes of the earth seed-time and harvest and cold and heat and sommer and winter and day and night shall not cease Annotations GOd remembred that is shewed himselfe to have care of Noe and helped him out of his troubles Things are often spoken of God after the manner of men as Gen. 6. 6. So after Gen. 30. 22. every beast or every living thing the Greek translateth all wild beasts and addeth all fowles and all creeping things a wind The Hebrew name Ruach signifieth generally any spirit or wind and all winds are brought forth of God out of his treasuries Psal. 135. 7. and wee know not whence they come or whither they goe Ioh. 3. 8. but God maketh the weight for them Iob 28. 25. and raised this wind extraordinarily in mercy asswaged or were stilled quieted This word is applyed also to the asswaging of anger Est. 2. 1. and of murmurings Num. 17. 5. Wherefore this wind which seemeth to be extraordinary had a miraculous effect in asswaging the waters whereas usually wind maketh them rage Psal. 107. 25. Ion. 1. 4. Therefore one Chaldee paraphrase calleth it a wind or spirit of mercies Vers. 2. of the deepe the water gulfes within the earth which before were broken up see Gen. 7. 11. stopped thus God shewed himselfe to be hee that can stay the bottles of heaven Iob 38. 37. Vers. 3. going and returning that is continually returning to weet into their channels and treasuries within the earth Psal. 33. 7. Eccles. 1. 7. So after in vers 5. going and abating that is continually abating more and more So going is elsewhere
partly for religion partly for munition in time of war saying Let us build us a City and Tower c. and let us make for us within it a house of worship or Temple lest we c. a feare arising from their owne guilty consciences as is often in the wicked Iob 15. 20. 21. Lev. 26. 36. Prov. 28. 1. Vers. 5. came down that is shewed by his works that he tooke knowledge of this evill to punish it This is spoken of God after the manner of men so Gen. 18. 21. Psal. 144. 5. See the notes on Gen. 6. 6 The Chaldee explaineth it thus And the Lord appeared to take vengeance upon the workes of the Citie and Tower Vers. 6. there will not be cut off from them that is they will not be restrained so noting their wilfull persisting in the evill begun Or question-wise thus should they not be cut off or restrained meaning it was very meet they should Vers. 7. Let us goe downe The holy Trinity here determineth as when in Gen. 1. 26. he said Let us make man against the former determination of vaine men vers 4. So he dissipateth the counsell of the nations Psal. 33. 10. not heare that is not understand so in 1 Cor. 14. 2. hee speaketh not unto men for no man heareth that is understandoth and in Esay 36. 11. Speake Syriacke for we heare that is understand it so a hearing heart for an understanding 1 King 3. 9. Ioseph heard that is understood Gen. 42. 23. and sundry the like Albeit God might at first smite them all with deafnesse that they could not at all heare and then change their tongues A like judgement David wisheth against his enemies Psal. 51. 10. Vers. 8. scattered and so dissolved their communion and brought on them the evill which they sought to prevent vers 4. for that which the wicked feareth shall come upon him Prov. 10. 24. The Hebrew Doctors from hence doe conclude The generation of the division of tongues have no part in the world to come that is in the kingdome of heaven as it is written And the Lord scattered them from thence c. The Lord scattered them in this world and from thence the Lord scattered them in the world to come Thalmud Bab. in Sanhedr ch 10. left off to build the contrary miracle God wrought by the gift of tongues to build up Ierusalem Act. 2. 4. 6. 11. c. Vers. 9. Babel or Babylon in the Greeke translated Confusion because there the Lord Balal that is Confounded their language And Babel is the same that Balbel but for ease of speech the first l is left out and it accordeth with the Chaldee or Baby lonian tongue which soundeth the Hebrew Balal Balbel as the Chaldee paraphrast here hath it lip of all the earth that is language of all people on the earth see verse 1. And here tongues first were for a signe to unbeleevers as 1 Cor. 14. 22. that by this judgement they might be converted unto the Lord though they made no such use thereof as neither did those that mocked at the gift of tongues whereby the heavenly City was builded Acts 2. 4. 13. The Hebrew Doctors say that at this dispersion there were seventy nations with seventy sundry languages R. Menachem on Gen. 11. Vers. 10. old Hebr. sox and so in the rest that follow See the notes on Gen. 5. 32. and compare this genealogy with that there Ten Patriarchs are there reckned from Adam to Noe and ten here from Sem to Abraham both of them proceeding with the linage of our Lord Christ who came of all these fathers according to the flesh Luke 3. There each fathers generation is set down in three verses here but in two and their death is not spoken of Howbeit the lives of men are now shortned to the halfe Vers. 11. 500 yeere By this we may gather that Sem lived till Isaak sonne of Abram was fifty yeres old and saw ten generations after him before hee dyed A singular blessing both to him and them Vers. 12. begat Salah or Shelach and as the holy Ghost counted the time of Arphaxads birth two yeeres after the flood vers 10. so may wee gather it for all the rest as Sala was borne 37 yeeres after the flood and after the creation of the world 1693 The Greek translation inserteth here a man which never was by the Hebrew verity saying that Arphaxad begat Kainan and that Kainan lived 130 yeeres and begat Sala Also the time of each fathers procreation is for the most part changed in the Greeke This seemeth to be done purposely that the true genealogy might not bee knowne to the heathen for whom the Greeke Bible was first translated And because in all Greeke Bibles Kainan was set downe the Evangelist also to beare with the worlds weaknesse or for other causes seeming good to the Spirit of God reckneth Kainan betweene Arphaxad and Sala in Luke 3. 36. But neither here nor in 1 Chron. 1. nor in any Hebrew text in his name recorded See a like thing in Gen. 46. 20. Vers. 14. begat Heber after the flood 67 yeeres in the yeere of the world 1723. Vers. 16. begat Phaleg or Peleg after the flood 101 y. and of the world 1757. Vers. 17. 430 yeere So Heber lived till Abraham was dead Gen. 25. 7. and was the longest liver of all that were borne after the flood and they that came after him lived not past halfe his dayes Vers. 18. begat Ragau or Rehu after the flood 131 y. and of the world 1787. Vers. 20. begat Saruch or Serug after the flood 163 y. and of the world 1819. Vers. 22. thirty yeere at the same age Phaleg and Salah are before noted to have begotten their sonnes begat Nachor after the flood 193. and of the world 1849. Vers. 24. begat Tharah or Terach after the flood 222 y. and of the world 1878. Vers. 26. begat Abram Nachor and Haran that is began to beget and so begat one of these three to weet Haran not all in the same yeere The like was before in Noes begetting Sem Cham and Iapheth Gen. 5. 32. where Sem for dignity was named first as Abram is here and Iapheth the eldest last as Haran is here For Tharah the father dyed 205 yeares old vers 32. then Abram departed from Charran 75 yeere old Gen. 12. 4. wherfore Abram was borne not when Tharah was 70 but when he was 130 yeere old which was after the flood 352 yeere and of the world 2008. Vers. 28. land of his nativity that is his native country or as the Greeke saith wherein hee was borne Vr of the Chaldees that is Vr in the land of the Chaldeans which land Stephen calleth also Mesopotamia Act. 7. 2. 4. for it lay betweene two rivers And Chaldea is by humane writers also called Mesopotamia Plin. hist. b. 6. c. 27. Vr signifieth Light and Fire here the Chaldee paraphrast taketh it to be the name of a
stable and constant so where one Prophet relateth Davids words be it faithfull for ever 1 Chron. 17. 23. another writeth stablish thou for ever 2 Sam. 7. 25. and againe faithfull shall thy house be 2 Sam. 7. 16. for which in 1 Chron. 17. 14. is written I will stablish him in my house And as beleefe is with the hart Rom. 10. 10. so it is said Iaakobs heart fainted for he beleeved them not Gen. 45. 26. whereby it appeareth that beleefe is a lively motion of the heart and spirit firmly resting in the things spoken When Iaakob saw the Waggons which Ioseph had sent whereby he was moved to beleeve it is said that his spirit revived Gen. 45. 27. And Paul saith that faith is the ground or confidence of things hoped for the evidence of things not seene Heb. 11. 1. in Iehovah the Greeke translateth he beleeved God and so the Apostles cite the words Rom. 4. 3. Gal. 3. 6. Iam. 2. 23. be imputed it that is God imputed that beleefe The Greeke which also the Apostle followeth saith it was imputed or thought counted esteemed for justice or righteousnesse the word for is added in Greeke and by the Apostle in Rom. 4. 3. and elsewhere in the Hebrew Psal. 106. 31. which also in repeating things expresseth such words wanting as lebeith in the house Ier. 52. 17. which in 2 King 25. 13. was written onely beith the house Now of this the Apostle inferreth To him that worketh the reward is not imputed or reckned of grace but of debt but to him that worketh not but beleeveth on him that justifieth the ungodly his faith is imputed for justice Roman 4. 4. 5. where he maketh Abram to be in himselfe ungodly or impious as having beene an idolater Ios. 24. 2. and still without glory of workes before God Rom 4. 2. but counted just for his faith in the promises of God vers 21. 22. adding that it is not written for his sake alone that it was imputed to him but for us also to whom it shall be imputed if we beleeve on him that raised up Iesus our Lord from the dead Rom. 4. 23. 24. Vers. 7. from Vr This sheweth that Abram was particularly called at the first though Moses expressed it nor Gen. 11. 31. and Stephen rightly gathered it from this place and from Ios. 24. 3. as from the words of Abrams second calling Gen. 12. 1. hee gathereth what were the words of his first calling Act. 7. 2. 3. 4. Of this Vr see Gen. 11. 28. Vers. 9. Take unto me that is Take and offer unto me so the Chaldee translateth Offer before me Gen. 48. 9. take them to me is bring them so in Exod. 25. 2. and often and thou hast taken gifts Psal. 68. 19. is expounded by the Apostle thou hast given gifts Eph. 48. a three-yeerling or a trebled heiffer but the Greeke translateth a three yeerling heiffer Howbeit the Chaldee paraphrast saith three heiffers c. the Hebrew signifying trebled or thirded is indifferent to either but the first seemeth fittest here Some take it for dividing into 3 parts but they were parted in the mids vers 10. a young pigeon the Hebrew word is used in Deut. 32. 11. for yong eagles but the Chaldee here hath barjonah a yong dove and the Greeke hath a dove and thus also it accordeth with the law in Lev. 1. 14 where yong doves are expresly mentioned And as there all offrings were either of beeves or sheepe or of goats of turtles or yong doves Lev. 1. 2. 10. 14. so here they all are commanded to Abram And figured out his children that should bee slaine as sacrifices and mortified by afflictions foure hundred yeeres as God after expoundeth it in vers 13. for the sacrifices of beasts signified our more reasonable service of God Rom. 12. 1. Esay 66. 20. Roman 15. 16. Vers. 10. and gave that is layd or put every oneâ— part or halfe Hebr. man his part but Ish man is every one and is so expounded by Paul in Heb. 8. 11. from Ier. 31. 34. and is applied to all other things as well as to men here to beasts and birds and in Esay 36. 18. to the Gods of the Heathens The parts were laid asunder one against another as shoulder against shoulder leg against leg with a space to goe betweene Vers. 17. God hereby signifying that the affliction of Abrams seed should be ordered so by his providence that after the time limited they should be restored one part to another as the bones of that people scattered in Babylon came againe together bone to his bone Ezek. 37. 7. 11. 14. parted not according to the law after given which bade it should bee cleaved with the wings thereof but not divided asunder Lev. 1. 17. Vers. 11. the fowles ravenous birds as Eagles Kites c. which prey upon dead bodies Figuring the Aegyptians and enemies of Abram seed which should seeke to devoure them So the Kings of Babel and Aegypt are likened to Eagles Ezek. 17. 3. 7. 12. and the fowles are called to eat of sacrifices Ezek. 39. 10. Rev. 19. 17. 18. And the Ierusalemy paraphrast expoundeth the fowles to be the monarchies that afflicted Israel buffed them drove them away with a wind or blowing as the Hebrew importeth So Moses and Aaron saved Israel from being devoured by the Aegyptians Exod. 7. c. Vers. 12. going or to goe downe that is about or ready to set Hebr. to goe in a deep-sleepe The Greeke calleth it an extasie or trance so Gen. 2. 21. The Hebrew Doctors observe concerning visions shewed to the Prophets that they saw no propheticall vision but by dream or by night vision Num. 12. 6. and 22. 19. 20. or by day after that a deepe-sleepe was falne upon them Dan. 10. 9. And all that prophesied their joynts trembled there remained no strength in them and their thoughts were troubled and the mind was left changed to understand that which was seene as is said of Abram and loe a terrour a great darknesse fell upon him and of Daniel my vigour was turned in me into corruption and I retained no strength Dan. 10. 8. Maimony in Iesudei hatorah chap. 7. S. 2. But they except Moses as the Scripture also doth Num. 12. 7. 8. a terrour this and the darknesse following shadowed out also the great discomforts that Abrams children should have by the vexation of their enemies as David and others complayne of the like in their afflictions Psal. 55. 4. 5. 6. and 88. 7. 17. So the Ierusalemy paraphrast applyeth this vision to the Kingdomes of Babel Madai Iavan and Edom that is Rome which should bring Abrams children into bondage Vers. 13. knowing know that is know assuredly see Gen. 2. 17. not theirs meaning Aegypt Mesopotamia and Canaan it selfe wherein they were but strangers Gen. 17. 8. Psal. 105. 11. 12. and therein afflicted Gen. 21. 9. and 26. 7. 14. 15. c. but chiefly in Aegypt 400 yeere which beganne when
Ismael sonne of Agar the Aegyptian mocked and persecuted Isaak Gen. 21. 9. Gal. 4. 29. which fell out thirty yeeres after the promise Gen. 12. 3. which promise was 430 yeeres before the Law Gal. 3. 17. and 430 yeeres after that promise came Israel out of bondage Exod. 12. 41. Vers. 14. will judge that is punish as their sinnes deserve the judgements that God brought on the Egyptians are summed up in Psal. 105. 27. 36. and 78. 43. 51. handled at large in Exodus great substance or riches both of their owne and of the Egyptians whose jewels of silver gold and garments they caried away Exod. 12. 35 36. Vers. 15. unto thy fathers that is shalt die the body returning to the earth the spirit to God that gave it Eccles. 12. 7. with whom are the spirits of just and perfect men Heb. 12. 23. See this promise fulfilled in Gen. 25. 8. Vers. 16. the fourth generation This promise was verified when Eleazar the son of Aaron the sonne of Amran the sonne of Kohath came out of Egypt and parted the land of Canaan to Israel Ios. 14. 1. Kohath being one that went into Egypt with Iaakob Gen 46. 11 26. 1 Chron. 6. 2 3. of the Amorite that is the Amorites and other sinfull nations mentioned after verse 19 29 21. towards whom Gods patience should bee shewed till the measure of their sinnes were filled vp A like phrase is used Mat. 23. 32. Vers. 17. going downe the going downe of the sun and darknesse usually noteth calamities comming upon people Amos 8. 9 10. Esa. 5. 30. and 8. 22. and 9. 1 2. a smoking oven Heb. an oven of smoke but as a crowne of thornes Mat. 27. 29. is resolved a thornie crowne Mar. 15. 17. so this here as the Greeke translateth it a smoking oven or fornace And this word oven is used to note our great afflictions Mal. 4. 1. Psal. 21. 10. Lam. 5. 10. Luke 12. 28. So this smoking oven may represent Egypt the place of Israels affliction called by another like name an â—ron fornace Deut. 4. 20. Ier. 11. 4. The Ierusalemy Thargum applyeth this vision to Gehenna or hell Fyre prepared for the wicked a lampe or torch of fire that is a burning lampe the Greeke turneth it lampes of fire and the Hebrew often useth one for many see Gen. 3. 2. and 4. 20. This representeth the covenant betweene God and Abrams seed for deliverance out of that smoking oven of Egypt For at the Law-giving lightnings called lamps appeared on mount Sinai Exod. 20. 18. and Christ was seene of Daniel and Iohn with his eyes like lamps and flames of fire Dan. 10. 6. Rev. 1. 14. and the salvation of Gods people is likened to a burning lampe Esay 52. 1. Also the living-creatures appeared to Ezekiel like lamps Ezek. 1. 13. and Gods people are compared to virgins with lamps Mat. 25. 1. which passed by this passage of the lampe or lampes to which onely the Greeke referreth it the Lord would signify the making of the covenant betweene him and his people as the next verse sheweth So from a like action in Ierm 34. 18 19 20. the Lord blameth them that performed not the covenant which they made before him when they cut the bullock in twaine passed betweene the parts thereof threatning for it that their carkasses should be for meat to the foule of the heavens though here Abram drove the foules away pâ—â—â—â—s the Greeke calleth them dichotomies that is divisions into two parts Vers. 18. stroke Hebrew cut a covenant that is made or stroke and as the Greeke translateth it disposed a covenant or Testament called usually cutting because of the slaying and cutting of beasts at the making of it as this place and Ier. 34. 18. doe shew The holy Ghost in Greeke expresseth this word carath cut sundry wayes as by poieo make Heb. 8. 9. sunteleo make perfect Heb. 8. 8. diatithemi dispose Heb. 8. 10. all from Ier. 31. 31 32 33. and entellomai command Heb. 9. 10. from Exod. 24. 8. Of a covenant see Gen. 6. 18. give I or I have given The time past is often used in actions present and to come So the Greeke here translateth I will give Of this gift see Gen. 13. 15. But the Hebrew Doctors scan the word thus Hee saith not I will give but I have giuen and yet Abraham had now begotten no children But because the word of the holy blessed God is a deed therefore he so speaketh Midras tillim in Psal. 107. 2. the river called Sichor Ios. 13. 3. Euphrates Hebrew Phrath see Gen. 2. 14. This promise was accomplished in Davids dayes 2 Sam. 8. 3. c. and in Salomons 2 Chron. 9. 26. Vers. 19. The Kenite that is Kenites or Keneans and so the rest see Gen. 10. 16. The Chaldee calleth these Salameans and so in Numb 24. 21. Here are tenne peoples reckoned whose lands Abrams seed should possesse Afterward they are usually counted seven Deut. 7. 1. Acts 13. 19. it seemeth some were wasted or mixed confusedly with the rest before the Israelites came into their possession So in Psal. 83. 7 8 9. there are ten nations reckned all confederates against Gods people CHAP. XVI 1 Sarai being barren giveth Hagar her Egyptian maid to Abram 4 Hagar being with child and afflicted for despising her mistresse runneth away 7 An Angel sendeth her backe to submit her selfe 11 and telleth her of her childs name and conditions 15 Hagar beareth Abram a son whom he calleth Ismael ANd Sarai Abrams wife did not bearchildren unto him and shee had an handmayd an Egytian and her name was Hagar And Sarai said unto Abram Behold now Iehovah hath restrained me from child-bearing goe in I pray thee unto my handmayd it may be I shall be builded by her and Abram hearkned to the voice of Sarai And Sarai Abrams wife tooke Hagar the Egyptian her handmaid at the end of ten yeeres of Abrams dwelling in the land of Canaan and she gave her to Abram her husband to bee to him for a wife And hee went-in unto Hagar and shee conceived and she saw that shee had conceived and her mistresse was despised in her eyes And Sarai said unto Abram my wrong is upon thee I have given my handmaid into thy bosome and she seeth that she hath conceived and I am depised in her eyes Iehovah judge betweene me and thee And Abram said unto Sarai Behold thy handmaid is in thy hand doe to her that which is good in thine eyes And Sarai afflicted her and she fled from her face And the Angell of Iehovah found her by a fountaine of waters in the wildernesse by the fountaine in the way of Shur And hee said Hagar Sarais handmaid from whence commest thou and whether wilt thou goe And she said I am fleeing from the face of my mistresse Sarai And the Angell of Iehovah said vnto her Returne to thy mistresse and humble thy selfe under her hands And the Angell of
the Philistines in the southern parts of the Land of Canaan Gen. 10. 19. Hither Isaak came afterward to so journe for famine Gen. 26. 1. Vers. 2. of Sarah the Hebrew el which properly signifieth unto is used for of or concerning and is so translated by the Greeke here and Ier. 27. 19. and so the Greeke pros in like manner Heb. 1. 7. and 4. 13. Or if we reade it unto Sarah the meaning is that together with her both he and she said it as after in vers 5. is manifested See the like done before in Gen. 12. 11. 12. 13. Vers. 2. Abimelech by interpretation Father-King a common title of the Kings of Palestina as Phar 〈…〉 was of the Kings of Aegypt see Gen. 26. 1. Psal 34. 1. For Kings should beo Fathers to their countries so rulers are casled fathers 2 King 5. 13. Iob 〈◊〉 16. and 1 Sam. 1â— 15. where your fathers is translated in Greeke your King see Gen. 4. 20. Vers. 3 God came the Chaldee saith word came from the face of God This serteth forth Gods care for his he suffered â—o man to doe them wrong but reproved Kings for then sakes Psal. 165. 14. a dream which is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 â—on that the mind of man conce 〈…〉 〈◊〉 isle 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 natural arising from the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the body or affections of the mind are many and have their vanities and deceits Eccles. 5. 7. Esay 29. 7. 8. But dreames supernaturall sent of God as here or by his Angels as Mat. 2. 13. are to bee regarded for God by them signifieth what he would or what men should doe Gen. 41. 25. Iob 33. 14. 15. 16. c. Dreames also are sometimes by the lying spirit of Satan which are not to bee beleeved or regarded Zach. 10. 2. Deut. 13. 1. 2. 3. See also Gen. 37. 5. a dead man that is shalt surely dye But under such threats conditions often are implyed as here if thou deliver not the woman See Ezek. 33. 14. 15. Vers. 4. come-neere that is lyen with her being stayed by sicknesse as it seemeth by verse 17. the Greeke saith touched her not the Hebrew also in verse 6. So Paul useth the phrase of touching a woman 1 Cor. 7. 1. and Solomon Prov. 6. 29. just nation fearing as it seemeth wrath upon his people also vers 9. as often commeth to passe for the Princes sinnes So for Davids sinne a plague came on his people 1 Chron. 21. 14. 17. Or hee calleth his family a nation which was now visited of God vers 17. 18. Vers. 5. perfection or integrity simplicy sincerity The Chaldee interprets it truth the Greeke a pure heart It is opposed to hypocrisie innocence of my hands or cleannesse of my palmes the palmes of the hands are named as wherein filthinesse might be hidden so purging himselfe even from secret crime Vers. 6. with-held the Greeke translateth spared thee It seemeth Gods chastisement restiained him vers 17. and so hee was not able to doe the evill which otherwise naturally hee could and was proneunto from sinning the Greeke saith that thou shouldst not sinne As God for Abrahams sake with held Abimelech from the fact so respecting the integrity of the Kings hearr hee kept him also from the sinne gave thee not that is let or suffered thee not as the Greeke translateth Giving is often used for suffering as Gen. 31. 7. Exod. 3. 19. Psal. 16. 10. but it is more then bare sufferance as implying an action also on Gods part who giveth meanes to stay from evill or sendeth delusions when so it pleaseth him as 2 Thess. 2. 7. Vers. 7. a Prophet therefore doe him no harme Psal. 105. 15. A Prophet in Hebrew Nabi in Greek Prophetes from which we have the word Prophet so named of speaking interpreting or uttering words and oracles that come from God Deut. 18. 15. 16. 18. as of seeing or receiving them by visions such were named Seers 1 Sam. 9. 9. So Moses interpreter is called his Prophet Exod. 7. 1. and all interpreters of the Scriptures 1 Cor. 14. 29. In speciall a Prophet was one indued with the Spirit of God and could foretell things to come Deut. 18. 22. Psalm 74. 9. Ier. 29. 15. Such are called holy men of God which spake as they were moved by the holy Ghost 2 Pet. 1. 20. The Hebrew Doctors say It is one of the foundations of the Law to know that God maketh the sonnes of men to prophesie and prophesie resideth not but in a man that is great in wisedome mighty in his vertuous qualities so that his affections overcome him not in any worldly thing but by his knowledge he overcommeth his affections continually and he is a man expert in knowledge and of a very large vnderstanding c. On such a man the holy spirit commeth downe and when the spirit resteth upon him his soule is associated unto the Angels and he is changed to another man and perceiveth in his owne knowledge that hee is not so as he was but that hee is advanced above the degrees of other wise men even as it is said of Saul in 1 Sam. 10. 6. and thou shalt prophesie with them and shalt be turned into another man Maimony in Iesudei hatorah ch 7. S. 1. shall pray This was a speciall worke of the Prophets to pray for the people Ier. 14. 11. and 15. 1. whereupon it is said If they bee Prophets and if the word of the Lord be with them let them intreat the Lord c. Ier. 27. 18. Praying or interpellation hath the first signification of judging and so meaneth the presenting of the person and cause of any unto God as the judge and the judging of ones selfe live thou that is thou shalt live but it is a powerfull manner of speech wherupon God is said to command his mercy and the salvation and blessing of his people Psal. 42. 9. and 44. 5. and 133. 3. The like is often used as Amos 5. 4. seeke me and live that is yee shall live and dwell for ever Psal. 37. 27. dying that is shalt surely die see Gen. 2. 17. Vers. 9. that should not the Chaldee translateth that are not meet to be done the Greeke saith which none should doe Vers. 11. Surely or Onely The Greeke translateth Lest there be not the feare of God so making it an unperfect speech implying doubt as in Mat. 25. 9. By the feare of the Lord men depart from evill Prov. 16. 6. Vers. 12. of my father The Iewes opinion from hence is that Sarah was the same that Iseah mentioned in Gen. 11. 29. and had two names and that she being the grandchild of Thara by another woman then Abrahams mother is so spoken of here became Hebr. was to me for a wife Vers. 13. they euen God Aelohim the name of God in forme plurall is usually joyned with a word singular as hee created Gen. 1. 1. here and in some few other places it is coupled with a word plurall â—no without
she said if it be so why am I thus And shee went to inquire of Iehovah And Iehovah said unto her Two nations are in thy womb and two peoples shall be separated from thy bowels and the one people shall be stronger then the other people and the greater shall serve the lesser And her dayes were fulfilled to bring-forth and behold twins were in her wombe And the first came-out red all over like an hairy mantle and they called his name Esau. And afterward came his brother out and his hand holding by the heele of Esau and he called his name Iakob and Isaak was sixtie yeeres old when she bare them And the boyes grew and Esau was a cunning huntsman a man of the field and Iakob was a perfect man dwelling in tents And Isaak loved Esau because venison was in his mouth and Rebekah loved Iakob And Iakob sod pottage and Esau came from the field and he was faint And Esau said to Iakob Let me taste I pray thee of that red that red pottage for I am faint therefore he called his name Edom. And Iakob said Sell to me this day thy first-birthright And Esau said Loe I am going to dye and wherefore serveth this first-birthright unto me And Iakob said Sweare unto me this day and he sware unto him and he sold his first-birthright unto Iakob And Iakob gave to Esau bread and pottage of lentiles and he did eate and drinke and rose up and went-away and Esau despised the first-birthright Annotations ADded that is did againe take a wife when hee was an hundred and fourty yeeres old and had of her sixe sonnes by the extraordinary blessing of God whereas fourty yeeres before his body was even dead in respect of naturall strength and vigour as the Apostle noteth Rom. 4. 19. a wife called elsewhere a concubine 1 Chron. 1. 32. what manner of wife that was see on Gen. 22. 24. Keturah in Greeke Chettoura Vers. 2. Zimran in Greeke Zombran Iekshan in Greeke Iezan Medan whose posterity are called Medanites Gen. 37. 36. Midian in Greeke Madiam and Madian Act. 7. 29. of him came the people called Madianites that soone fell from Abrahams faith to idolatry Num. 25. Shuach in Greek Soie of him came Bildad Iobs friend called the Shuchite Iob 2. 11. Vers. 3. Sheba in Greek Saba his posterity robbed lob of his oxen and asses Iob 1. 15. Vers. 4. Ephah or Gepha in Greeke Gephar Epher or Gepher in Greek Apheir of him the country Aphrica is thought to have the name Enoch in Heb. Chanoch as Gen. 5. 18. Vers. 5. to Isaak as being his onely heyre and child of promise Gen. 21. 12. a figure of Christ and Christians heyres by promise of all things Heb. 1. 2. Iohn 3. 34. Rev. 21. 7. Gal. 3 29. and 2. 28. Vers. 6. concubines Hagar and Keturah vers 1. east country or land of the East a part of Arabia hereupon mention is made of the sonnes of the East Iob 1. 3. And Iob himselfe was in likelihood the son of one of these sons or nephewes of Abraham by Keturah Vers. 7. 175 yeeres This summe of his yeeres sheweth how Abraham had lived a pilgrim in Canaan a hundred yeeres after he came out of Charran Gen. 12. 4. That he attained not to the yeeres of his forefathers who all lived longer then hee Gen. 11. 11. c. as did also his son Isaak Gen. 35. 28. That he left alive behind him Heber that great Patriarch and Prophet of whom hee had the surname to be an Hebrew Gen. 11. 17. and 14. 13. and from whom he was the seventh generation as Enoch was from Adam Vers. 8. hoary age as was promised Gen. 15. 15. of dayes so the Greek and Chaldee explaineth it and the Hebrew it selfe elsewhere Gen. 35. 29. Such words are often to be understood as a full for a full cup Psal. 73. 10. see Gen. 4. 20. and 5. 3. and by being full of dayes is meant a willingnesse to dye without desiring longer life on earth his peoples the Greeke translateth his people the like is said of Ismael vers 17. of Isaak Gen. 35. 29. of Iaakob Gen. 49. 33. of Aaron Num. 20. 24. of Moses Deut. 32. 50. and others sometime it is said gathered to their fathers 2 King 22. 20. Iudg. 2. 10. Act. 13. 36. and by Abrahams peoples are meant his fathers Gen. 15. 15. and the phrase signifieth the immortality of soules for Abrahams body was gathered to the body of Sarah onely as the next words shew and by his fathers are meant the spirits of just men made perfect Heb. 12. 23. See after in verse 17. Vers. 10. and Sarah as is shewed in Gen. 23. 19. Afterwards Isaak and Iakob with their wives were buried there also Gen. 49. 29. 31. Vers. 11. blessed Isaak so applying and confirming to him the promises made to Abraham Gen. 12. 2. and 14. 19. and 17. 19. and so Isaak commended to Iakob the blessing of Abraham Gen. 28. 3. 4. and by this blessing the righteousnesse of faith is implyed to Abrahams seed Galat. 3. 8. 9. c. Beer-lachai-roi in Greeke the well of vision in Chaldee the well at which the Angell of life appeared this place of Isaaks seating is not without mystery see Gen. 16. 14. and 24. 62. Vers. 12. generations a rehearsall of Ismaels off-spring as Gen. 5. 1. And here the fulfilling of Gods promise is seene made in Gen. 16. 10. 12. and 17. 20. and how hee that was borne after the flesh and cast out of Abrahams house Gal. 4. 23. 30 was multiplyed before Isaak the child and heyre of the promise See the like of Esau Gen. 36. 43. Vers. 13. Nebajoth he and his brethren seated in Arabia Esay 20. 13. 14. 16. Ezek. 27. 21. where peoples and places retained the footsteps of their names they gave themselves to shepherdy as appeareth Esay 60. 7. Ier. 49. 29. And here are twelve sons reckned which were Princes of their tribes as was promised in Gen. 17. 20. answerable in number to the twelve sonnes of Iakob heads of the twelve tribes of Israel but these Ismaelites are a generation before them as Ismael himselfe was borne before Isaak For that is first which is naturall and afterward that which is spirituall 1 Corinth 15. 46. Vers. 16. castles or villages dwelling houses so named of being faire and high built in a row or order In Greeke habitations as in Act. 1. 20. from Psal. 69. Vers. 17. 137 yeeres So he lived not so long as his father Abraham or his brother Isaak or as did Iakob though he lived till a great old age And this mention of the terme of his life and gathering to his fathers as was spoken before of Abraham v. 8. and the burying of his father with his brother vers 9. may be some probability of Ismaels repentance and dying in the faith of Abraham for unlesse it be he no reprobate hath his whole life time recorded in holy Scripture Or if
Ismael dyed wicked then by his fathers to whom he was gathered are meant the soules of wicked men before him which are spirits in prison 1 Pet. 3. 19. Vers. 18. they that is Ismaels sonnes dwelt In Greeke he dwelt Shur a place in the wildernesse see Gen. 16. 7. The Chaldee there and here calleth it Chagra did he fall meaning either that his lot did befall him so to dwell or that he so dyed as the word fall sometime signifieth Psal. 82. 7. Gen. 14. 10. But the Greeke here translateth it he dwelt so also doth the Chaldee paraphrast so the plaine text was before in the promise Gen. 16 12. and to make to fall is to divide by lot an inheritance to dwell in Ios. 23. 4. Psal. 78. 55. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth the sixt Section of the Law called The generations of Isaak See Gen. 6. 9. Vers. 19. the generations that is the history of the off-spring of Isaak and things that befell unto him as Gen. 2. 1. and 5. 1. and 6. 9. Vers. 20. old Hebr. son of fourty yeere so v. 26. see Gen. 5. 32. the Syrian the Hebrew name is Aramite which the holy Ghost in Greeke calleth Syrian Luke 4. 27. See Gen. 10. 22. Padan Aram the same that Aram Naharajim Gen. 24. 10 for the Greeke turneth them both Mesopotamia of Syria Aram is Syria Gen. 24. 10. and 10. 22. Padan in the Syrian tongue is a payre or couple and the country of Aram lying betweene a couple of rivers is so named Padan Aram and sometime onely Padan as Gen. 48. 7. Vers. 21. for or directly-for as the force of the Hebrew word implyeth and before his wife so it seemeth to bee some solemne prayer which they made together directly for this matter having lived twenty yeeres together without any child and Isaak wexen old into the 60 yeere of his life ver 26. God exercising his faith hereby as he had done Abrahams Gen. 15. 2. The Iewes have a tradition that Isaak went with his wife to mount Morijah to the place where he had beene bound Gen. 22. 9. and prayed there Pirke R. Eliezer ch 32. Vers. 22. strugled-together or bruised themselves by strugling which did presage the contrarietie that should be betweene these two brothers and so betweene the children of God of this world if so c. an unperfect speech which in her passion she uttered the Greeke translateth it if it shall so be with me why is this unto me why have I conceived if I must feele such things to enquire or seeke either by private prayer or by asking some Prophet The Ierusalemy Thargum taketh it in this last sense and saith she went to the Schoole of Sem the great Howbeit Sem was dead about ten yeeres before this but by Abraham or Heber the great Patriarch then living shee might well inquire of God Others as R. Eliezer Perek 32. take it to be meant of her praying unto God Vers. 23. Two nations that is fathers of two nations and divers peoples Edomites and Israelites the greater to weet in dignity which came naturally by the first birthright or the elder The Hebrew Rab whereof great men and masters are called Rabbies Iohn 1. 39. Mat. 23. 8. signifieth a superiour in dignity The holy Ghost in Greeke translateth it the greater Rom. 9. 12. Hereby Esau and his posteritie are meant shall serve as came to passe carnally when the Aedomites of Esau became servants to David and to the Israelites which were of Iakob 2 Sam. 8. 14. and spiritually when Iakob got of Esau the first birthright and bereaved him of the blessing Gen. 25. 33. and 27. 29. For servitude came in with a curse and figureth reprobation Gen. 9. 25. Iohn 8. 34. 35. Gal. 4. 30. 31. Therefore from hence the Prophet teacheth that God loved Iakob and hated Esau Mal. 1. 2. 3. and the Apostle gathereth the doctrine of Gods election and reprobation saying when Rebekka had conceived by one even by our father Isaak the children being not yet borne neither having done any good or evill that the purpose of God according to election might stand not of workes but of him that calleth it was said unto her the greater shall serve the lesser as it is written Iakob have I loved but Esau have I hated Rom. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Vers. 25. red a signe of the cholericke cruell and bloody disposition found in Esau himselfe and in his posterity Gen. 27. 40. 41. Obad. 1. 10. Ezek. 25. 12. So the cruell persecuting Dragon was of red colour Rev. 12. 3. The Hebrew Doctors say Esau the wicked was drawne after the workes of judgement mystically signified in these words And by thy sword shalt thou live Gen. 27. 40. and therefore he was red R. Menachem Rakenat on Gen. 25. And in Bresith rabbah they note how hee was red and his meat was red Gen. 25. 30. end his land was red as in Gen. 32. 3. c. And he that takes vengeance on him is red and in red clothing Song 5. 10. Esay 63. 1. 2. all over Hebr. all of him like a mantle of hayre which the Greek translateth like a rough hide This also signified his strong fierce and crafty nature For hayre is a signe of naturall strength and nature being corrupted hairinesse denoteth the power of corruption therefore when Lepers were purified all their hayre was to be shaven off Lev. 14. 8. So the Hebrewes say that his hayrinesse signified the strength of uncleannesse which came out of him R. Menachem on Gen. 25. Esau by interpretation Made or Perfected as being of a more strong and perfect constitution naturall then other children rather like a man then a babe Vers. 26. the heele or foot sole as if he would have pulled backe his brother from the birth and have beene before him or at least for to overthrow him Which as God by their former strugling in her body and now by this behaviour did signifie so the Prophet mentioneth it after to Iakobs children how he thus strove for the grace of the first birthright which they by sin suffered themselves to be deprived of Hos. 12. 2. 3. This manner of birth that Iakobs hand held his brother by the heele was also extraordinarily strange and perillous for the life both of mother and child See the like after in Gen. 38. 28. he called that is every one called as in vers 25. it is written they called or he was called so vers 30. See the notes on Gen. 16. 14. Iakob that signifieth one that should hold by the foot or overthrow his brother Vers. 27. a cunning huntsman Hebr. a man knowing hunting of the field ranging the fields for to hunt beasts Of a disposition much like Ismaels Gen. 16. 12. or Nimrods Gen. 10. 9. perfect of a religious honest plaine and simple disposition without guile or wickednesse as the Greeke translateth vnfeighned See Gen. 6. 9. dwelling or sitting in tents that is either keeping
countenance And it was when the dayes had been prolonged by him there that Abimelech King of the Philistims looked out through a window and saw and behold Isaak was sporting with Rebekah his wife And Abimelech called Isaak and said Behold surely she is thy wife and how saydest thou she is my sister And Isaak said unto him Because I said lest I dye for her And Abimelech said what is this thou hast done unto us one of the people might lightly have lyen with thy wife and thou shouldest have brought upon us guiltinesse And Abimelech commanded all the people saying he that toucheth this man or his wife dying he shall be put to death And Isaak sowed in that land and found in that yeere an hundred measures and Iehovah blessed him And the man waxed-great and went going-on and waxing-great untill hee was waxed-great exceedingly And he had possession of flocks and possession of herds and much husbandry and the Philistims envied him And all the wells which his fathers servants had digged in the dayes of Abraham his father the Philistims stopped them and filled them with dust And Abimelech said unto Isaak Goe from us for thou art very-much mightier then we And Isaak went from thence and pitched in the valley of Gerar and dwelt there And Isaak returned and digged the wels of water which they had digged in the dayes of Abraham his father and the Philistims had stopped them after the death of Abraham and hee called their names according to the names that his father had called them And Isaaks servants digged in the valley and found there a well of living waters And the herdmen of Gerar did strive with the herdmen of Isaak saying The water is ours and he called the name of the well Esek because they contended with him And they digged another well and they strove also for it and hee called the name of it Sitnah And hee removed from thence and digged another well and they strove not for it and he called the name of it Rechoboth and hee said for now Iehovah hath made-roome for us and we shall be fruitfull in the land And he went-up from thence to Beersheba And Iehovah appeared unto him the same night and sayd I am the God of Abraham thy father feare not for I am with thee and will blesse thee and multiply thy seed for my servant Abrahams sake And hee builded there an altar and called on the name of Iehovah and stretched-out there his tent and there Isaaks servants digged a well And Abimelech went unto him from Gerar and Achuzzath his friend and Phicol the Prince of his army And Isaak sayd unto them wherefore come ye unto me and ye hate me and have sent me away from you And they said Seeing we have seen that Iehovah is with thee and we said Let there now be an oath-of-execration betwixt us betwixt us and thee and let us strike a covenant with thee If thou shalt doe unto vs evill as we have not touched thee and as we have done unto thee but-onely good and have sent thee away in peace thou now the blessed of Iehovah And he made unto them a banquet and they did eate and drinke And they rose early in the morning and sware ech-man to his brother and Isaak sent them away and they went from him in peace And it was the same day that Isaaks servants came and shewed unto him concerning the well which they had digged they said unto him we have found water And he called it Shibeah therfore the name of the Citie is Beer-sheba unto this day And Esau was fourty yeeres old and he tooke a wife Iudith the daughter of Beeri a Chethite and Basemath the daughter of Elon a Chethite And they were a bitternesse of spirit to Isaak and to Rebekah Annotations FIrst famine whereof see Gen. 12. 10. Abimelech of whom see Gen. 20. 1. 2. c. which history is to be compared with this Vers. 2. Aegypt as Abraham did Gen. 12. 10. and whither it seemeth Isaak was purposing to go Vers. 3. this land of Canaan the land of promise and figure of the place of heavenly rest see the notes on Gen. 12. 5. So by David hee exhorteth Dwell in the land and feed on faith Psalm 37. 3. See Gen. 37. 1. I will be the Chaldee expoundeth it my word shall be an helpe unto thee so in vers 24. and 28. these lands or countries possessed by so many nations Gen. 15. 19. 20. 21. so Psalm 105. 44. The Greeke translateth singularly land and so was the promise made to Abraham Gen. 13. 15. and 15. 18. and 17. 8. see the notes there stablish the oath that is performe the promises sworne Gen. 22. 16. 17. Vers. 4. starres that is innumerable see Genes 15. 5. seed meaning Christ Gal. 3. 16. 8. blesse themselves or as the Greeke translateth shall be blessed see Gen. 22. 18. Vers. 5. charge Hebr. keeping or observation that is ordinances to be kept So in Lev. 8. 35. and 22. 9. Deut. 11. 1. lawes for this word elsewhere the Scripture saith judgements Deut. 11. 1. and 5. 1. 31. and 6. 1. 20. and 7. 11. and 8. 11. c. and under these three particulars the whole charge or custody forespoken of is comprehended as afterward by Moses God gave the ten commandements or morall precepts Exod. 20. Iudgements or judiciall lawes for punishing transgressors Exod. 21. c. and Statutes or rules ordinances and decrees for the service of God Lev. 3. 17. and 6. 18. 22. Exod. 12. 24. 27. 31. 29. 9. 30. 21. Al which Abraham observed and is commended of God therefore Vers. 7. my sister He imitateth his father Abrahams practice Gen. 12. 11. 12. 13. and 20. 2. kill me Moses expresseth this as Isaaks owne words of himselfe The Greeke translateth it should kill him so elsewhere that version changeth the person for more easie order of speech and understanding to the reader See Psal. 144. 12. good countenance elsewhere it is faire of countenance or visage Gen. 12. 11. so the Greek turneth it here and before good is used for faire or goodly Gen. 24. 16. V. 8. by him or to him that is when he had beene a long time there sporting or laughing playing rejoycing it is the word whereof Isaak himselfe had his name Gen. 17. 17. 19. and 21. 6. Solomon saith Rejoyce with the wife of thy youth c. Prov. 5. 18. 19 Vers. 10. might lightly or had almost lyen guiltinesse a sinne making us guiltie of punishment a shamefull crime named in Hebrew Asham the Greeke translateth it Ignorance and so Paul calleth the sinnes of the people Ignorances or ignorant trespasses Heb. 9. 7. rightly so gathered from Levit. 4. 22. See the further explication of this word there Abimelech by this word Asham meaneth both the sin and the punishment for the same as in the law Asham is both the Guilty-sin and the Sacrifice for the same Lev. 5. 5. 6.
from off thy necke And Esau hated Iakob for the blessing with which his father had blessed him and Esau said in his heart The dayes of mourning for my father are nigh and I will kill Iakob my brother And the words of Esau her elder son were told to Rebekah and she sent and called Iakob her yonger sonne and said unto him Behold Esau thy Brother comforteth him-selfe as touching thee to kill thee And now my sonne obey my voice and arise flee thou unto Laban my Brother to Charran And tarry with him a few dayes untill the hot-wrath of thy Brother turne away Vntill the anger of thy Brother turne-away from thee and hee forget that which thou hast done to him and I will send and take thee from thence why should I bee bereaved even of you both in one day And Rebekah said unto Isaak I am yrked of my life because of the daughters of Cheth if Iakob take a wife of the daughters of Cheth like these of the daughters of the land wherefore have I life Annotations THat he could not see Hebr. from seeing which phrase the Apostle turneth in Greeke not to see Rom. 11. 10. from Psal. 69. 24. Vpon this occasion Gods workes were shewed in Isaak as Ioh. 9. 3. for in his blindnesse he gave Iakob the blessing which he would not so have done if hee had seene vers 23. elder in Heb ew greater to weet of age or by birth as the Greeke translateth Elder and lesser for yonger v. 15. see Gen. 10. 21. Vers. 2. my death the Greeke saith my end yet lived hee after this above fourty yeeres Genes 35. 28. 29. Vers. 3. Venison Hebr. hunting whereof venison hath the name as being gotten by hunting So v. 5. 19. c. Vers. 4. that I may or and I will eate so in v. 7. and 10. These two phrases are used indifferently as that ye be not judged Matth. 7. r. which another Evangelist saith and ye shall not be judged Luke 6. 37. See also Gen. 12. 12. that my soule or to the end my soule that is I my selfe as after in v. 7. it is repeated Isaak being to give the blessing in faith Heb. 11. 20. would eate savoury meat and drinke wine ver 25. to stir up and cheare his spirit that he might be the more fit instrument of the spirit of God For sorrow anger and other such passions doe distemper the mind which may bee mitigated by outward meanes as wine maketh men to forget their misery Prov. 31. 6. 7. and musicke allayeth anger wherefore Elisha the Prophet when he was moved against King Iehoram called for a musitian who when hee played the hand of the Lord came upon the Prophet 2 King 3. 14. 15. blesse thee as the Priests with authority blessed and put the name of God upon the people Gen. 14. 19. Num. 6. 23. 27. So the Patriarches derived the blessing before their death unto their children or some one of them as an inheritance by testament wherefore Paul speaketh of inheriting the blessing Heb. 12. 17. which also was of great authority and strength as being done by the Spirit of God and in faith and before the Lord as vers 7. See Gen. 28. 3. 4. and 48. 15. 16. 20. and 49. 25. 26. 28. Heb. 11. 20. 21. and 12. 17. Esau who had his name of Doing is here promised the blessing upon his deeds as the law also promiseth blessing and life to the doers thereof Rom. 10. 5. but Iakob got the blessing by faith as do all the faithfull Gal. 3. 9. Vers. 7. before Iehovah that is in his presence by his power and authority and for ever the like phrase is of cursing 1 Sam. 26. 19. And being done before his death it was with the more power case reverence and as by his last will and testament So Deut. 33. 1. Vers. 12. if so be or Peradventure my father will feele me and I shall be c. The Greeke translateth it Mé pote which word Paul useth 2 Tim. 2. 25. in like sense If so be or If peradventure God will give them repentance as a deceiver or as one that causeth to erre the Greeke translateth it a despiser the Chaldee a mocker Or we may English it a very deceiver for in the Hebrew as is often a sure affirmation Neh. 7. 2. and so the Greeke answering thereto Iohn 1. 14. a curse not feared without cause for cursed is he that maketh the blind to erre in way Deut. 27. 18. and deceitfulnesse in all Gods works maketh men lyable to the curse Ier. 48. 10. Mal. 1. 14. Vers. 13. upon me thy curse a speech of her faith to incourage him though it may be mixt with infirmity of cariage for it seemeth she relyed on the oracle of God in Gen. 25. 23. the greater shall serve the lesse which oracle Isaak might understand not of the persons of Esau and Iakob but of the nations and peoples their posterity and therefore thought it his dutie to give the blessing of the first birthright unto Esau to whom by nature it belonged and which might not bee changed for affection as the Law after provideth in Deut. 21. 15. 16. 17. But Rebekah understood it of these very persons also and therefore attempted this strange and perillous way to procure the blessing unto Iakob A like different meaning of that oracle is gathered by men at this day The Chaldee paraphraseth thus It was said unto me by prophesie that curses shall not come upon thee but blessings Vers. 15. desireable garments Hebr. garments of desire that is good sweet precious the Greeke translateth it a goodly robe or faire stole which was a long garment that great men used to weare Luke 20. 46. and 15. 22. The Priests after in the law had holy garments to minister in Exo. 28. 2. 3. 4. which the Greeke there also calleth a holy robe or stole Whether the first borne before the law had such to minister in is not certaine but probable by this example For had they beene common garments why did not Esau himselfe or his wives keepe them but being in likelihood holy robes received from their ancestors the mother of the family kept them in sweet chests from mothes and the like whereupon it is said in verse 27. Isaak smelled the smell of his garments These might well figure out those robes of innocency and righteousnesse wherewith the saints are clothed Rev. 7. 9. 14. and 19. 8. and 3. 18. The like mystery also is in the kids skins following see Gen. 3. 21. Vers. 19. firstborne This though it were not so properly and cannot in that respect bee excused yet was it true in mystery and spiritually as Iohn Baptist was Elias Matt. 11. 14. and we gentiles are the Circumcision Phil. 3. 3. Rom. 2. 28. and the children of promise are counted for the seed Rom. 9. 8. Gal. 4. 28. Vers. 20. brought it to passe or made it to meet or occurre in Greeke delivered it
blessings were blessings that had an eternall foundation and had no end of them either in this world or in the world to come as it is written And God almightie blesse thee Gen. 28. 3. 4. and addeth moreover unto him the blessing of Abraham Pirkei R. Eliezer ch 35. Vers. 2 Padan Aram or Mesopotamia as the Greeke turneth it so vers 5. 6. c. see the notes on Gen. 25. 20. a wife The like care Abraham tooke to provide a wife for Isaak Gen. 24. But there servants were sent with camels and store of good things here the son himselfe is sent on foot in poore estate with his staffe Gen. 32. 10. to serve for a wife Hos. 12. 12. So great was the triall of Iakobs faith in this his pilgrimage greater then all his fathers and upon his inheriting of the blessing there followed presently great afflictions Vers. 3. Almighty or Alsufficient see Gen. 17. 1. an assembly or church congregation company that is a multitude of peoples as Ezek. 23 24. I he Greeke translateth it synagogues or assemblies of nations and the Chaldee an assembly of tribes respecting the twelve tribes that came of Iakob Exod. 24. 4. This blessing God promised at Bethel to performe unto Iakob Gen. 48. 3. 4. and 35. 11. Vers. 4. bessing of Abraham which chiefly consisted in redemption frō the curse of the law by forgivenesse of sinnes and receiving the promise of the Spirit of the adoption of children and Sanctification through faith in Christ Gal. 3. 13. 14. 9. 29. Rom. 4. 7. 8. 13. c. Here Iakob is made heyre of the blessing so are all true Christians 1 Pet. 3. 9. of thy sojournings wherein thou art a sojourner and pilgrim the land of Canaan see Gen. 17. 8. gave to Abraham to weet by promise of this gift see Gen. 12. 7. and 13. 15. and 15. 7. 18. and 17. 8. Vers. 5. Syrian so the Greeke usually translateth it which the new testament followeth Luk. 4. 27. The Hebrew is the Aramite see Gen 10. 22. Vers. 8. evill that is displeasing grievous so Gen. 48. 17. on the contrary good is for pleasing Gen. 16. 6. 8. Vers. 9. Ismael that is Ismaels family or the Is maelites for Ismael himselfe was now dead Gen. 25. 17. See the notes on Gen. 19. 37. Machalath called also Basemath Gen. 36. 3. he tooke her being of his kinred to please his father though neither according to Gods will nor his fathers So the wicked would seeme to amend one evill by running into another of Nabajoth that is of the same mother that Nebajoth Ismaels eldest sonne was unto his that is besides and unto the two Canaanitish wives which hee already had Gen. 26. 34. so now he had three wives 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth the seventh section of Moses law whereof see the annotations on Gen. 6. 9. Which section when it is lesse absolute the Hebr. call Parasha a distinction and signifie it by a threefold P but when it is more full and absolute 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they name it Seder an Order and denote it by a threefold S * 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as in this place Vers. 10. Charan of which place see Gen. 11. 31. It was distant from Beersheba almost 500 English miles And Iakob was now about 77. yeeres of age when hee undertooke this pilgrimage as may be gathered by the historie following and by Gen. 47. 9. Of which journey the prophet after speaketh how Iakob fled into the land of Syria and Israel served for a wise Hos. 12. 12. So the afflictions of the fathers are examples unto the children in all ages even whatsoever is written Rom. 4. 23. 24. and 15. 4. 1 Cor. 10. 11. Of Iakobs age the Rabbines also say Seventy and seven yeeres old was Iakob when he departed from his fathers house Pirkei R. Eliezer ch 35. Vers. 11. he lighted upon or happened met with by Gods providence not of his owne purpose or choise who would have gone further ha dnot night prevented him and made no reckning of this place above any other It was about 48 English miles distant from Beersheba whence Iakob came and from Ierusalem 8. miles northward pillowes or head bolster so in 1 Sam. 26. 7. The Greeke translateth at his head As this pillow of Iakob sheweth his hard distresse for the present in body so Gods appearing and word here revealed manifesteth the comforts and refreshing of the spirit which the faithfull have in their afflictions and pilgrimage Hos. 12. 4. Gen. 35. 7. 2 Cor. 1. 5. See after on vers 18. Vers. 12. dreamed a divine dreame such as in times past God used to speak unto men by Iob 33. 14. 15. Dan. 7. 1. and so hee usually spake unto the Prophets as it is sayd If there bee a Prophet among you I Iehovah will make my selfe knowne unto him in a vision will speake unto him in a dreame Num. 12. 6. See the notes on Gen. 15. 12. ladder representing Christ the sonne of man on whom the Angels of God ascend and descend Ioh. 1. 51. applyed now in speciall to Iakob and his journey as followeth in verse 13. 15. The Hebrew Doctors say The things made knowne to a Prophet by propheticall vision were made knowne unto him by way of parable and immediately the interpretation of the parable was written in his heart and he knew what it was As the Ladder which Iakob our father saw and the Angels ascending and descending on it And that was a parable of the foure monarchies Maimony in Misn. in Iesud hatorah ch 7. S. 3. Other Rabbines also apply this vision to the monarchies in Daniel but our Saviour is the best interpreter Iohn 1. 51. on the earth signifying Christs humane nature and conversing with men Iohn 16. 28. and 17. 4. the heavens signifying Christs heavenly nature and mediation for men with God Heb. 8. 1. and 9. 24. By whom all things are reconciled unto God and both the things in earth and things in heaven are set at peace through the blood of his crosse Col. 1. 20. He is the way no man commeth to the Father but by him Ioh. 14. 6. ascending c. that is looking with desire into the mysteries of Christ 1 Pet. 1. 12. ministring unto him and through him unto his people Mark 1. 13. Heb. 1. 14. and now in speciall guarding Iakob from all perills in his journey Gen. 32. 1. 2. Vers. 13. Iehovah whose providence and grace is towards his in Christ. The Chaldee translateth it the glory of the Lord. God of Abraham c. See Gen. 17. 7. He is not ashamed to be called their God for he hath prepared for them a citie Heb. 11. 16. Hereby also the resurrection of the dead was taught unto Iakob God calling himselfe no lesse the God of Abraham now dead to the world then of Isaak now living for Abraham also was alive unto him Luk 20. 37. 38. to thy seed that is as
Tell mee I pray thee thy name and hee said wherefore is it that thou askest for my name And hee blessed him there And Iakob called the name of the place Peniel for I have seene God face to face and my soule is delivered And the Sunne arose unto him as hee passed over Penuel and hee halted upon his thigh Therefore the sonnes of Israel eate not of the sinew that shranke which is upon the hollow of the thigh unto this day because hee touched the hollow of Iakobs thigh in the sinew that shranke Annotations ANgels by interpretation Messengers and so the word is used in the 3. vers but these were heauenly spirits of whom see the notes on Gen. 16. 7. By this vision God confirmed Iakobs faith in him who commanded his Angels to keepe his people in all their waies Psal. 91. 11. host or campe armie as in warres for Angels are heavenly souldiers Luk. 2. 13. horses and charrets of fire 2 King 9. 17. fighting for Gods people against their enemies Dan. 10. 20. Of them there are thousand thousands and tenne thousand times ten thousand Dan. 7 10. and they are all sent forth to minister for them who shal be heyrs of salvation Heb. 1. 14. and they pitch a campe about them that feare God Psal. 34. 8. The heathens retained the knowledge hereof though corruptly for the Greeke Poet saith there be thrise ten thousands of the immortall Angels of God here upon the earth keepers of mortall men and observers of their workes both just and unjust they are clad with the ayre and goe abroad all over the earth Hesiod Oper. Dies l. 1. Machanaim that is two hosts or campes either because the Angels appeared in two companies for Iakob to goe betweene them or because there was one campe of Angels and one of Iakobs family About this place there was a citie afterwards called Machanaim inhabited by the Priests of God Ios. 21. 38. This also hath a spirituall application to the Church of God in Song 6. 13. Vers. 3. AND IAKOB Here beginneth the eight section or lecture of the law called of the first word Vajishlak that is And he sent But it it not distinguished with great letters as usually they are See Gen. 6. 9. messengers the same word which before was translated Angels verse 1. Seir a mountainy land possessed before by the Chorims Gen. 14. 6. but Esau with his children destroyed them and dwelt in their stead Deut. 2. 22. Thither was Esau gone from the face of his brother Iakob See Gen. 36. 6. 7. field that is as the Greeke translateth it country of Edom that is Esau. See Gen. 14. 7. 25. 30. Vers. 4. my Lord by this title Iakob honoured and submitted to him as to his elder brother Gen. 4. 7. 1 Pet. 3. 6. For Iakobs superiority foregiven in Gen. 27. 29. the time was not yet come that it should be fulfilled So David caried himselfe to Saulâ— 1 Sam. 24. 7. 9. c. Vers. 5. Oxen Hebr. Oxe and Asse c. singular for plurall see Gen. 3. 2. to finde that is that I may finde as Gen. 6. 19. The Greeke translateth that thy servant may finde grace before thee Vers. 6. and 400. men armed for warre as seemeth by vers 8. Here the ancient quarrell 20. years before Gen. 27. 41. was remembred and Iakobs danger and trouble renewed In Pirkei R. Eliezer c. 37. it is said Iakobs case was As if a man did flee from a Lion and a Beare met him Amos 5. 19. The Lion was Laban that pursued after Iakob to teare his soule the Beare was Esau which stood by the way as a Beare robbed of her whelpes and came to slay the mother with the children And the Lion hath shamefastnesse but the Beare hath no shamefastnesse Vers. 7. companies or camps the word used before in verse 2. Vers. 8. smite that is slay or kill it as Gen. 14. 17. So after vers 11. shall escape Hebr. shall bee to escaping or shall have evasion the Greeke saith shall be saved Vers. 9. will doe thee good or will deale well with thee thus Iakob understood the promise I will bee with thee Gen. 31. 3. So after in vers 12. Vers. 10. lesse to weet in worth that is am unworthy all or any of the mercies So the Chaldee translateth Lesse are my deserts then all the mercies and all the benefits which thou hast done to thy servant with my staffe that is having nothing else the Chaldee expounds it my selfe alone Vers. 11. mother with the sonnes in Greeke and the mother with the children or upon them It meaneth great cruelty in sparing none as Hos. 10. 14. For smite the Chaldee translateth kill me Vers. 12. doing good c. that is I will surely doe thee good put that is make thy seed see this promise Gen. 28. 14. Vers. 13. came into his hand that is such as he had and could send for the present And it was a rich gift of five hundred and fiftie beasts of sundry sorts for store A mans gift maketh roome for him and bringeth him before great men Prov. 18. 16. Vers. 15. yong-ones or colts in Hebrew sonnes see Gen. 18. 7. Verse 16. every herd or drove Hebr. herdherd see the like phrase in Gen. 14. 10. and herd Hebr. and betweene herd This was done that by distant spaces the heat of Esaus rage might bee abated verse 20. Vers. 20. is behinde or as the Chaldee explains it commeth after us appease his face or cover and pacifie his face that is his anger as the Chaldee interpreteth it for anger as favour appeareth in the face See the like in Lev. 20. 6. Psal. 21. 10. And appeasing is the word so often used in the law for covering or taking-away offences and so pacifying the anger by gifts and making atonement Exod 19. 36. Levit. 1. 4. and 4. 20. 26. and 5. 6. 10. 13. c. the present for a gift in secret pacifieth anger Prov. 21. 14. my face that is favour me and grant my request see Gen. 19. 21. Vers. 22. handmaids or bondwomen the Chaldee translateth them concubines See Gen. 35. 22. the foord or the passage so the Greeke saith the passage of Iaboch A river mentioned also in Deut. 2. 37. and 3. 16. Vers. 24. wrastled or combated by taking hold one of another A peculiar word not used but in this historie It figureth the spirituall wrastling strife and conflict of the children of God Phil. 1. 27. Ephes. 6. 12. Rom. 15. 30. Heb. 10. 32. a man called after and by the Prophet Hosee God and an Angell verse 28. 30. Hos. 12. 3. 4. It was therefore Christ appearing in the forme of a man as before to Abraham Gen. 18. 2. 22. the Angel that redeemed Iakob from al evil Gen. 48. 16. God wrastleth with men by tentations and wee with him by prayers and teares as Iakob now also did for he wept and made supplications unto him Hos. 12. 4. Rom. 15.
brother Benjamin that it is my mouth that speaketh unto you And you shall tell my father of all my glory in Egypt and of all that ye have seene and ye shall haste and bring-downe my father hither And he fell upon his brother Benjamins necke wept and Benjamin wept upon his necke And hee kissed all his brethren and wept upon them and afterward his brethren spake with him And the voyce was heard in Pharaohs house saying Iosephs brethren are come and it was good in the eyes of Pharaoh and in the eyes of his servants And Pharaoh said unto Ioseph say unto thy brethren this doe ye lade your beasts and goe get ye to the land of Canaan And take our father your houses and come unto me and I will give you the good of the land of Egypt and yee shall eate the fat of the land And thou art commanded this doe ye take unto you out of the land of Egypt wagons for your little ones and for your wives and take-up your father and come And your eye let it not spare your stuffe so the good of all the land of Egypt is yours And the sonnes of Israel did so and Ioseph gave them wagons according to the mouth of Pharaoh and gave them provision for the way To all of them hee gave to ech man changes of garments and to Benjamin he gave three hundred shekels of silver and five changes of garments And to his father he sent after this manner tenne hee-asses carying of the good things of Egypt and tenne shee-asses carying corn and bread and victuals for his father by the way And hee sent away his brethren and they departed and hee said unto them bee not stirred one against another by the way And they went-up out of Egypt and came to the land of Canaan unto Iakob their father And they told him saying Ioseph is yet alive and that he is ruler over all the land of Egypt and his heart fainted for he beleeved them not And they spake unto him all the words of Ioseph which hee had spoken unto them and hee saw the wagons which Ioseph had sent to cary him and the spirit of Iakob their father revived And Israel said it is enough Ioseph my sonne is yet alive I will goe and see him before I dye Annotations REfraine or containe himselfe by force from crying out and manifesting himselfe as hitherto he had done Gen. 43. 31. This word the Prophet applyeth also unto God who having long refrained himselfe in the afflictions of his people will in the end for their deliverance crie out like a travelling woman c. Esa. 42. 14. Vers. 2. gave forth his voyce that is cried-aloud An Hebrew manner of speaking often used as Numb 14. 1. 2 Chron. 24. 9. Psal. 46. 7. and 68. 34. and 77. 18. So the Greeke Hee sent forth his voyce with weeping Vers. 3. suddenly troubled or appalled with feare and hasty troubled thoughts Occasioned by the conscience of their former wickednesse and the beholding of Iosephs present glory So when the spirit of grace shall be powred upon the Israelites they shall see Iesus whom they have pierced and shall mourne for him c. Zach. 12. 10. Rev. 1. 7. Vers. 4. he whom Hebr. me which word either may be omitted as that observed on Gen. 5. 29. or expressed in English he added for vehemencie sake and to assure his brethren that he was Ioseph Vers. 5. anger or displeasure griefe as Gen. 4. 5. that is be not angry or displeased with your selves Hee would have them-moderate the sorrow for their sin with consideration of Gods providence that turned it unto good The Greeke translateth let it not seeme bad unto you Here Ioseph is farre from revenge or insulting against his troubled brethren so Christ prayed for his crucifiers Luke 23. 34. and by his Apostles comforted them with hope of the blotting out of their sinnes when the times of refreshing should come from the presence of the Lord Acts 3. 14. 15. 17 18. 19. Vers. 6. earing that is ploughing or tillage of the land the Chaldee saith sowing This seemeth to be for lacke of corne which therefore in the last yeere Ioseph supplied Gen. 47. 23. Vers. 7. to put for you a remnant that is to preserve for or unto you a remainder that you and yours might remaine alive The contrary whereof is in 2 Sam. 14. 7. The Greeke translateth that there might be left unto you a reminant to preserve-life unto you that is to keepe you and yours alive Or to preserve alive unto you as the Greeke turneth it to nourish up of you a great remnant by a great escaping or evasion that is by a great deliverance or according to the Greeke interpretation by a great multitude-that-escape having respect to the great multiplication of them in Egypt according to Gods promise Gen. 15. 13. 14. The Hebrew escaping or Evasion is used for a company or remnant that escape danger 2 Chron. 30. 6. Esa. 10. 20. as captivitie is a company of captives Numb 21. 1. Deut. 21. 10. and so the Greeke here translateth it a remnant Vers. 8. but God whose wisedome and providence ruleth all and his goodnesse turneth the evill actions of men oftentimes to good events therefore is this ascribed to GOD rather then to them Gen. 50. 20. Psal. 105. 17. So Herod and Pontius Pilate with the Gentiles the people of Israel did against Iesus whatsoever Gods hand and his counsell determined before to be done Act. 4. 27. 28. put mee for or as the Greeke explaineth it made me as a father so acknowledging God to bee his exalter as he had beene his afflicter A father is used for any teacher guide counceller c. Iudg. 17. 10. 11. Vers. 10. Goshen in Greeke Gesem a province in the land of Egypt fat and fertile good for to feed cattell lying next to the land of Canaan see Gen. 46. 28. 29. and 47. 1. 6. 27. Vers. 11. impoverished Greeke worne-out that is perish with povertie thy house that is houshold in Greeke thy sonnes Vers. 12. my mouth and not an interpreter as did before Gen. 42. 23. for an interpreter is an other mans mouth Exod. 4. 16. The Chaldee saith in your tongue I speake with you Vers. 14. wept through joyfull passion of mind See Gen. 29. 11. Vers. 15. spake being refreshed by his words from their-amazed feare which keepeth men from speaking Psal. 77. 5. By speaking may also be implied the confession of their sinne and feare for the same So Moses spake Exod. 19. 19. that is acknowledged his feare and infirmity Heb. 12. 21. Vers. 16. the voice that is the fame or rumour of this thing good in the eyes that is pleasing they liked well of it See Gen. 16. 6. The Greeke here translateth Pharaoh was glad Vers. 18. Your houses that is your housholds as v. 11. The Chaldee saith the men of your houses the Greeke your goods the good that is
37. 4. 8. 11. 28. his mistresse that tempted and fasly accused and his Master that imprisoned him c. Gen. 39. 7. 17. 20. Whereunto the Ierusalemy Thargum addeth the enchanters and wise men of Egypt that spake evill of him before Pharaoh Vers. 24. his bow his faith armes his vertues wisdome chastitie patience c. by which he resisted all enemies Compare Psal. 18. 33. 35. The Chaldee paraphraseth And the prophesie was fulfilled in them for that he observed the law in secret and set his hope constant made firme strong and solid like fine gold for of the Hebrew Phoz here used fine solid gold is call Phaz Psal. 19. 11. And this similitude the Chaldee explayneth saying therefore gold was put upon his armes hee strengthened and confirmed his kingdome which was giuen him c. Mighty-one meaning God as Ps. 132. 2. Esay 49. 26. 60. 16. from thence or whence hee was the feeder or pastor From God Ioseph was advanced to be the feeder of Israel as before is shewed Gen. 45. 5. 7. 11. and 47. 12. The Chaldee saith who by his word fed the fathers and the sonnes of the tribes of Israel the stone the stay and strength of Israel This may be referred also to Ioseph as Christ whom Ioseph figured is called a stone Esay 28. 16. or unto God fore-spoken of who is the stone and rock of his church by whom Ioseph was advanced Vers. 25. who shall helpe Hebrew and hee shall helpe but the meaning of the phrase is who shall helpe as in Mal. 3. 1. and he shall prepare is translated by the holy Ghost which shall prepare Mark 1. 2. so in the sentence following The Chaldee interpreteth it The word of the God of thy father shall be thy helpe of heavens that is the raine and dew that shall make thy land fruitfull Deut. 33. 13. called in Ezek. 34. 26. the raine of blessings the deepe springs of waters out of the earth see Gen. 7. 11. Deut. 33 13. the brests or teats to nourish children as the wombe to beare them that is many and well noursed children ten thousands of Ephraim and thousands of Manasses Deut. 33. 17. Contrary to this blessing is that curse in Hos. 9. 14. give them a mis-carying womb and dry brests Vers. 26. of thy father that is which I thy father doe blesse thee and thy brethren with doe prevaile or are stronger then the blessings of my parents that is as the Chaldee saith with which my fathers blessed me Thus Iakob speaketh because he more particularly explayned the blessings and applyed them to his sonnes severally and they were sooner to be fulfilled and more largely communicated with all his posteritie and Ioseph had a double portion So Iohn Baptist is said to be more then a prophet and no man greater then he because hee came immediately before Christ preparing his way and pointing him out as with the finger Matt. 11. 9. 10. 11. Ioh. 1. 15 29. 36. of my progenitors or parents Isaak Abraham c. The Greeke saith of the mountaines for horai reading with other vowels harei and respecting it may be Moses blessing which hath harerei mountains Deut. 33. 15. unto the utmost bound that is these my blessings extend to the bound or end of the hills that is all the world over and so long as it indureth For they conteyne besides earthly heavenly blessings also in Christ whom Ioseph and Iudah figured in the first birthright and government Hills and mounts are used to signifie durance of things as Esay 54. 10. The word bound in Hebrew Taavath may also be englished the desire and so the Chaldee understands it saying which blessings the great men which were of old desired for themselves By hills understanding his ancient forefathers But in this sense it may be a cōtinuing of the blessings in the former verse unto the desire that is the desired fruits of the lasting hills according to Moses blessing Deut. 33. 15. the separated or the Nazarite of his brethren For a Nazarite hath his name of Separation Numb 6. 2. meaning here a choise and chiefe man separated of God unto excellencie above his brethren as the Greeke also translateth it hee governed them And hereupon Nezer is used for a crown put upon Kings and Priests see Psal. 89. 40. and 132. 18. Vers. 27. ravin or teare his prey a prophesie of the valour of this tribe against their enemies under the name of a Wolfe as before Iudah was likened to a Lion Neither need it be thought any dishonour to Benjamin that hee is likened to a Wolfe for even God likeneth himselfe to a Leopard and a Beare in his dealings against his enemies Hos. 13. 7. 8. in the morning the first times for Ehud of Benjamin was the second Iudge that saved the Israelites from the hand of the Moabites Iudg. 3. 15. c. Saul of Benjamin was the first King of Israel he and his sonne were great warriours making a prey of many enemies see 1 Sam. 11. 6. 7. 11. and 14. 13. 15. 47. 48. See also Benjamins warre against his brethren Iudg. 20. 21. 25. at evening in the last times for Mordecai and Esther of Benjamin delivered the Iewes from a great destruction in their dispersion and they slew their enemies See Esth. 8. 7. 9. 11. 9. 5. 6. 15. 16. Of this tribe also was Paul the Apostle Phil. 3. 5. who spiritually fought the battles of the Lord against his enemies 2 Cor. 10. 3. 4. c. The Chaldee paraphrast understandeth this prophesie according to Moses blessing Deut. 33. 12. of the temple and sacrifices which were to be in Ierusalem saying Benjamin in his land shall the divine Majestie dwell and in his possession shall the sanctuary be builded at morning and at evening the priests shall offer oblations and at even tide they shall divide the remainder of their portions of the things left which are sanctified The Ierusalemy Thargum also giveth the same exposition Vers. 28. the twelve tribes that is heads and authors of the twelve tribes or kinreds that came of Israel whereof see also Gen. 35. 22. and 49. 16. Therefore the Greeke saith the twelve sonnes of Iakob even according to c that is with such a blessing as was meet for every of them as Gods spirit did allot Vers. 29. my people to my holy fathers by death as the 33. verse sheweth see also the notes on Gen. 25. 8. of Ephron bought of him as the next verse sheweth See Gen. 23. 9. 10. c. and 47. 30. Vers. 31. buried Leah of her death and buriall there was no mention before neither of Rebekahs These five and Iakob himselfe the sixt buried in one grave the first letters of all their names are contayned in that one name of ISRAEL Vers. 32. In the purchase or understand The purchase was bought But the Greeke addeth the word In. Vers. 33. his feet this seemeth to denote his quiet betaking of himselfe to his rest
17. 1. name Iehovah which name denoteth both Gods being in himselfe and his giving of being unto that is the performance of his word and promises as is observed on Gen. 2. 4. in which latter respect he here saith he was not knowne to their fathers by this name or as the Greeke and Chaldee translate he manifested not nor make knowne this name They being sustained by faith in Gods almighty power without receiving the thing promised Act. 7. 5. Heb. 11. 9. 10. But now their children should receive the promise and so have full knowledge and experience of Gods power and goodnes and of the efficacie of that his name Iehovah which therefore they sung to his praise upon their full deliverance from the Egyptians Exod. 15. 3. So upon performance of further promises or judgements he saith they shall know him to be Iehovah Esay 49. 23. and 52. 6. and 60. 16. Ezek. 28. 22. 23. 24. 26. and 30. 19. 25. 26. And Christ in whom all Gods promises are yea and Amen 2 Cor. 1. 20. having fulfilled all things for our redemption manifesteth himselfe by this name in the interpretation thereof as that he is Alpha and Omega thâ— beginning and the ending the Lord who Is and who was and who Is to come even the Almighty Revel 1. 8. 17. 18. Otherwise neither Abraham nor Isaak nor Iacob was without the knowledge of this name Iehovah altogether for by it also in part God revealed himselfe to them as Gen. 15. 7. 8. and 26. 24. 25. and 28. 13. But as the glorious ministration of the Law is said to have no glory in respect of the excellent glory of the Gospel 2 Cor. 3. 10. so this is spoken by comparison here The Iewes of a long time have not used this name but for it they reade Adonai that is Lord. One of themselves hath written thus Why doe the Israelites pray in this world and are not heard Because they know not the plaine name of God which is Iehovah in the world to come the world of the Messias God will make it knowne unto them and then they shall be heard Ialkut in Psal. 91. This restimony is true upon them not for the sound of the letters but for the want of faith in Christ who is called Iehovah our Iustice Ierem. 23. 6. when they shall be converted unto him God will heare them Ioh. 16. 23. Vers. 4. established or erected frame and sure see Gen. 6. 18. this was done to Abraham with expresse limitation of the time of Israels release out of Egypt Gen. 15. 13. 18. sojournings or peregrinations pilgrimage see Gen. 17. 8. and 26. 3. and 35. 27. Vers. 6. the burdens the Greeke saith from the power the Chaldee from amidst the tribulation of the servitude of the Egyptians so in verse 7. This mercie is remembred in Psal. 81. 7. firetched our that is lifted up on high as both the Gr. and Chaldee doe explaine it and it signifieth Gods might and open manifestation with continuancie of the same against Egypt till the redemption of Israel were fully performed Deut. 4. 34 2 King 17. 36. Esay 9. 12. 17. 11. Vers. 7. a God or for a God this was the covenant with Abraham see Gen. 17. 7. Vers. 8. life up my hand that is sweare as the Chaldee explaineth it I sweare by my word to give it Of this signe see Gen. 14. 22. Hereof is that speech Iehovah hath sworne with his right hand c. Esay 62. 8. will give it under which figure eternall life in heaven was implied also to the faithfull as is noted on Gen. 12. 5. which Paul confirmeth in Heb. 11. 10. 16. and the Hebrew Doctors say of this that it signified the Ierusalem that is above R. Menachem on Exod. 6. Vers. 9. anguish Hebrew shortnesse that is anger griefe and discouragement of spirit that they could not patiently endure their troubles the Greeke translateth it pusillâ—â—imity or feeblenesse of minde So the short of spirit is opposed to the man slow to wrath Prov. 14. 29. and shortnesse of spirit in Iob was trouble and discouragement Iob 21. 4. A like phrase is of shortnesse of soule whereof see Numb 21. 4. And this griefe and discouragement of Israel was so great that they wished rather to bee let alone that they might serve the Egyptians than to have any further proceeding in this businesse Exod. 14. 12. servitude or bondage which was upon them as the Chaldee addeth the Greeke translateth for hard works And this was the outward cause added to their inward discouragement and little faith Vers. 12. of uncircumcised lips Hebrew superfluous or uncircumcised of lips that is as the Gr. translateth not eloquent as the Chaldee saith of an heavy speech the same which Moses complained before in Exod. 4. 10. but figuratively spoken as having uncircumcised lips that is many superfluous words or unsanctified and so unfit to speake to the King So Esaias complained of polluted lips Esay 6. 5. Of this word superfluous See Gen. 17. 11. Vers. 13. unto that is as the Greeke addeth to goe unto to bring forth that is that they might bring forth so ver 27. see the notes on Gen. 6. 19. Thus Gods worke and faithfulnesse was not hindred by mens unfaithfulnesse neither was Israel saved for their owne righteousnesse who from the first to the last shewed themselves rebellious as Moses after telleth them Deut. 9. 4. 5. 6. 7. 24. Ver. 14. heads that is as the Greeke translateth chiefe governors or captaines This genealogie following is to shew the natural stocke of Moses and Aaron Levites verse 26. 27. and the time of Israels deliverance according to Gods promise verse 16. 18. 20. Enoch Hebrew Chanoch in Greeke Enoch see Gen. 46 9. c. Ver. 16. 137. yeeres This mans age with his sons ver 18. and Nephewes verse 20. serve for the opening of that speech concerning Israels peregrination Ex. 12. 40. see the notes there Vers. 20. his aunt that is his fathers sister as saith the Chaldee paraphrase in the Masorites Bible but the Chaldee set out by Arias Mont. hath the daughter of his fathers sister and the Greeke saith the daughter of his fathers brother neither of them well for she was the daughter of Levi Exod. 2. 1. and so sister to Amrams father Vers. 21. Korah he proved a rebell against Moses Numb 16. 1. c. Vers. 22. Vzziel of him and his two sonnes mention is made in Levit. 10. 4. where he is called Aarons uncle Vers. 23. Elisabet so the Greeke writeth this name and the new Testament Luk. 1. 5. and so we in English the Hebrew soundeth it Elishebangh She was of the tribe of Iudah being the Prince Naassons sister Numb 2. 3. 1 Chron. 2. 3. 10. Nadab and Abihu these dyed before the Lord by a fire Levit. 10. 1. 2. Eleazar hee succeeded his father Aaron in the high priesthood Numb 20. 25. 26. c. Of the priests that were of him and his brother
first plagues w ch were from the waters and earth cameby Aarons hand stretching out the rod Exod. 7. 19. 8. 5. 16. three which were from the heavens and aire came by Moses stretching out his hand and rod as the Haile Exod. 9. 22. 23. the Locusts Exod. 10. 12. 13. and the Darknesse Exod. 10. 21. 22. Three came without the hand either of Moses or Aaron as the Mixed swarme Exo. 8. 21. 24. the Murraine Exod. 9. 3. â—and the death of the First borne Exodus 12. 29. and one was by Moses hand but not with the rod as the plague of Boiles Exodus 9. 8. 10. V. 17. there were lice Hebr. there was the lowse put generally for the multitude of this vermine which being of the least sort of Gods creatures did greatly plague the proud nation This David rehearseth among other Gods wonders in Egypt Psal. 105. 31. Humane writers doe record that the Priests of Egypt did shave their whole bodies every third day lest any lowse or other filth should breed upon them that served their gods Herodot in Euterpe So with things which they superstitiously loathed did God plague them The Greeke calleth this plague Sknipes which are a kinde of small stinging gnats but by the Chaldee and others they were lice V. 18. did so that is endevored to doe so but could not and when men are said to doe things above their ability it meaneth their labour and endevour thereto as Matt. 7. 13. enter in at the strait gate that is strive to enter Luk. 13. 24. V. 19. the finger that is the worke Spirit and power of God who is said after the manner of men to doe things by his hand and finger Psam 102. 26. and 8. 4. 109. 27. 1 SaÌ„ 6. 9. To this speech Christ hath reference when he refuted those that withstood his miracles as these Magicians did Moses If I with the finger of God cast out devils Luk. 11. 20. which another Evangelist explaines to bee the spirit of God Matt. 12. 28. Here the coÌ„fession of Iannes and Iambres of whom see before in Exodus 7. 〈◊〉 condemned Pharaoh and themselves that in further resistance they manifested their folly unto all men as 2 Tim. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 9. The Chaldee expoundeth their speech thus it is a plague from before the Lord. Vers. 20 stand or present thy selfe V. 21 a mixed swarme of flies wasps hornets or as somethinke of wilde beasts serpents mice and the like The Hebrew and Chaldee words signifie onely a mixed multitude but shew not of what creatures The Greeke now extant hath Kunomnia that is the Dog flye Hierom saith of old the Lxxij Interpreters called it Koinomuia and Aquila translated it Pammuia that is the common or all sorts of flies The Chaldee paraphrase on Psalme 78. 45. expoundeth it a mixed swarme of wilde beasts of the field so the latter Hebrewes as Aben Ezra and Sol. Iarchi on Exodus 8. name them Lyons Wolves Beares Leopards and all kindes of evill beasts Serpents and Scorpions With whom accordeth Philo or the author of the booke of Wisdome who saith that as the Egyptians worshipped Serpents void of reason and vile beasts so God sent a multitude of unreasonable beasts upon them for vengeance for the Lord wanted not meanes as he saith to send among them a multitude of Beares or fierce Lions or unknowne wilde beasts full of rage newly created breathing out either a fiery vapour or filthy sents of scattered smoake c. Wisd. 11. 15. 17. 18. As in Exodus 12. 38. gnereb is used for a mixed multitude of people of sundry nations so gnarob here seemeth to intend not one but many sorts of creatures flying or running and such they were as did eate or devoure the Egyptians Psalme 78. 45. and corrupted or destroyed the land Exodus 8. 24. and because hee saith their houses should bee full of them I thinke rather they were small creatures than Lyons Beares or the like Vers. 22. will marvellously sever will separate and exempt in a marvellous and glorious manner wherefore the Greeke expoundeth it paradoxaso that is I will marvellously glorifie or miraculously honour See Exodus 33. 16. Goshen in Greek Gesem a province in Egypt where Israel dwelt see Gen. 45. 10. standeth that is staieth or tarieth from being sent away to serve me as Exodus 9. 28. or standeth that is dwelleth in the midst The Greeke translateth ruling all the earth or land Vers. 23. a redemption that is as the Greeke translateth a division or distinction whereby it shall appeare that I doe redeeme and save them from this plague The Chaldee explaineth it thus I will put a redemption to my people and upon thy people I will bring a plague So in Psalme 111. 9. he sent a redemption to his people and herein Gods grace in Christ was figured for by him God hath made a redemption for his people Luk. 1. 68. Vers. 24. did so he said and there came a mixed swarme Psal. 105. 31. which here Moses calleth heavy or grievous both for the multitude of these noysome creatures as the Greeke interpieth the word and for the hurt which they did to the people and and which was corrupted or as the Greeke saith destroyed by them Vers. 26. not meet or not right as being not so appointed of God who called into the wildernes Exod. 3. 18. The Greeke translateth it cannot so be done the abomination that is the beasts which the Egyptians doe worship and doe abhorre to kill or to see killed for sacrifice And the sentence twice repeated may imply two senses 1. Shall we sacrifice to our God such things as the Egyptians sacrifice that would bee abomination to the Lord. 2. Or shall we sacrifice such things as God requireth that would be an abomination to the Egyptians The Greeke translateth plurally abominations the Chaldee explaineth it thus for the beasts which the Egyptian worshippeth we shall offer for sacrifice loe shall we sacrifice the beasts which the Egyptians worship c. The Scripture often calleth the Gods and services of the heathens abominations as Deut. 7. 25. and 12. 30. 31. 2 King 23. 13. Ezra 9. 1. Esay 44. 19. Now the principall sacrifices of the Hebrewes were Oxen and Sheep Gen. 15. 9. and all sheepe-keepers were an abomination to the Egyptians Gen. 46. 34 for as humane writers doe record they that kept in the Temple of Iupiter Thebanus or dwelt in that province in the land of Egypt they all abstained from sheepe and sacrificed goats and those Thebane Egyptians killed no rammes but counted them holy and they had an image of Iupiter with a rammes face Likewise the Egyptians might sacrifice no cowes because they were consecrated unto Isis whose image also they had like a woman with cowes hornes and all the Egyptians reverenced cowes above all of other cattle as witnesseth Herodotus in his historie booke 2. and and other writers testifie the like things of them as Plutarch in his booke of
Barley and Oates But the kindes of pulse as Rice and Millet and Beanes and Lontiles and the like there is not of them any levened bread For though the meale of Rice and the like â—â—kneâ—ded and covered with cloathes like dough which is levened yet is it lawfull to be eaten for it is not levened but putrified The five sorts of corne aforesaid if they be kneaded with the liquour of fruits onely without any water they are never counted levened but are lawfull to be eaten for the juyce of fruits doe not leven but putrifie And the liquors of fruits are as wine and milke and honey and oyle olive and the juyce of apples and pomgranats and all such like But if any water be mixed with them they doe leaven They may not boyle wheat in water neither the beaten graine nor the meale for then it is perfectly levened and if that it be burst in the boylying They may not frâ—e the paste in oile in a pan But they may boyle the graine and the meale of parched corne It is lawfull to boile the corne or the meale in the liquor of fruits Likewise paste that is kneaded in the liquor of fruits if they boyle it in the liquor of fruits or frie it in a pan in oyle it is lawfull for the liquor of fruits leven not c. In any â—roth or pottage that they boile if any Barley or Wheat be found therein and the graine be burst all that broth is unlawfull for leven is mixed with it If the graines be not broken they take them out and burn them and the rest of the pottage they may eat for corne so mixed or boiled and not burst is not by the Law perfectly levened c. Maimony in treat of Leven and Unlevened bread c. 5. S. 1. c. that soule the Chaldee expounds it that man So in verse 19. cut off the Greeke saith destroyed see Gen. 17. 14. The Hebrew cannons say who so eateth so much as an olive of leven in the Passeover from the beginning of the might of the 15 night unto the end of the one and twentieth day of Nisan if he doe it presumptuously is guilty of being cut off if ignorantly he is bound to bring the sameoffring appointed for the same If hee eat any whit of leven at all it is forbidden by the law and though he bee not to be cut off or bring an offring but for the foresaid quantitie of an olive yet he that eateth lesse than that presumptuously is to be chastised with stripes Maimony treat of Leven chap. 1. S. 1. 7. from the first c. that is who so eateth leven any of these daies Vers. 16. convocation an holy assembly of all the people and so a Sabbath as Levit. 23. 39. The like order was at other feasts Levit. 23. 2. 3. 7. 21. 24. 27. 35. So these feasts were for the honour of God and increase of faith and holinesse in his people assembling for religious exercises done dressed and made ready to eat which yet on the Sabbath day was unlawfull to be done Exodus 16. 5. 23. 29. and 35. 2. 3. Vers. 17. selfe same Hebr. the strength or body of this day so verse 41. and 51. see Gen. 17. 23. I brought forth God did this by his Angell as it is written he sent an Angell and brought us forth out of Egypt Num. 20. 16. The Hebrew Doctors say The redemption from Egypt was by the hand of the Angell the Redeemer with the power of the great God as is said in Exod. 32. 11 which thou hast brought forth out of the land of Egypt with great power and with a strong hand R. Menachem on Exod. 12. Vers. 18. first The Chaldee nameth it In Nisan in the tenth day see verse 1. The Greeke saith Beginning in the fourteenth day of the first moneth Verse 19. not be found from hence the Hebrew Doctors gather Whosoever leaveth leven within his power at the Passeover although he eat not of it yet hee transgresseth two prohibitions no old leven shall be seene with thee Ezod 13. 7. and old leven shall not be found in your houses Exod. 12. 19. Moreover Leven when the Passeover is gone over it is for ever unlawfull to bee put to any use Maimony treatâ— of Leven chap. 1 S. 2 〈…〉 stranger that is strangers as the Greek translateth it opposed to the naturall Israelites to be borne afterward in the land of Canaan Vers. 21. elders by whom hee would signifie this law to all the people as vers 3. So before in Exodus 3. 16. draw out separate from the restoâ—â—he flocke and dest 〈…〉 ate unto this end as before in verse 5. 6. The Greeke translateth Goe and take 〈…〉 lambs or stocke beasts of the sheepe or goats as verse 5. So the Greeke and Chaldee translate it plurally neither is the Hebrew word tson used for one particular lambe but for many Passeover that is the Paschall Lambe called by figure of speech and 〈…〉 ally the Passeover as circumcision is called the covenant G 〈…〉 â—7 13. the Rocke Christ 1 Cor. 10. 4. bread and wine the body and bloud of Christ Mark 14. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈…〉 d many the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 P 〈…〉 followeth 〈◊〉 〈…〉 Cor. 5. 7. Christ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is 〈◊〉 is killed 〈◊〉 Verse 22. hyssope called in Hebrew a 〈…〉 in Greeke by the Apostle hyssopos Heb. 9. 19. wherupon we English it eizop or hyssope but whether it were that herbe which wee commonly call by that name is uncertaine It grew out of wals 1 King 4. 33. The Iewes write that there were foure sorts of hyssope and that this spoken of in the Law was such as men used to eat of and season poâ—tuge with And the bunch spoken of was three stalkes of hyssope bound together Maimony in Misn. treat Of the red Cow chap. 3. S. 2. and chap. 11. S. 1. This herbe was used to sprinkle with in other services and purifications See Exod. 24. 6. 8. Leviticus 14. 4. Num. 19. 6. 18. and signified the instrument wherby the blood of Christ is sprinkled upon and applied unto our hearts which is the preaching of faith for faith purifieth the heart of sinners Acts 15. 9. and it commeth by the preaching of the Word Rom. 10. 14. 17. which ministreth unto us the spirit Galat. 3. 2. and wee are elect through sanctification of the spirit unto obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Iesus Christ 1 Pet. 1. 2. which purgeth our consciences from dead workes to serve the living God Hebr. 9. 14. See Psal. 51. 9. strike or sprinkler Hebrew make touch which the Greeke translateth set or put the Chaldee sprinkle not goe This also was but at the Passeover in Egypt for the present danger of death by the destroying Angells after it was not required and Christ with his Disciples went out that night they are the Pasche Matth. 26. 30. The houses of the Israelites thus sanctified by the paschall Lambe and blood thereof out
light unto Israel and the darknesse gave darknesse unto the Egyptians The Greeke translateth and there was darknesse thicke darknesse and the night came A like manifestation of Gods glorie the Psalmist celebrateth He set darknesse his secret place round about him his pavillion darknesse of waters that is of watrie clouds thicke clouds of the skies Psal. 18. 12. Vers. 21. to goe backe O sâ—a what ailed thee that thou fleddest Psalme â—14 5. The waters saw thee ô God the waters saw thee they trembled the depths also were troubled Psal. 77. 17. This worke of God figured the afflictions of this world made easie for Christs people to passe thorow by the power of God Ps. 66. 12. Esay 43. 2. east winde which being violent is used to denote Gods anger Ier. 18. 17. Ezek. 19. 12. Psal. 48. 8. And of this worke the Prophet saith was thy wrath Lord against the sea Habakkuk 3. 8. and David saith he rebuked the sea and it was dried up Psal. 106. 9. It figured also the power of Gods Spirit for the salvation of his Church by Christ Esay 11. 15. who for the help of his people flyeth swiftly on the wings of the wind Ps. 18. 11. dry land Come see the works of God he is fearfull in his doing toward the sons of men he turned the sea into dry-land Psal. 66. 5. 6. cloven or forcibly divided into parts as Psal. 136. 13. from which the Iew Doctors teach that there were 12. according to the number of the twelve tribes of Israel Pirkei R. Eliezer c. 42. and Thargum Ierusalemy on Deut. 1. 1. Vers. 22. went in following the Lord by faith for he led them by the right hand of Moses with his glorious arme dividing the water before them to make himselfe an everlasting name Esay 63. 12. and by faith they passed through the red sea as by dry land which the Egyptians assaying to doe were drowned Heb. 11. 29. And in this sea they were baptized 1 Cor. 10. 2. a wall standing up stedfast as an heape Psal. 78. 13. so they went safely God led them through the deepe as an horse in the wildernesse that they should not stumble as a beast goeth downe into the valley the Spirit of the Lord quietly led the people to make himselfe a glorious name Esay 63. 13. 14. Vers. 24. watch or ward custodie so called because men kept watch and ward there certaine houres in the night As here and in 1 Sam. 11. 11. is mentioned the morning watch so in Lam. 2. 19. the beginning of the watches and in Iudg. 7. 19. the middle watch is spoken of in Luk. 12. 38. the second and third watch and in Matt. 14. 25. the fourth watch of the night which in Mar 13. 35 are named evening midnight cock-crowing and day-dawning See also after in v. 27. looked and manifested his presence with Israel and wrath against Egypt for the clouds streamed downe waters the skies gave out a sound Gods arrowes also or hailestones went abroad the voice of his thunder was in the aire lightnings lightned the world the earth trembled quaked Psal. 77. 18. 19. pillar of fire wherein God did as it were ride upon his horses his chariots of salvation for his people Habak 3. 8. 9. troubled the campe or made a tumult in their host and terribly strooke them downe The Ierusalemy Thargum here saith God threw downe upon them pitch and fire and haile-stones and astonished the host of the Egyptians This word is after used when God promiseth to destroy the Canaanites from before his people Deut. 7. 23. And David in like sort celebrateth his victories saying he sent out his arrowes and scattered them and he hurled forth lightnings and troubled them Psalme 18. 15. Vers. 25. heavily Hebrew with heavinesse Greeke by force For the raine and tempest so softned the ground that they could drive but slowly and with much adoe Egyptians Hebrew the Egyptian said let meflee spoken as of one man to note their joynt consent So in v. 26. Vers. 26. shall returne the Greeke translateth let the water returne and cover the Egyptians The word cover is borrowed from v. 28. This was done with a wind as before v. 21. Exod. 15. 10. Vers. 27. the looking forth or turning towards of the morning at the day dawning which time the Scripture noteth both for judgement upon the wicked as in this place and for mercy to the city of God as in Psal. 46. 6. It was also the time of Christs resurrection Matt. 28. 1. 2. The like phrase is of the evening in Gen. 24. 63. shooke off that is cast away destroyed so this word is elsewhere used Iob 38. 13. Nehem. 5. 13. Herein God recompenced them according to their workes for they had drowned the children of Israel in the river Exod. 1. 22. and now they themselves were drowned in the sea This overthrow of the Egyptians was also a figure of Christs victory over our spirituall enemies by subduing our iniquities and casting al our sinnes into the depths of the sea Micah 7. 15. 19. Vers. 29. walked or went on dry land as before so whiles the waters retired and drowned the Egyptians Of this miracle Asaph sung O God thy way was in the sea and thy pathes in the many waters and thy foot-steps were not knowne thou didst lead thy people like a flocke by the hand of Moses and Aaron Psal. 77. 20. 21. Alike marvellous worke was at the river Iordan when Israel entred in Canaan Ios. 3. 16. Vers. 30. shore Heb. lip of the sea Vers. 31. hand that is handy worke so in Psalme 109. 27. the Chaldee translateth it the power of the great hand in Iehovah the Greeke translateth beleeved God so in Gen. 15. 6. where is shewed that the Apostles approve the version in Moses that is in the word which Moses taught them from God as the Chaldee explaineth it they beleeved in the word of the Lord and in the prophesie of Moses his servant So in 2 Chro. 20. 20. it is said beleeve in Iehovah c. beleeve in his Prophets and in Exod. 19. 9. that they may beleeve in thee It meaneth trust or confidence in the faithfulnesse of any as in 2 Cor. 2. 3. Gal. 5. 10. A like speech is of Sion in Esay 14. 32. the poore of his people shall trust in it So in 1 Sam. 12. 18. the people feared Iehovah and Samuel See further in the notes on Exod. 19. 9. CHAP. XV. 1 The song of Moses and Israel wherein they celebrate Gods power and grace for drowning the Egyptians and saving of Israel in the red sea 13 for leading his people through the wildernesse 14 for terrifying the nations round about 17 for seating his people in Canaan 20 Marie and the women answer the men in singing Gods praise 22 The people in the wildernesse are brought to bitter waters 25 a tree sweetneth them 27 At Elim are twelve wels and seventie palme trees THen sang
in Numbers 14. 10. Vers. 5. Goe on or passe on that is journey towards Mount Horeb and goe thou and the Elders foremost rod or staffe mentioned also in Exod. 7. 20. Num. 20. 8. 9. Vers. 6. I will stand Hebr. I standing to wit in the pillar of the cloud the signe of my presence standing at mount Horeb whereof see Exod. 3. 1. in the eyes or before the eyes of the Elders as witnesses of this glorious miracle whereby God turning the Rocke into alake of water the fli 〈…〉 fountaine of water Psal. 114. 8. gave them drinke both for their bodies and soules For the Rocke and water out of it signified Christ and is therefore called a spirituall Rocke 1 Cor. 10. 4. Hee being smitten with Moses rod and bearing the curse 〈◊〉 the Law for our sinnes and by the preaching of the Gospell also crucified among his people Gal. 3. 1. from him floweth the spirituall drinke wherewith all beleeving hearts are refreshed and ou◠〈◊〉 their bellies flow rivers of water of life Ioh. 7. 37 38. 39. Esay 53. 4. 5. Gal. 3. 13. Therefore this water out of the rocke is often mentioned to the praise of God and strengthning of his peoples faith Deut. 8. 15. Psal. 78. 15. 16. and 105. 41. Neâ— 9. 15. The Hebrew Doctors say the turning of the rocke into water was the turning of the property 〈◊〉 judgement signified by the rocke into the proper 〈…〉 mercie signified by water R. Menachem on Exod. 17. Vers. 7. Massah that is in English Tentati 〈…〉 which name was given both for a memoriall of their sinne and a warning to generations following that they should not tempt the Lord as they tempted him in Massah Deut. 6. 16. Psal. 95. 8. 9. Heb. 3. 8 9. Meriâ—ah that is Contention or â—itter ehiding and so provocation to anger which therefore the Holy Ghost calleth in Greeke Para 〈…〉 that is Provocation or bitter contention which here was with Moses v. 2. and not so much with him as with the Lord himselfe Exod. 16. 8. Num. 20. 2. 13. Heb. 3. 8. 9. Is Iehovah c. that is the gracious presence of Iehovah and testimony thereof or are we deluded by Moses The Chaldee explaineth it thus Doth the Majestie of the Lord dwell among us or not Of this they would be confirmed by some signe or miracle which was to tempt God whose presence and power they had so often seene Vers. 8. Amalek the Amalekites the posteritie of Amalek a Duke of Eliphaz the sonne of Esau the brother of Israel Gen. 36. 15 16. This was the first of the nations who warring against Israel procured their owne utter destruction Numbers 24. 20. Deuteronomie 25. 19. 1 Sam. 15. 2. 3. But for Israels sinne came this chastisement upon them as the Iewes themselves acknowledged saying After they had passed through the sea they murmured for waters then came against them the wicked Amalek who hated them for the first birth right and blessing which our father Iakob had taken from Esau and he came and fought against Israel because they had violated the words of the law c. Thargum on Song 2. 15. fought or warred but treacherously for hee smote the hindmost of Israel even all that were seeble behinde them when they were saint and weary and bee feared not God Deut. 25. 18. Vers. 9. Ioshuah or Iesus in Hebrew Iehoshuah whom the Holy Ghost calleth in Greeke Iesus Acts 7. 45. Heb. 4. 8. Hee was first called Hoseas and Moses called his name Iesus that is Saviour Num. 13. 17. Hee was a figure of Iesus Christ the Saviour of the world both in his name and actions fighting the battels of the Lord and bringing his people into Canaan hee was the minister or servant of Moses and his successor in the government of Israel Exodus 24. 13. Numbers 27. 18. 23. Deuteronomie 34. 9. Ios. 1. c. the top Hebr. the head of the hill so in vers 10. There Moses holding up his rod as an ensigne might be seene of the people for the strengthning of their faith Compare Ios. 8. 18. 19. rod of God the Chaldee expoundeth it the rod wherewith miracles have beene done from before the Lord. Of it see Exod. 4. 20. and 7. 9. c. Vers. 10. to fight that is as the Greeke explaineth it and fought See the notes on Genes 2. 3. A like phrase also is in Numb 18. 22. Deut. 2. 16. 1 King 12. 33. The Hebrew text sometime manifesteth this as to build 1 Chron. 14. 1. for which in 2 Sam. 〈◊〉 11. is written and they built To say or Saying 1 Chronicles 13. 12. for which in 2 Sam. 6. 9. is written and said So in 1 Chronicles 34. 16. compared with 2 Kings 22. 9. Hur or Chur called in Greeke Oar hee was a Prince of the Tribe of Iudah being the sonne of Caleb the son of Ezron the sonne of Pharez the sonne of Iudah 1 Chronicles 2. 5. 9. 18. 19. This Hur was also left with Aaron to judge controversies when Moses went up unto GOD upon mount Sinai Exodus 24. 14. His sonnes sonne Bâ—â—aleel was the master workeman of the Lords tabernacle Exod. 31. 2. 5. Vers. 11. held up or held alâ—ft his hand with the rod of God in it for a signe of Gods power and helpe unto his people and consequently praying unto God for assistance as the lifting up of the hands also signifieth Psal. 28. 2. And so the Thargum Ierusalemy explaineth it when Moses held up his hands in prayer the house of Israel prevailed and when he let downe his hands from prayer the house of Amalek prevailed Hand is here for hands as the Greeke translateth and the verse following manifesteth Vers. 12. heavy that he could not continue to hold them up a signe of mans infirmities not able to indure long in spirituall exercises The spirit is willing but the flesh is weake Matth. 26. 41. 43. See also Luke 18. 1. Rom. 12 12. a stone under this similitude of a stone Christ is often signified Esay 28. 16. Psalme 118. 22. Zacharie 3. 9. 1 Pet. 2. 4. upon whom our weake faith is sustained in prayer and by whose spirit our infirmities are holpen Ioh. 14. 13. 14. 16. 17 Romans 8. 26. were steadie Hebr. was steadinesse or faith fulnesse And here the force of the Hebrew word amunah which signifieth faith is shewed to bee a steadie or firme perswasion in the promises of God and that which is most necessary in prayer Matth. 21. 22. Iames 1. 6. 7. and 5. 15. Romans 4. 20. 21. And this phrase his hand was meaneth that both his hands were steadfast For steadinesse the Chaldee saith Moses hands were spred-out in prayer going downe Hebr. going in of the Sunne which was the end of the day and withall of the victory and salvation of Israel So he that indureth to the end he shall be saved Matth. 24. 13. Vers. 13. edge Hebr. mouth which the Greeke translateth slaughter of the sword
before them â—oth they shall bee for 〈…〉 And they shâ—ll bee eight 〈…〉 and thâ—â—◠〈…〉 of silver sixteene 〈…〉 two soâ—â—◠〈…〉 board and 〈…〉 under another board And thou shalt make barres of Shittim wood five for the boards of the one side of the Tabernacle And five barres for the boards of the second side of the Tabernacle and five barres for the boards of the side of the Tabernacle for the two sides Seaward And the mid 〈…〉 barre in the mids of the boards reaching from end to end And thou shalt overlay the boards with gold and their rings thou shalt make of gold places for the barres and thou shalt overlay the barres with gold And thou shalt reare up the Tabernacle according to the right fashion therof which thou wast shewed in the mount And thou shalt make a veile of blew and purple and scarlet and fine linnen twined the worke of a cunning workeman he shall make it with Cherubims And thou shalt hang it upon foure pillars of Shittim overlaid with gold their hookes shall be of gold upon the foure sockets of silver And thou shalt hang the veise under the taches and shalt bring in thither within the veile the Arke of the Testimonie and the veile shall divide unto you betweene the Holy place and the Holy of holies And thou shalt put the Covering-mercie-seat upon the Arke of the Testimony in the Holy of holies And thou shalt set the Table without the veile and the Candlesticke over against the table on the side of the Tabernacle toward the South and the table thou shalt put on the North side And thou shalt make an hanging-veile for the doore of the Tent of blew and purple and scarlet and fine linnen twined the worke of the Embroiderer And thou shalt make for the hanging-veile five pillars of Shittim and overlay them with gold their hookes gold and thou shalt cast for them five sockets of brasse Annotations 〈◊〉 or Habitacle which was for the foresaid Arke Table with shew-bread and Câ—â—dlâ—sticke to be placed in a figure of the Church wherein God dwelleth graciously with his people and inligh 〈…〉 them with his Law and the seven spirits which are before his throne See the annoâ—â—tions on the former Chapter twined or twisted after it was spunne and this was for more strength 〈◊〉 4. 12. In the Hebrew canons it is said Wheresoever fine linnâ—n twisted is spoken of in the 〈◊〉 it must be sixâ— double thred Maimony treat of the 〈…〉 of the Sanctuary chap. 8. Sect. 14. scarlet or double dyâ—d scarlet These colours represented the blood of Christ and the white 〈…〉 bysse his justice and so the vatietie of 〈…〉 erewith he and his Church is made glorious 〈…〉 he notes on Exod. â—5 4. Cheru 〈…〉 that is as the Chaldee explaineth it figures of 〈…〉 signifying heavenly affections in Christ a 〈…〉 his Church and the Angels ministers 〈◊〉 and about them See Exod. 25. 18. cun 〈…〉 or exquisite craftsman that skilfully deviseth and curiously worketh in any Arte Exod 35. 〈◊〉 33. 2 Chro. 26. 15. The Chaldee translateth it Craftsman the Greeke Weaver of which there is also mention in this worke of the Tabernacle Exod. 35. 35. and 39. 22. The Hebrew Doctors put a difference betweene this cunning workeâ—aâ— and the embroiderer in verse 36. Wheresoever it is said in the Law THE WORKE OF THE EMBROIDERER that is when the figures which are made in the weaving are seene but on the one side but THE WORKE OF THE CVNNING WORKEMAN is when the figures are seene on both sides before and after Maimony in 〈◊〉 of the Implements of the Sanctuarie chap. 8. Sect. 15. The veile of the most holy place being of this cunning workemanship verse 31. sheweth that both sides were wrought alike Vers. 2 cubits Hebr. by cubit that is measuring by the Cubit which is sixe hand-breadths or a foot and a halfe of one which may bee understood of every one as in 2 Chron. 9. 16. one shield it for every shield Or as the Greeke here translateth the curtaiâ—â—â— shall be one Vers. 3. one to anothâ—â— Hebr. woman to her sister which Heâ—â—aisme the Chaldee also translateth one 〈◊〉 another and the Greeke giveth the like sense and Moses himselfe so explaineth it in Exod. 36. 10. 12. where he saith one 〈◊〉 So after in verse 5. and 17. This signified the union of persons and of gâ—â—â—es in the Church by the Spirit Ephes. 4. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1 Cor. 12. 4. 5. 6. 12. 13. for in Christ all the building 〈◊〉 coupled together groweth unto an holy Temple in the Lord Ephes. 2. 21. 22. and 4. 16. Verâ— 4. â—dge Hebr. lip So in vers 10. the one or the first curtaine so in verse 5. So one is used for the first G 〈…〉 1. 5. second coupling or coupling of the 〈…〉 so in verse 5. Vers. 5. being one right oveâ— against another or â—eceiving one to another so holding by the taches one curtaine to another But both the Greeke and Chaldee version favoureth the first exposition Vers. 6. one Tabernacle or the Habitacle shall bee 〈…〉 is said for the Tent verse 〈◊〉 Howâ—â—â—â— because of the distinction by the veise there were after a sort two Tabernacles and so the Aposâ—â—e speaketh of the first called the Holy and after the second 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Tabernacle called the Holy of holies 〈…〉 As the golden taches clasped in the blew oâ— heaven-coloured loopes made the ten 〈…〉 one Tent so by faith and love in Christ the Saints are fastened builded together for an habitation of God through the Spirit Eph. 2. 22. where 〈…〉 the 〈◊〉 mentioneth the unitie of the Spirit 〈…〉 peace the â—nitâ—e of the faith and our 〈…〉 together in love Ephes 4. 3. 13. Coâ—â—s 2 2. 〈◊〉 this is to be for all affaires both of peace and of warre Iudges 20. 11. Vers. 7. a Tent that is a Covering spred over so the Greek translateth it a Covering the Chaldee an overspreading See Exod. 40. 6. eleven wheras the embroidered curtaines were but ten verse 〈◊〉 So these were thirty cubits long verse 8 those but 28. cubits verse 2. Thus the Covering was larger in length and bredth then the thing covered The like may be thought by proportion of the two upper Coverings of skins in verse 14. that they also were larger theâ— this Tent of haire though for brevity their sise is not expressed And that this Goats haire was woven into cloath appeareth in that it was spunne by women as the other stuffe Exod. 35. 26. Verse 14. Tachash skinnes in Greeke Violet colour skinnes of them see Exod. 25. 5. These three sorts of Coverings served for the safetie of the Tent and things in the same from the injurie of the weather also by these covers and veils the people were kept from beholding the holy things as at the removing of the Tent likewise Num. 4. 5. 15. So they signified the safetie of Gods Church covered and hid
Exod. 30. 24. and that which he taketh away he casteth into the place of the ashes by the Altar and lighteth the lampe which was out and the lampe which he findeth not out he dresseth it The lampe which is middlemost when it is out he lights not it after it is made cleane but from the Altar in the Court but the rest of the lampes every one that is out he lighteth from the lampe that is next He lighteth not all the lampes at one time but lighteth five lampes and stayeth and doth the other service and afterwards commeth and lighteth the two that remaine He whose dutie it is to dresse the Candlesticke commeth with a vessell in his hand which is called Cuz and it is of gold like to a great pitcher to take away in it the wekes that are burnt out and the oile that remaineth iâ— the lampâ— and lighteth five of the lamps and leaveth the vessell there before the Candlesticke c. and goeth 〈◊〉 afterwards â—e commeth and lighteth the two lamps and taketh up the vessell in his hand and boweth himselfe downe to worship and goeth his way Maim treat of the daily Sacrifices c. 3. S. 12. 13. 16. 17. The like they have in other records as for the measure of oile in T 〈…〉 yl treat Menacheth chap. 10. fol. 88. Three lâ—gges of oile and a halfe for the Candlesticke 〈◊〉 a logge for every lampe And for the order in the same 〈◊〉 in Ioma c. 3. fol. 33. The cleansâ—â—g of the 〈◊〉 Altar was before the trimming of 〈◊〉 â—ive lamps and the triâ—â—â—ing of the five lamps before the blood of the daily sacrifice and the blood of the daily sâ—â—rifiâ—â— before the trimming of the two lamps and the trimming of the two lamps before the burning of incense c. This charge of the Priests to order the lamps signified how Christ and his ministers should continually looke unto the puritie of doctrine and preaching of the light of the Gospell from evening to morning in the darke place of this world till the day dawne the day-starre arise in our hearts Rev. 1. 13. and 2. 1. Deut. 33. 10. Ioh. 5. 35. Eph. 3. 8. 9. 2 Pet. 1. 19. 20. 21. Matth. 4. 16. CHAP. XXVIII 1 Aaron and his sonnes are set apart for the Priests office 2 Holy garments are appointed 6 The Ephodâ— 8 And the curious girdle of it 9 The two Beryll stones on the shoulders thereof on which the names of the twelve Tribes were graven 15 The Brestplate of judgement with twelve precious stones therein 21 on which the names of the twelve Tribes of Israel were graven 22 The golden chaines to fasten it 26 And the golden rings for the same 30 The Vrim and Thummim 31 The Robe of the Ephod with Pomgranats and Bels. 36 The golden plate of the Miter 39 The fine linnen Coate the Miter and the Girdle 40 The Coats for Aarons sonnes with their girdles and bonnets 42 and their linnen breeches 43. The Priests must we are their garments in their administration AND thou take neere unto thee Aaron thy Brother and his Sons with him from among the Sonnes of Israel that he may minister-in-the-Priests-office unto mee Aaron Nadab and Abâ—hu Eleazar and Ithamar Aarons Sonnes And thou shalt make garments of Holinesse for Aaron thy Brother for honour and for beautifull glory And thou speake unto all the wise hearted whomsoever I have filled with the spirit of wisedome and let them make Aarons garments to sanctifie him that he may minister-in-the Priests-office unto me And these are the garments which they shal make a Brestplate and an Ephod and a Robe and a Coat of circled-work a Miter and a Girdle and they shall make garments of Holinesse for Aaron thy brother and for his Sonnes that hee may minister-in-the-Priests-office unto mee And they shall take gold and blew and purple and scarlet and fine linnen And they shall make the Ephod of gold of blew and of purple of scarlet and fine linnen twined the worke of a cunning workeman It shall have the two shoulder-peeces joyning together at the two edges thereof and it shall bee joyned together And the curious girdle of his Ephod which is upon it shall be of the same according to the worke thereof of gold of blew and purple and scarlet and fine linnen twined And thou shalt take two Beryll stones and shalt grave on them the names of the Sonnes of Israel Six of their names on the one stone and the names of the fix that are remaining on the second stone according to their births The worke of an engraver in stone like the engravings of a signet shalt thou engrave the two stones with the names of the sonnes of Israel inclosed in ouches of gold shalt thou make them And thou shalt put the two stones upon the shoulders of the Ephod stones of memoriall for the sons of Israel and Aaron shall beare their names before Iehovah upon his two shoulders for a memorial And thou shalt make ouches of gold And two chaines of pure gold at the ends shalt thou make them of wreathen worke shalt fasten the wreathen chaines to the ouches And thou shalt make the Brest-plate of judgement the worke of a cunning workeman like the worke of the Ephod shalt thou make it of gold of blew purple scarlet and fine linnen twined shalt thou make it Foursquare shall it be doubled a spanne the length thereof and a span the bredth therof And thou shalt embosse in it embosment of stones foure rowes of stones a row a Sardius a Topaz a Smaragd the first row And the second row a Chalcedonie a Saphir a Sardonyx And the third row an Hyacinth a Chrysoprase and an Amethyst And the fourth row a Chrysolyte and a Beryll and a Iasper they shall be set in gold in their embosments And the stones shall be with the names of the Sons of Israel twelve according to their names like the engravings of a signet every man with his name they shall be according to the twelve Tribes And thou shalt make upon the Brestplate chains at the end of wreathen worke of pure gold And thou shaft make upon the Brestplate two rings of gold and shalt put the two rings on the two ends of the Brestplate And thou shalt put the two wreathings of gold in the two rings on the ends of the Brestplate And the other two ends of the two wreathings thou shalt faâ—â—en on the two ouches and shalt put them on the shoulders of the Ephod before it And thou shalt make two rings of gold and shalt put them upon the two ends of the Brest-plate upon the border thereof which is in the side of the Ephod inward And thou shalt 〈◊〉 two other rings of gold and shalt put them on the two shoulders of the Ephod underneath towards the forepart thereof over-against the coupling thereof above the curious girdle of the Ephod And they shall binde the Brestplate by
impose their hands upon the head of the Ram. And thou shalt kill the Ram and take of his blood and put upon the tip of the right eare of Aaron and upon the tip of the right eare of his Sons and upon the thumbe of their right hand and upon the great toe of their right foot And shalt sprinkle the blood upon the altar round about And thou shalt take of the blood which is upon the Altar and of the anointing oile and shalt sprinkle upon Aaron and upon his garments and upon his Sonnes and upon the garments of his Sons with him and he shall be sanctified and his garments and his sonnes and his sonnes garments with him And thou shalt take of the Ram the fat and the rumpe and the fat that covereth the inwards and the caule above the liver and the two kidneyes and the fat which is upon them and the right shoulder for it is a ram of filling the hand And one loafe of bread and one cake of oile bread and one wafer out of the basket of unlevened cakes which is before Iehovah And thou shalt put al on the palmes of-the-hands of Aaron on the palmes-of-the-hands of his Sonnes and thou shalt wave them for a wave offring before Iehovah And thou shalt receive them from their hand and shalt burne them upon the Altar for a Burnt-offring for a savour of rest before Iehovah it is a Fire offring unto Iehovah And thou shalt take the brest of the ram of the filling of the hand which is for Aaron and wave it for a wave offring before Iehovah and it shall be thy part And thou shalt sanctifie the brest of the wave offring and the shoulder of the heave-offring which is waved w ch is heaved-up of the ram of the filling of the hand of that which is for Aaron of that which is for his Sons And it shall be Aarons and his Sonnes by a statute for ever from the sonnes of Israel for it is an heave-offring and it shall be an heave-offring from the sons of Israel of the sacrifices of their peace-offrings even their heave-offring unto Iehovah And the garments of holinesse which are Aarons shall be his sonnes after him to be anointed in them and to fill their hand in them Seven daies shall he that is Priest in his stead of his sonnes bee clad in them when hee shall come into the Tent of the Congregation to minister in the Holy Place And thou shalt take the Ram of the filling of the hand and shalt seeth his flesh in the holy place And Aaron and his sons shall eate the flesh of the Ramme and the bread which is in the basket at the doore of the Tent of the Congregation And they shall eate those things with the which atonement-was-made to fill their hand to sanctifie them and a stranger shall not eate of them because they are holy And if there remaine of the flesh of the filling of the hand of the bread unto the morning then thou shalt burn the remainder w th fire it shall not be eaten because it is holy And thou shalt doe unto Aaron and to his Sonnes thus according to all which I have commanded thee seven dayes shalt thou fill their hand And thou shalt make ready for every day a bullocke for a sinne offring for atonements and thou shalt purifie the altar when thou makest atonement for it and thou shalt anoint it to sanctifie it Seven daies thou shalt make atonement for the altar and sanctify it the altar shal be Holy of holies whatsoever toucheth the altar shall be holy And this is that which thou shalt make ready upon the altar two lambes of the first yeere day by day continually The one lambe thou shalt make ready in the morning and the other lambe thou shalt make ready betweene the two evenings And a tenth deale of floure mingled with the fourth part of an Hin of beaten oile and for a drinke-offring the fourth part of an Hin of wine for the one lambe And the other lambe thou shalt make ready betweene the two evenings according to the meat offring of the morning and according to the drinke-offring thereof shalt thou make for it for a savour of rest a Fire offring unto Iehovah This shall be a continuall burnt-offring throughout your generations at the doore of the Tent of the congregation before Iehovah where I will meet with you to speake unto thee there And I will meet there with the Sons of Israel and he shall be sanctified by my gloty And I will sanctifie the Tent of the congregation and the altar Aaron his Sons I will sanctifie to minister-in-the-priests-office unto me And I will dwell amongst the sonnes of Israel and will befor a God unto them And they shall know that I am Iehovah their God that broght theÌ„ forth out of the Land of Egypt that I may dwell amongst them I Iehovah their God Annotations THE thing Hebrew the word the Greek saith these things God having chosen Aaron and his seed to bee Priests unto him entreth them into their office by many rites as Washing Clothing Anointing Sprinkling and Offring of sacrifices for their consecration bullocke in Hebrew Par which is greater then a calfe but not so great as an oxe The Hebrew Doctors thus distinguish them Wheresoever it is said g 〈…〉 gel a calfe that is a yong one of the first yeare but par a bullocke is a yong one of the second yeere Maimony treat of Sacrifices Chap. 1. Sect. 14. yongling of the herd or yong oxe Hebrew sonne of the oxe or of the herd The Greeke saith of the oxen See the fulfilling of this precept in Levit 8. 〈…〉 es these were also of the second yeere 〈◊〉 lambes were of the first perfect thâ—â— is without blemish want superfluitie or deformitie See the notes on Exod. 12. 5. These sacrifices figured Christ who was without blemish without 〈◊〉 1 Pet. 1. 19. Ver. 2. unlevened which signified sinceritie and in 〈…〉 ruption See Ex. 12. 8. 15. oile which sign 〈…〉 d the graces of Gods Spirit 1 Ioh. 2. 27. See the notes on Exod. 30. 25. flowre the best part of the principall grain called somtime the fat of wheat Deut. 32. 14. with such God spiritually feedeth his Charch Psal. 81. 17. and 147. 14. Such bread signified Christ also whom the Father giveth us to feed upon Ioh. 6. 32. 33. V. 4. the Tent the whole Tabernacle or Habitation of God is so called of one principall part therof Exod. 26. called the Tent of Congregation or of meeting because there the people assembled and there God met with them as after in v. 43. Here the Priests were to be presented before God and before the people who were also there gathered together Lev. 8. 3. So the ministers of Christ were ordained in the Churches Act. 14. 23. and 6. 5. 6. water out of the sanctified Laver Exo. 30. 18. 19. for it was made
smell thereto and made it not hee is guilty of cutting-off but his doome is like all theirs that use or make profit of any of the sanctified things to wit unlawfully Mâ—imony in treat of the holy Implements chap. 2. Sect. 9. 10. be cut off the Chaldee expoundeth it be destroied the Greeke saith the soule of that man shall perish from his people God by this judgment would keepe men from profaning and abusing the holy exercise of praier and doctrine of Christs mediation when the abuse even of the shadow hereof brought destruction upon the offenders CHAP. XXXI 1 Bezaleel and Aholiab are called and made meet for the worke of the Tabernaâ—le and furniture thereof 12 The observation of the Sabbath is againe commanded 18 Moses receiveth the two Tables of the Law AND Iehovah spake unto Moses saying See I have called by name Bezaleel the son of Vri the son of Hur of the tribe of Iudah And I have filled him with the Spirit of God in wisedome and in understanding and in knowledge and in all workmanship To devise cunning-workes to worke in gold and in silver and in brasse And in ingraving of stone to fill and in carving of wood to worke in all workmanship And I behold I have given with him A holiab the son of Ahisamac of the tribe of Dan and in the heart of all wise hearted I have given wisedome that they may make all that I have commanded thee The Tent of the congregation and the Arke of the Testimonie and the Covering-mercie seat that is thereupon and all the vessels of the Tent. And the Table and the vessels thereof and the pure Candlesticke and all the vessels thereof and the Altar of incense And the Altar of burnt-offring all the vessels therof and the Laver and the foot thereof And the garments of ministery and the garments of holinesse for Aaron the priest and the garments of his sonnes to minister-in-thepriests office And the anointing oile and incense of sweet-spices for the holy place according to all that I have commanded thee shall they doe And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying And thou speake thou unto the sonnes of Israel saying Verily my Sabbatâ—s yee shall keepe for it is a signe betweene me and you throughout your generations to know that I am Iehovah that sanctifieth you And yee shall keepe the Sabbath for it is holinesse to you they that profane it every one shall bee put-to die the death for every one that doth any worke therein even that soule shall bee cut-off from amongst his peoples Six daies shall worke be done but in the seventh day is the Sabbath of Sabbathisme holinesse to Iehovah every one that doth any worke in the Sabbath day shall be put to die the death And the Sons of Israel shall keepe the Sabbath to observe the Sabbath throughout their generations for an everlasting covenant Betweene me and the Sonnes of Israel it shall be a signe for ever for in Six daies Iehovah made the heavens the earth and in the Seventh day he rested and was refreshed And he gave unto Moses when hee had made-an-end of speaking with him on mount Sinai two Tables of testimonie Tables of stone written with the finger of God Annotations BEzaleel in Greeke Beseleel by interpretation In the shadow of God he was the sonne of Vri the sonne of Hur the sonne of Caleb or Chelubai the sonne of Esron the sonne of Pharez the sonne of Iudah from whom he was the seventh generation as Enoch was the seventh from Adam and is here designed the master workman of the Lords Tabernacle See his genealogie in 1 Chron. 2. 5. 9. 18. 19. 20. Vers. 3. Spirit that is gifts of the Spirit such as are after mentioned So Paul openeth it in 1 Cor. 12. 4. 8. 11. see also Act. 2. 4. The Greeke expoundeth it a divine Spirit the Chaldee a Spirit from before the Lord. workmanship or Art Hebrew worke So verse 4. Vers. 4. devise cunning-workes such as were mentioned in Exodus 26. 1. c. see the notes there The Hebrew phrase is figurative to thinke thoughts which the Greek explaineth to thinke or minde and to make-artificially the Chaldee saith to teach artificers as it is in Exodus 35. 34. These three things in Bezaleel a calling a furnishing with gifts and a working or operation accordingly are necessarie in all the publike ministers of the Church So Paul mentioneth diversities or distributions 1 of gifts by the Spirit 2 of administrations or ministeries by the Lord Iesus and 3 of operations by God the Father 1 Cor. 12. 4. 5. 6. 〈◊〉 to worke or to doe to make but doing is often used for working as is noted on Exod. 5. 9. and so the Greek translateth it here also in verse 5. Vers. 5. ingraving or cutting The Hebrew word generally signifieth a studious and artificiall ingraving or cutting in stone in wood in yron in earth and then it is Englished ploughing or any other like handicraft to fill that is to set in the golden ouches as Exod. 28. 21. to worke or to make in all worke meaning cunning worke as is expressed in Exod. 35. 33. Vers. 6. Aholiab in Greeke Eliab by interpretation The Tabernacle of the Father Hee is the second master-workman and of the tribe of Dan the handmaids sonne joyned with Beseleel as God usually joyneth two together in al weighty affairs See Exod. 4. 14. 15. and 6. 26. Matth. 10. 2. 3. Luk. 10. 1. Acts 13. 2. Hag. 1. 14. Vers. 7. vessels or instruments furniture implements So after Vers. 10. of ministerie veiles clothes coverings which served to wrap up the holy things in when the host removed as Num. 4. 5. 9. 11. 12. c. Of the Priests garments see Exod. 28. Vers. 13. Uerily or Notwithstanding the Greeke translateth it See Though the worke of the Tabernacle were studiously and speedily to be done yet God would not have any of it done on the Sabbath daies The Law of the Sabbath is very often repeated see Gen. 2. 2. Exod. 16. 23. c. and 20. 8. c. and 23. 12. and 35. 2. 3. to know that is that ye may know as the Greeke translateth The principall signification of the Sabbath was for grace and sanctitie which therefore the Lord often urgeth and blameth the breach of this day as the violating of his covenant See Neh. 9. 14. Ezek. 20. 12. 13. 16. 20. 21. Esay 58. 13. The true observation hereof is by faith in Christ Heb. 4. 3. 9. 10. 11. The Hebrew Doctors say The Sabbath and the precept against idolatrie each of these two is as weighty as all the other Commandements of the Law and the Sabbath is a signe betweene God and us for ever Therefore who so transgresseth the other Commandements he is generally a wicked Israelite but hee that openly profaneth the Sabbath is as an Idolater both of them as infidels in all their affaires Therefore the Prophet laudeth and saith Esay 56. 2. Blessed
the Apostle followeth Rom. 9. 15. bee mercifull or have compassion commiseration As this teacheth that Gods grace mercy and compassion is the cause of our happines so in that he doth this to whom he will it sheweth Gods freedome in communicating his grace where he pleaseth without wrong to any So that which Moses asked for all the people v. 16. God restraineth to his owne will according to his election of grace excluding all others and mans owne will and works Wherefore Paul citing this text concludeth So then it is not in him that willeth nor in him that runneth but in God that sheweth mercy Rom. 9. 15. 16. The ancient Hebrews saw this grace of God though now they be ignorant of it For R. Menachem on this place writeth how God shewed Moses at that time his treasures and he said O Lord of the world whose is that great treasure Hee answered who so hath good workes to him will I give his wages and who so hath none I will doe and give unto him freely as it is written I will be gracious to whom I will be gracious This exposition accordeth with Pauls in Rom. 4. 4. 5. and 3. 24. Ver. 20. my face that is see and know my glorie as it is perfectly by reason of sinne Rom. 3. 23. and of the weaknesse of the flesh which alwaies feareth death when God appeareth as Deut. 5. 24. 25. Iudg. 13. 22. Esay 6. 5. Dan. 10. 8. Rev. 1. 17. But after this mortall hath put on immortality we shall see God as he is even face to face 1 Ioh. 3. 2. 1 Cor. 13. 12. So the Hebrews hence doe observe whiles men live they are not counted-worthy when they die they shall be counted worthy to see the face of God R. Elias in Reshith chocâ—â—aâ— fol. 41. 4. And R. Menachem here saith after his death he should attaine unto it for it is treasured up for the just against the time to come Vers. 22. clift or hole cave which is a place of hiding for feare as in Esay 2. 21. Song 2. 14. The Rocke on which Gods people are set is spiritually God himselfe in Christ and faith in him Psal. 18. 3. 32. Matth. 16. 18. cover this sometime signifieth safe protection Psal. 91. 4. sometime a covering with feare and affliction Iob 3. 23. Lam. 3. 43. Here it is meant in the first sense my hand or my palme the hollow of my hand which also is sometime the instrument of helpe Psal. 91. 4. 12. and 119. 173. sometime of affliction Iob 13. 21. and 33. 7. It may also meane my cloud for as a cloud arose in the sight of Elias servant like a mans hand 1 King 18. 44. so Elihu calleth the clouds Cappajim that is hands Iob 36. 32. The Chaldee here translateth it my Word which is the title of Christ Ioh. 1. 1. So in the verse following the Chaldee saith And I will take away the word of my glory Vers. 23. backe parts or after parts the things behinde me This may be understood of an imperfect image of the glory of God such as man is able to behold in this life where wee see through a glasse darkely opposed to the state which is to come when we shall see face to face or eye to eye as 1 Cor. 13. â—2 Esay 52. 8. And it is spoken of God after the manner of men for properly he being a Spirit infinite and incomprehensible hath neither face nor back-parts nor any such thing as is noted on Gen. 6. 6. Some referre this to the vision which Moses saw of Christ transfigured upon the mount Matth. 17. 2. 3. where also a cloud over-shadowed the disciples v. 4. If we apply it unto Christ his back-parts may be understood of his afflictions and sufferings which in this life his people doe see and are partakers of as in the life to come they shall behold his face and partake of his glory Matth. 10. 38. Phil. 3. 10. 13. 14. 1 Ioh. 3. 2. Psal. 17. 15. The Hebrewes say God made knowne unto Moses that which no man knew before him nor shall know after him that he apprehended in his knowledge the truth of the Essence of God distinctly from the essence of other things as a man whose backeparts are seene and his whole body and rayment is attained unto in ones knowledge from other bodies of men Maimony in Iesudei hatorah chap. 1. Sect. 10. It is a tradition of the Iewes that God now appeared like Sheliach tsibbur the Messenger or Minister of the congregation clad with a robe R. Menachem on Exod. 33. and so Maimony in Iesudei hacorah chap. 1. Sect. 9. saith Moses saw him on the Sea like a mighty warriour and on Sinai cladlike a Minister of the congregation be seene the Greeke addeth seene of thee but it is more generall of no man as in verse 20. And by seeing is not meant onely with the outward eye but with the heart or understanding according to that phrase in Eccles. 1. 16. mine heart hath seene because the mind of man cannot apprehend God who is incoÌ„prehensible Iob 11. 7. 1 Tim. 6. 16. R. Menachem here saith Observe how he saith not My face thou shalt not see but SHALL NOT BE SEENE as if he should say there is no power in any creature to comprehend it CHAP. XXXIV 1 God willeth Moses to hew two tables of stone on which he would write againe the words of the covenant 4 Moses having done so went up into the mount 5 The Lord descendeth in a cloud and proclaimeth his Name 8 Moses worshippeth and intâ—â—ateth God to goe with them 10 God maketh a covenant with them warning them 12 of the Idolatry of the Canaanites 16 and mariages with them 18 He reneweth the commandement of the feast of unleavened bread and of sanctifying their first-borne 21 Of the Sabbath 22 Of other feasts and rites about sacrificing 28 Moses after forty dayes in the mount commeth downe with the Tables 29 His face shineth and he covereth it with a veile ANd Iehovah said unto Moses Hew thee two Tables of stone like the first and I will write upon the Tables the words which were on the first Tables which thou brakest And bee thou ready in the morning and come up in the morning unto mount Sinai and present thy selfe unto me there upon the top of the mount And let no man come up with thee neither let any man bee seene throughout all the mount neither let the flockes nor herds feed before that mount And he hewed two tables of stone like the first and Moses rose up early in the morning and went up unto mount Sinai as Iehovah had commanded him and tooke in his hand the two tables of stone And Iehovah descended in the cloud and he stood with him there and he proclaimed the name of Iehovah And Iehovah passed by before him and he proclaimed Iehovah Iehovah God pittifull and gracious long suffering and much in mercy and truth Keeping mercy
in the Law another inward in the heart 2 Cor. 3. 13. 14. c. And as without a veil the people could not heare Moses so except the Law be veiled and hath as it were a new face upon it the naturall man cannot endure the glory of it so terrible it is to the conscience of sinners R. Menachem here observeth how the former Ancients of Israel at the reading of the Booke of the Law covered their faces and said hee that heareth from the mouth of the reader is as hee that heareth from the mouth of Moses Vers. 34. tooke off the veil whereof there was no use in the sight of God who doth not onely know himselfe the use and end of his Law but sheweth the same also to others which was likewise here figured for when men shall be turned to the Lord the veile shall be taken away 2 Cor. 3. 16. Vers. 35. put the veil againe on hereby signifying the continuall glory of his ministery and infirmity of the people till both of them be done a way Which is accomplished by the Gospell the ministration of the Spirit and of righteousnesse which exceeds in glory so that Moses ministery hath no glory in this respect for Christ taketh away the veil so that we may both stedfastly looke to the end of the Law which is abolished and all of us with unveiled face beholding as in a glasse the glory of the Lord are changed into the same image from glory to glory even as by the Spirit of the Lord 1 Cor. 5. 8. 18. CHAP. XXXV 1 Moses commandeth the people from the Lord to keepe the Sabbath 4 to bring willing offrings of gold silver brasse and other stuffe for the Tabernacle and furniture thereof 20 The people goe and bring voluntary gifts 22 Men and women bring their Iewels and ornaments and other stuffe such as they had 25. The wise women spin the stuffe 27 The Rulers bring precious stones and spices 30 Bezaleel and Aholiab are shewed to be the men whom God had filled with his Spirit and Wisedome to doe the worke of the Sanctuary 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ANd Moses gathered together all the Congregation of the sonnes of Israel and said unto them These are the words which Iehovah hath commanded to doe them Sixe dayes shall worke be done but on the seventh day there shall be to you holinesse a Sabbath of sabbatisme to Iehovah whosoever doth any worke therein shall be put-to-death Ye shall kindle no fire in any of your habitations upon the Sabbath day And Moses said unto all the Congregation of the sonnes of Israel saying this is the thing which Iehovah hath commanded saying Take yee from amongst you an offring unto Iehovah whosoever is willing in his heart let him bring it the offring of Iehovah Gold and silver brasse And blew and purple and scarlet and fine-linnen and Goats hayre And Rams skins dyed-red and Tachash skins and Shittim wood And oile for the Light and spices for the anointing oile and for the incense of sweet-spices And Beryll stones filling stones for the Ephod and for the Brest plate And every wise harted among you shall come and make all that Iehovah hath commanded The Tabernacle the tent thereof and the covering thereof the taches thereof and the boards thereof the bars thereof the pillars thereof and the sockets thereof The arke and the bars there of the Covering-mercy-seat and the veile of the covering The Table and the barres thereof and all the vessels thereof and the shew-bread And the Candlesticke for the Light and the vessels thereof and the lamps thereof and the oile for the Light And the Altar of incense and the bars thereof and the anointing oyle and the incense of sweet spices and the hanging veile of the doore for the doore of the Tabernacle The Altar of Burnt offring and the grate of brasse which is for it the bars thereof and all the vessels thereof the Laver and the foot thereof The tapestry-hangings of the Court the pillars thereof and the sockets thereof and the hanging-veile of the gate of the Court The pinnes of the Tabernacle and the pins of the Court and their coards The garments of ministery to minister in the holy-place the garments of holinesse for Aaron the Priest and the garments of his sonnes to minister-in-the-priests-office And all the congregation of the Sonnes of Israel departed from the presence of Moses And they came every man whose heart stirred him up and every one whose spirit made him willing they brought the offring of Iehovah for the worke of the Tent of the Congregation and for all the service thereof and for the garments of holinesse And they came the men with the women every-one that was willing hearted they brought bracelets and eare-rings and rings and tablets all jewels of gold and every man that offered offred an offring of gold unto Iehovah And every man with whom was found blew and purple and scarlet and fine-linnen and Goats hayre and Rammes skinnes dyed red and Tachash skinnes brought them Every one that offred an offring of silver and of brasse they brought the offring of Iehovah and every one with whom was found Shittim wood for any work of the service brought it And every woman that was wise hearted did spinne with her hands and they brought the spun-worke the blew and the purple and the scarlet and the fine-linnen And all the women whose heart stirred them up in wisedome spunne Goats hayre And the Rulers brought Beryll stones and filling stones for the Ephod and for the Brest-plate And spice and oyle for the Light and for the anointing oyle and for the incense of sweet-spices Every man and woman whose heart made them willing to bring for all the work which Iehovah had commanded to make by the hand of Moses the sonnes of Israel ◠brought a willing offring unto Iehovah And Moses said unto the sonnes of Israel See Iehovah hath called by name Bezaleel the sonne of Vri the sonne of Hur of the tribe of Iudah And he hath filled him with the Spirit of God in wisedome in understanding and in knowledge and in all workmanship And to devise cunning-worke to worke in gold and in silver and in brasse And in ingraving of stone to fill and in carving of wood to work in all cunning works And hee hath given into his heart for to teach he and Aholiab the sonne of Ahisamach of the Tribe of Dan. He hath filled them with wisedome of heart to make all worke of the ingraver and of the cunning-workman and of the embroiderer in blew and in purple in scarlet and in fine-linnen and of the weaver even of them that doe any worke and that devise cunning workes Annotations 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 HEre beginneth the 22 Section of the Law See Gen. 6. 9. and 28. 10. Vers. 2. holinesse that is a day of holinesse or an holy day and signe of holinesse from the Lord See Exod. 31. 13.
14 c. of sabbathisme that is of rest see Exod. 16. 23. and 31. 15. any worke to wit of his owne workes wayes or words Ex. 20. 9. Esay 58. 13. to except the workes commanded of God as circumcision offring of sacrifice and the like Ioh. 7 22. 23. Matth. 12. 5. and works of necessity and of mercy towards man or beast Matth 12. 7. 11. 12. See the annotations on Exodus 20. 8. c. Vers. 3. kindle no fire either for to doe worke with or to dresse meat for that was unlawfull on the Sabbath though lawfull on other feast dayes Exod. 12. 16. or for to punish malefactors as the Hebrew Doctors say Punishments may not be inflicted on the Sabbath though it bee commanded to punish malefactors yet may it not bee done on the Sabbath As when one is condemned by the Iudges to stripes or unto death he may not bee beaten or put to death on the Sabbath for it is written Yee shall kindle no fire c. this is a warning to the Iudges that they burne not on the Sabbath him that is condemned to bee burnt and the like is for other punishments Maimony treat of the Sabbath Chap. 24. Sect. 7. The like order they take against Iudging of causes of the Sabbath Ibidem Chap. 23. Sect. 14. Vers. 5. an offring or an heave offring in Greek and Chaldee a separation a gift separated unto God from their other goods See the notes on Exod. 25. 2 Vers. 6. blew in Greeke hyacinth see Ex. 25. 4. Vers. 7. Shittim in Greeke incorruptible wood see Exod. 25. 5. Vers. 8. oile of the olive see Exod. 27. 20. anointing or oile of unction whereof see Eoxd 30. 23. c. incense of sweet spices in Greeke composition of incense see Exod. 30. 54. c. Vers. 9. filling to be set in golden ouches Hebr. stones of fillings see Exod. 25. 7. and 28. 17. 20. Vers. 11. Tabernacle or Habitacle whereof see Exod. 26. barres or barre meaning all and euerie one See the notes on Exod. 32. 19. So in Exodus 39. 33. Vers. 12. Arke or Coffer wherein the Tables of the Law were put see Exod. 25. 10. In Greeke the Arke of the testimony of the covering the veil that hid the most holy place whereof see Exod. 26. 31. c. So after in Exod. 39. 34. The Greeke translateth it onely the veil Vers. 13. Table described in Exod. 25. 23. c. Shew bread in Greeke bread of proposition See Exod. 25. 30. Vers. 14. for the Light or Candlesticke of light that is the shining Candlestick whose lamps gave light alwayes So starres of light Psal. 148. 3. that is shining starres Vers. 15. Altar the golden altar whereof see Exod. 30. 1. c. hanging-veil see Exod. 26. 36. Vers. 16. Altar the brazen altar whereof see Exod. 27. 1. c. the foot or the Base see Exodus 30. 18. Vers. 17. tapestry-hangings see Ex. 27. 9. c. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Vers. 19. of ministery or of service see Exodus 31. 10. for Aaron described in Exod. 28. This was the summe of Moses Sermon to the people at this assembly wherein he taught them both what gifts to bring and what holy things were to be made for the service of God as hee had beene before commanded Exod. 25. c. Vers. 21. stirred or lifted him up to doe it chearfully and so made him willing as the Chalde◠translateth it Vers. 22. bracelets or chaines or hookes the Greeke translateth seals Compare this with their fact before in Exod. 32. where they gave their Iewels to make an Idoll offred Hebrew waved because they were heaved up and waved when they were given to the Lord and is therefore called a wave offring Exod. 38. 24. Vers. 24. was found If there bee first a willing mind it is accepted according to that a man hath and not according to that he hath not 2 Cor. 8. 12. Vers. 25. did spin of the vertuous woman it is said She lareth her hands to the spindle and her hands hold the distaffe Prov. 31. 19. So for the building of Gods spirituall Tabernacle there were women that laboured in the Gospell Phil. 4. 3. that laboured much in the Lord Rom. 16. 3. 6. 12. Contrary were they that wove hangings for the grove 2 King 2◠7 Vers. 29. willing offring or voluntary gift So ought all things that we give unto God or for his sake be freely given as every man purposeth in his heart not of griefe or of necessity for God leveth a chearfull giver 2 Cor. 9. 7. Compare herewith the offrings of David and the Princes and people of Israel towards the building of Gods Temple which caused great joy in men and thankes unto God 1 Chron. 29. 3. 6. 9. 10. c. Vers. 30. Bezaleel of whom see Exod. 31. 2. c. He was for Moses Tabernacle as Hiram for Solomons Temple 1 King 7. 13. 14. as Paul and the other Apostles for the Temple of Christs Church 1. Cor. 3. 10. But the Tabernacle of Christs naturall body was greater and more perfect not made with hands that is not of this building Heb. 9. 11. and 10. 20. the Workmaster thereof was the holy Ghost himselfe Luke 1. 34. 35. Vers. 31. Spirit of God in Greeke a divine Spirit of wisedome See Exod. 31. 3. Vers. 34. Aholiab in Greeke Eliab See Exodus 31. 6. Vers. 35. cunning-workman who wrought both sides alike whereas the embroiderer wrought curiously but the one side see the notes on Exod. 26. 1. of the weaver which the Chaldee expoundeth weaving understanding by the weaver the weavers worke as elsewhere the Scripture useth Spirits for the gifts of the Spirit 1 Cor. 14. 12. 32. that devise in Chaldee that teach cunning or artificiall workes By these were figured the varieties of graces which were abundantly to be seene in the first building of Christ Church after that men had received the Spirit of God by the preaching of the Gospell from the mouthes of the master workmen the Apostles 1 Cor. 1. 5. 7. and 12. 4. 8. 9. 10. 11. Gal. 3. 2. 5. Acts 19. 4. 6. CHAP. XXXVI 1 The offrings are delivered to the workemen 5 The people bringing more then enough for the worke are restrained 8 The making of the embroidered curtaines with Cherubims 14 The curtaines of goats hayre 19 The coverings of Rams skinnes and Tachash skinnes 20 The boards with their sockets 31 The barres 35 The Veile 37 The hanging for the doore THen did Bezaleel and Aholiah and every wise hearted man they to whom Iehovah gave wisedome and understanding to know to doe all the work for the service of the Sanctuary according to all that Iehovah had commanded And Moses called Bezaleel and Aholiab and every wise hearted man in whose heart Iehovah had given wisedome even every-one whose heart stirred him up to come-neere unto the worke to doe it And they tooke from before Moses all the offring which the sonnes of Israel had brought for
of God is with men and he will dwell with them they shal be his people God himself wil be with them c. Rev. 21. 3. set or fastened Heb gave which is used for a firme setting or stablishing as is noted on Gen. 1. 17. This setting of the sockets with the boards bars and pillars signified the stability of the Church and members thereof grounded and stablished by faith in Christ Esay 33. 20. and 14. 32. 1. Tim. 3. 15. V. 19. the Tent in Gr. the curtaines which were of two sorts some of white blew purple and scarlet cunningly wrought with Cherubims coupled together others of Goats haire Exod. 26. 1. 7. the covering both that of rams skins and the other of Tachash skins Ex. 26. 14. This tent covering shadowed the heavenly graces wherewith Christ and his Church in him are adorned their uniting together by the Spirit through faith and love and their safe protection though these things veiled and obscure See the notes on Exod. 26. V. 20. the Testimonie the two tables of Gods law Ex. 25. 16. Covering-mercy-seat a figure of Christ in whose heart was Gods law by whom our transgressions of the Law are covered and the word of grace from God commeth unto us see Ex. 25. 17. V. 21. covered the Arke hid it with the veile hanged before it A figure of Christs flesh veiling the divine things in him till hee entred through it into the holy heavens and opened a way for his Church thereinto Heb. 10. 19. 20. Rev. 11. 19. Ver. 23. the order of bread that is the bread set in order called in Gr. the bread of proposition and so in Mat. 12. 4. but Paul nameth it the proposition of bread Heb. 9. 2. which we call Shew-bread twelve cakes representing the twelve tribes that is all beleevers presented pure unto God in Christ see Ex. 25. 30. Vers. 24. the Candlesticke a figure of the Law which giveth light to his people standing before God in his sanctuary Psal. 119. 105. See the notes on Exod 25. 31. c. Ver. 25. to ascend that is to burne and shine as v. 4. representing the seven Spirits of Christ whereby through the oile of his grace his word shineth unto his Church Rev. 4. 5. Ver. 26. Altar of gold figuring Christs mediation for his Church whereby they and their praiers are presented as sweet odours unto God See the notes on Ex. 30. These all being in the most holy and holy places hidden with veiles from the eies of the people signified the obscuritie of the heavenly mysteries of the Gospell before the veile of Christs flesh was rent the treasures of his grace more fully opened Heb. 10. 1. Rom. 16. 25. 26. Ephes. 3. 5. Ver. 29. the altar of burnt-offring the brazen Altar standing in the open Court for all to see wherupon the daily sacrifices figuring Christs death and sufferings were burned to lead the Church unto the expectation of his body to bee offred for us and our bodies by him unto God Heb. 10. 5. 6. 7. Rom. 12. 1. Ver. 30. The Laver a figure of the sanctification of the Church washed frō their sins by the blood of Christ that they may come neere unto God Heb. 10. 22. Rev. 1. 5. 6. Tit. 3. 5. Vers. 33. the Court an holy inclosure for the Church to be kept in pure when they came to appeare before God And here was the finishing of the worke of the sanctuary about which thus erected first the tribe of Levi Numb 1. 50. and behind them the other tribes of Israel pitched their Tents in holy order appointed of God in a foure square forme Num. 2. such as is the forme of the heavenly Ierusalem Revel 21. 16. which Tents were also holy might have no uncleane person within them Num. 5. 2. as nothing that defileth may be in the new Ierusalē the Church of Christ Rev. 21. 27. and unto which Tents or camp e the earthly Ierusalem the holy citie Neh. 11. 1. was answerable For some open uncleane might not be in the campe or citie others though in the campe might not come into the Lords Court of those in his court none entred into the sanctuary but the Priests of thē none into the most holy of the sanctuary but the high priest once in the yeer He. 9. 6. 7. because holines becōmeth the House of the Lord for ever Ps. 93. 5. and the neerer they come unto him the more they ought for to be sanctified Lev. 10. 2. 3. 16. 2. 3. c. So after that Israel came into Canaan and had there a temple they had degrees of holy places both of thē are de scribed by the Heb. thus Three Camps were in the wildernesse the campe of Israel which was in foure camps Num. 2. the camp of Levi Numb 1. 50. and the campe of the Divine Majestie which was from the doore of the Court of the Tabernacle of the congregation and forward And answerable unto thē in the ages following frō the gates of Ierusalem unto the mountaine of the Temple was as the camp of Israel from the gates of the mountain of the Temple unto the doore of the Court which was the gate of Nicanor was as the Campe of Levi and from the doore of the court forward was the camp of Gods Majesty Maim in Beth habchirah c. 7. s. 11. Other like differences of holinesse of places they also observe which are to be mentioned otherwhere V. 34. the cloud a testimony of Gods presence and approbation who thus took as it were possession of the Tabernacle to dwell therein amongst his people but with an hiding of his glory and power So when Solomon had builded the Temple the cloud filled the house then spake Solomon The LORD said that he would dwell in the thicke darknesse 1 Kin. 8. 10. 12. But when Gods presence was with displeasure for the sins of the people it was signified by a smoake filling the Temple Esa. 6. 4. Rev. 15. 8 for smoake was a signe of anger Psal. 18. 9. Esay 14 31. glorie a signe of Gods glorious presence who now came to dwell there as he had promised Exod. 25. 8. So in 2 Chron. 5. 14. and Ezek. 43. 4. 5. where it is opened by God himselfe thus Sonne of man the place of my throne and the place of the soles of my feet where I will dwell in the midst of the sons of Israel for ever c. Ezek. 43. 7. So the holy Ierusalem hath the glory of God Rev. 21. 11. Vers. 35. dwelt that is abode or continued and as the Greeke translateth over-shadowed it And in that Moses could not now goe into the Tent nor the priests into the Temple 2 Chron. 5. 14. and 7. 2. it sheweth the weaknesse and unworthinesse of all flesh to come into the presence of God who therefore gave a Law that the high Priest himselfe should not at all times come into the holy place within
curious girdle of the Ephod and fitly-girded him therewith And he put the Breast-plate upon him and he put in the Breastplate the Vrim and Thummim And he put the Miter upon his head and hee put upon the Miter even upon his forefront the plate of gold the crowne of holinesse as Iehovah commanded Moses And Moses took the anointing oile and anointed the Tabernacle and all that was therein and sanctified them And he sprinkled there of upon the altar seven times and anointed the altar and all the vessels thereof and the laver and the foot thereof to sanctifie them And he poured of the anointing oile upon Aarons head and anointed him to sanctifie him And Moses brought-neere Aarons sons and clothed them with costs and girded them with girdles and bound bonnets upon them as Iehovah commanded Moses And hee brought nigh the bullocke for the Sinne offring and Aaron and his sons layed their hands upon the head of the bullocke for the Sin offring And he killed it and Moses tooke the blood and put it upon the horns of the altar round about with his finger and purified the altar and the blood he poured at the bottome of the altar and sanctified it to make-atonement upon it And he tooke all the fat that was upon the inwards and the caule of the liver and the two kidneyes and their fat and Moses burned them upon the altar And the bullocke and his skin and his flesh and his dung he burnt with fire without the campe as Iehovah commanded Moses And hee brought-neer the ram for the Burnt-offring and Aaron and his sons laid their handsupoÌ„ the head of the ram And hee killed it and Moses sprinkled the blood upon the altar round about And hee cut the ram into his peeces and Moses burnt the head and the peeces and the fat And hee washed the inwards and the legs in water Moses burnt all the ram upon the altar it was a Burnt-offring for a savour of rest it was a Fire offring unto Iehovah as Iehovah commanded Moses And he brought-neere the second ram the ram of the Fillings of the hand and Aaron and his sonnes laid their hands upon the head of the ramme And he killed it and Moses tooke of the blood of it and put it upon the tip of Aarons right eare and upon the thumbe of his right hand and upon the great-toe of his right foot And he brought-neere Aarons sonnes and Moses put of the blood upon the tip of their right eare and upon the thumbe of their right hand and upon the great-toe of their right foot and Moses sprinkled the blood upon the altar round-about And he tooke the fat and the rumpe and all the fat that was upon the inwards and the caule of the liver and the two kidneys and their fat and the right shoulder And out of the basket of unlevened cakes that was before Iehovah he tooke one unlevened cake and one cake of oiled bread and one wafer and put them on the fats and on the right shoulder And hee put all on the palmes-of-the-hands of Aaron and on the palmes-of-the-hands of his sonnes and waved them for a Wave offring before Iehovah And Moses tooke them from off the palmes-of their hands and burnt them on the altar upon the Burnt-offring they were the Fillings of the hand for a favour of rest it was a â—â—re offring unto Iehvah And Moses tooke the brest and waved it for a Wave-offring before Iehovah of the ram of the Fillings of the hand it was Moses part as Iehovah commanded Moses And Moses took of the anoynting oile and of the blood which was upon the altar and sprinkled it upon Aaron upon his garments and upon his sonnes and upon his sonnes garments with him sanctified Aaron his garments and his sonnes and his sons garments with him And Moses said unto Aaron and to his sonnes Boyle the flesh at the doore of the Tent of the congregation and there eat it and the bread which is in the basket of the Fillings of the hand as I commanded saying Aaron and his sonnes shall eat it And the remainder of the flesh and of the bread ye shall burne with fire And ye shall not goe-out of the doore of the Tent of the congregation seven daies untill the day of fulfilling the dayes of your Filling of the hand for seven daies shall he fill your hand As he hath done in this day Iehovah hath commanded to doe to make-atonement for you And ye shall abide at the doore of the Tent of the congregation day and night seven dayes and shall keepe the charge of Iehovah that ye dye not for so I am commanded And Aaron and his sonnes did all the things which Iehovah commanded by the hand of Moses Annotations AAron who was before designed unto the Priests office Exod. 28. 1. Hitherto God hath given lewes for holy things now for holy persons 〈◊〉 ministers and others unto chap. 15. gar 〈…〉 the holy garments which were prescribed 〈◊〉 〈…〉 d. 28. 2. c. and made in Exod. 39. 1. c. So 〈◊〉 Thargum Ionathan it is explained the gar 〈…〉 which I commanded thee oile whereof see 〈◊〉 30. 23. c. a bullocke or bull as the 〈◊〉 explaineth it The Hebrew Par here and alwaies in the sacrifices meaneth a bull of the second yeere at the least Maimony treat of offring sacrif chap. 1. Sect. 24. for a sin offring Hebr. of sin which the Greeke translateth for sinne This and the other sacrifices were to sanctifie them unto the Priests office see Exod. 29. 1. 2. c. two rammes the one for a Burnt offring verse 18. the other for Consecration of the Priests or Filling their hand verse 22. These also were to bee above a yeere old for all tammes for sacrifice were to be of the second yeere as Lambs were of the first yeere Maimony ibidem Vers. 3. of the congregation in Greeke of testimony see Levit. 1. 1. Thus the presence of God and of the Church is here at the consecration of the Priests And by the doore of the Tent is meant the Courtyard of the same which was before the doore and all the Court was so called as Sol. Iâ—â—chi noteth on Exod. 29. Vers. 5. the thing Hebr. the word of this commandement see Exod. 29. 4. Vers. 6. water to wash away uncleannesse a signe of their sanctification from sinne by repentance and faith through the spirit of our Lord Iesus Christ who came by water and blood 1 Ioh. 5. 6. Ezek. 36. 25. Heb. 10. 22. Esay 1. 16. See the notes on Exodus 29. 4. Vers. 7. put Hebr. gave The putting off of his owne clothes signified the taking away of his iniquitie Zach. 3. 4. and these other garments signified the gifts of justice and salvation Psal. 132. 9. 16. See the particulars observed on Exod. 29. 5. c. the Coat the linnen coat which was next his skin save onely the linnen breeches under it upon
his secret parts See the annotations on Exodus 28. 4. c. fitly-girded the Greeke saith tyed-fast a signe of making him strong and ready in heart to doe his service see Exod. 29. 5. Vers. 8. the Breast-plate called the Breast plate of judgement the making and meaning whereof is shewed on Exod. 28. 15. c. Urim and Thummim that is Lights and Perfections in Greek Manifestation and Truth see Exod. 28. 30. These ornaments of the high Priest figured the perfection of all graces in Christ whom the legall Priests typed Heb. 5. 1. 5. c. Vers. 9. crowne of holinesse the holy diademe on which these words Holinesse to Iehovah were graved whereof see Exod. 28. 36. 38. and 29. 6. It was a signe of the holinesse and excellencie of his calling by the gifts of Gods spirit upon him and figured Christs mediation for his Church for now Aaron did beare the iniquity of the holy things which the sonnes of Israel should hallow in all the gifts of their holy things c. Exod. 28. 38. Vers. 10. the anoynting oyle called the oile of holy anointing it was made of Mirrhe Cinamon Calamus Cassia and oile olive Exod. 28. 23. 24. 25. and it figured the graces of the Spirit upon Christ and his Church Esa. 61. 1. 1 Ioh. 2. 20. 27. Vers. 11. seven times to signifie a full sanctification see the notes on Levit. 4 6. Vers. 12. head and it ran down upon his beard and on the coller of his garments Psalme 133. 2. This anointing signified the graces of Gods spirit whereby their ministration of Gods word became a sweet savour unto God in them that heard it 2 Cor. 2. 15. 16. He anointed him after that he had cloathed him as is said in Targ. Ionathan and first â—e poured it upon his head and afterwards put it betweene his eye browes and drew it with his finger from the one to the other saith Sol. Iarchi on Levit. 8. Vers. 14. sin-offring Hebr. the sin-bullocke see Exod. 29. 10. c. layed or imposed their hands so renouncing and disburdening themselâ—â—â— of their sinnes which now were imputed to the sacrifice a figure of Christ. See the notes on Exod. 29. 10. and Levit. 1. 4. Vers. 15. killed it whereby Christs death for sin was shadowed for without shedding of blood is no remission Hebr. 9. 22. 28. hornes of this rite see Levit. 4. 7. 25. and Exod. 29. 12. purified or clensed-from sinne see the notes on Exod. 29. 36. the blood that which remained sanctified it the Altar was by these rites sanctified that from thenceforth atonement might be made for the sins of the people by the sacrifices that should daily be offred thereon for after this the Altar sanctified the gifts and oblations upon it Mat. 23. 19. Vers. 16. fat or suet see Lev. 3. 3. 4. 5. and 4. 8. Exod. 29. 13. caule of the liver said in Levit. 3. 4. 10. to be the caule above the liver And they used to take a little of the liver with the caule as the Hebrewes doe record Maimony treat of Offring the sacrif chap. 1. Sect. 18. Vers. 17. without the campe a figure of Christ suffering without the gate of Ierusalem Heb. 13. 12. See the annotations on Exod. 29. 14. Levit. 4. 12. and 6. 30. Vers. 18. Burnt-offring the law and signification hereof see in Levit. 1. and Exod. 29. 15. c. Here for the Priests as the former Sin-offring taught them to have Christ for their justification and atonement for the forgivenesse of their sins so this Burnt-offring taught them to exspect by Christ their transformation by the renewing of their minde to present their reasonable service even their bodies for a living sacrifice holy and acceptable unto God Rom. 12. 1. 2. Vers. 21. of rest in Greeke of sweet-odour in Chaldee to be accepted with favour See Gen. 8. 21. Exod. 29. 18. So after in verse 28. Vers. 22. fillings of the hand that is as the Greek saith of perfection or of consecration see Exod. 29. 9. 19. This Ram was a kinde of Peace-offring as Sol. Iarchi here saith The ram of filling the hand is the ram of Peace offrings or of perfections for they filled aâ—d perfected the Priests in their Priesthood It signified a sanctification of their calling office administration by the sacrifice of Christ whom Paul calleth the Consecrator Heb. 12. 2. through whom they should with thankefulnesse and joy performe the worke of their ministerie Vers. 24. foot these rites signified both the sufferings of Christ whose hands and feet where pierced and how the Priests should in Christ bee sanctified to heare receive the word from God to administer the same unto others and to walke themselves accordingly See Exod. 29. 20. 1 Cor. 11. 23. and 9. 27. sprinkled the blood that is all the residue of the blood as in Thargum Ionathan is explained which being sprinkled on the Altar figured the perfection of their consecration to bee in Christ. V. 25. the rumpe or tayle whereof see Lev. 3 9. Vers. 26. oiled Hebr. bread of oile meaning tempered with oile as Exod. 29. 2. wafer which also was unlevened and anointed with oile Ex. 29. 2. These Meat-offrings of the Priests signified now they and their service of God should be without leaven of hypocrifie errour wickednesse with sincerity and truth and with the gracious oile of his spirit given up unto God acceptably in Christ Esay 66. 20. Psal. 141. 2. 1 Cor. 5. 8. 1 â—oh 2. 20. 27. See the annotations on Levit. 2. Vers. 27. waved that is moved to and fro of these and their signification see the notes on Exodus 29. 24. 27. Vers. 28. upon the Burnt-offring this Sol Iarchi expoundeth after the Burnt-offring adding withall and we finde not that the shoulder of the Peace-offring was offred in any place saving in this For usually the shoulder as well as the Breast was given to the priest Levit. 7. 32. 33. 34. Here Moses who was Priest extraordinarily hath the breast onely v. 29. Vers. 29. part or to Moses for a part or portion see Exod. 29 26. Vers. 30. upon the Altar which sanctified the things upon it and figured Christ from whom they were to receive blood for atonement and justification and oile of grace for sanctification that both their persons office and administration might be acceptable unto God his Father Vers. 31. at the doore which the Greeke explaineth in the court see before on verse 3. In Exod. 29. 31. it is called the holy place and in verse 32. the doore of the Tent. 〈◊〉 commanded Moses speaketh this in the person of God whose commandement it was Exod. 29. 32. The Greeke for more plainnesse translateth as it was commanded me Else-where the holy Ghost translateth an active passively see Gen. 15. 6. Exod. 9. 16. and 20. 12. Vers. 32. the remainder which cannot be eaten that night but remaineth till the morning Exodus 29. 34. Vers. 33. day of fulfilling that is the
when they are sowne and have taken root they are cleane Vers. 38. water is put Hebrew is given meaning willingly the Greeke saith is poured Hereby is meant the fitting of it for man to eat as by the Hebrew canons is before shewed Where also it is said By word of mouth we have beene taught that this which is said But if water be put upon the seed Lev. 〈◊〉 38 is meant either of water or of any other of the seven liquors so that it be put thereon by the owners wil and after that it is pulled from the ground for it is not spoken of putting water on save after the meats are plâ—cked up and the liquors pulled off from where they grow whatsoever liquor falleth on meats without the owners will it maketh theÌ„ not apt to receive uncleannes As if it be mixed with his fruits for fear or daÌ„ger or for necessity he was not otherwise willing that they shold be mixed it makes them not apt for uncleannes as he that hideth his fruits in water because of theeves c. M 〈…〉 in Tumath Oclin c. 12. s. 1. 2. of their carkasse Châ—zkuni explaineth it thus of their carkasse and not of the bâ—â—â—s or of the teeth or of the nailes or of the hâ—ire of thâ—â—â— for these things made it not uncleane larchi teacheth that this is not onely whiles the seed is wet with the water but also after it is dry from the water Vers. 39. any beast dye to weet of it selfe and is not orderly slaine for meat that is any cleane beast such as the Law permitteth to be eaten And unclean beasts much more toucheth the carkasse Sol. Iarchi expoundeth this the carkasse and not the bones or sinewes nor the hornes or hoofes neither the skin for that these defiled not him that touched them Ver. 40. that â—eareth the â—arkasse see the notes on vers 25. The Hebrewes say A carkasse is one of the chiefest uncleane things so much as an olive of the flesh thereof defileth men and vessells by touching and earthen vessels by the aeir and defileth men by bearing it Whether it be cattell or beast lawfull to be eaten or unlawfull if they dye the flesh of them all so much as an olive maketh one uncleane The killing of a clean beast maketh it cleane every where an uncleane beast the killing thereof availeth it not and whether it be killed or strangled or dye of it selfe it is a carkasse and all carkasses are alike in the case of uncleannes The marrow is as the flesh but the blood of the carkass defileth not as the carkasse but is like uncleane liquors which defile not men or vessels by the Law The fat of a clean beast that dieth is cleane as it is written And the fat of a carkasse and the fat of that which is torne in peeces shâ—l be used for any worke but eating ye shall eate of it Lev. 7. 24. Maimony in Aboth hatumoth c. 1. s. 15. wash his clothes the Greek addeth and wash himselfe in water Vers. 41. every creeping thing besides those eight forementioned in v. 29. 30. which defiled men by touching them dead all other defile men by eating them but not by touching their carkasses See the notes on v. 31. Who so eateth so much as an olive of any creeping-thing on the earth is to bee beaten saith Maimon in treat of Forbidden meats c. 2. s. 6. Touching this quantity observe another rule which they give This which we have said of eating so much as an olive is when he eateth that qua 〈…〉 of any great creature or if he joyne together a little of one creature and a little of another of that kinde till he eate so much as an olive But he that eatâ—th an unclean creature by it selfe all of it he is to be beaten by the Law although it be lesse then a graine of mustard seed whether he eate it dead or eate it alive Maimony 〈◊〉 c. 2. s. 21. Vers. 42. upon the belly as serpents and the like GeÌ„ 3. 14. upon all foure or upon foure feet Tâ—â— is the Scorpion saith Sol. Iarchi or whatso 〈…〉 Hebr. unto whatsoever hath many feet Iarchi saith this is the Nadal the many-foot a creeping thing which hath feet from the head there of to the taile that of on each side â—nd they call it in Latine C 〈…〉 Vers. 43. any thing that creepeth This implyeth all other besides the things spoken of as â—eping things in the waters and the like He that 〈…〉 much as an olive of the creeping things in the waters 〈◊〉 to be beaten by the Law Levit. 11. 43. Lee in 〈◊〉 prohibition are comprehended creeping things of the earth and creeping things that fly and creeping 〈◊〉 of the waters Maimony in Forbidden meats 〈◊〉 s. 12. What the creeping things of the waters as is shewed on v. 10. Vers. 44. make holy or sanctify your selves 〈◊〉 is the spirituall use of all these carnall rites 〈◊〉 Meat commendeth us nâ—t to God 1 Cor 8. 8. 〈◊〉 is any thing uncleane of it â—eâ—fe Rom. 14. 14. 〈◊〉 there is nothing from without a man that entring into him can defile him Mark 7. 15. and these ordinances of meats and drinks and divers washings were carnall ordinances imposed on the Iewes untill the time of reformation or bettering Heb. 9. 10. all which are by Christ now done away Collos. 2. 14. 16. 17. 20. 21. who calleth us from our former lusts in our ignorance to be holy in all manner of conversation because it is written bee ye holy for I am holy 1 Pet. 1. 14. 15. 16. and to clense our selves from all filthinesse of the flesh and spirit perfecting holinesse in the feare of God 2 Cor. 7. 1. The Iewes also themselves saw that these outward things were figures of heavenly and to bee abolished by Christ as their owne words noted on Gen. 9. 3. manifest and R. Menachem on Lev. 11. sheweth how things beneath are all answerable to things above and those above have their figures here beneath and that by uncleane beasts the heathens of the world were meant according to that vision in Act 10. 12. 18. and that the eating of uncleane beasts here forbidden signified the going in unto or unlawfull mariages with such infidels according to the phrase in Pro. 30. 20. she eateth and wipeth her mouth and the saying in Gen. 2. 24. they shall be one flesh Also that the clensing with water signified the water that is above which is the water of mercy c. And Maim concludeth his treatise of the Vncleannesse of meats thus the cleannes of the body bringeth one unto the holines of the soule from evill thoughts and the holinesse of the soule is a meanes to make us like unto the Majesty of God as it is written and yee shall make your selves holy and shall be holy for I the Lord that make you holy am holy your soules that is your selves the soule is often put for ones selfe for
〈◊〉 their atonement in the time of their cleansing and there they give the suspected women the bitter waters to drinke Numb 5. And the Priest takes the Lepers Trespasse-offring whiles it is alive and waveth it with the Log of oile towards the east as all wave-offrings c. After this he brings the Lepers Trespasse-offring unto the doore and hee brings in both his hands into the court and layeth them upon the offring and they kill it out of hand And two Priests take the blood of it the one takes it in a vessell and sprinkleth it upon the top of the altar and the other in his right hand and poureth it into his left hand and sprinkleth with the finger of his right hand and if he doe otherwise and take it with his left hand it is unlawfull The Priest that takes some of the blood in a vessell carieth and sprinkleth it upon the altar first Afterwards the Priest that tooke the blood in the palme of his hand commeth unto the leper the Priest standing within and the leper without And the leper putteth in his head and the Priest putteth of the blood that is in his hand upon the tip of his right eare afterward he putteth in his right hand and he putteth of it upon the thumbe of his hand and after that he setteth in his right foot and he putteth of it upon his 〈◊〉 And if he put it upon the left it availeth not And afterwards he offreth his sin-offring and his burnt-offring After that hee hath put of the blood upon his thuâ—â—â— and toe the Priest taketh of the logge of oile and poureth into the left hand of his fellow Priest and if â—ee poure it into his owne hand it will serve And he dippeth the finger of his right hand into the oile that is in his hand and sprinkleth seven times towards the most holy place every time that he sprinkleth he dippeth his finger in the oile Then he commeth to the leper and purteth of the oile upon the place of the blood of the trespasse-offring to weet on the tip of his eare and on his thumbe and toe And the residue of the oile in his hand he putteth on the head of him that is to be cleansed and if he put it not atonement is not made and the remnant of the log of oile is divided among the Priests And that remnant of the log of oile is not eaten but in the court by the males of the Priests as other the most holy things and it is unlawfull to eat thereof untill he hath sprinkled of it 7. times and put of it upon the thumbe and toe c. Maimony in Mechosrei capporah chap. 4. and Talmud Bab. in Negagnim c. 14. s. 7. c. The gate of Nicanor forementioned wherof sâ—â— the annotations on Num. 2. 27. was the East gate betweene the womens court and the court of Israel the mens court and into Israels court none might enter that wanted his atonement and the blood of the Trespasse-offring might not be caried out of the courtyard therefore the leper stood without in the gate and put in his head hand and foot into the court of Israel that the blood might be laid upon them Vers. 16. in the oile or of the oile that is taking some of it But of is here in stead of in as Chazkuni also noteth before Iehovah that is towards the Sanctuarie as before is shewed Vers. 17. upon the blood that is the same pl 〈…〉 where the blood was put as is explained in verse 28. and so the Greeke translateth here wherefore the Hebrewes say whether hee put the oile upon the blood it selfe above or put it by the bloods side and 〈◊〉 though the blood be wiped off it will serve the 〈◊〉 Maimony in Mechosrei capp chap. 5. sect 1. Vers. 18. shall make-atonement but with 〈…〉 this â—iâ—e in speciall no atonement was made by the H 〈…〉 canons as is before noted This putting of â—â—le upon all these parts of the body figured the gâ—â—ces of the spirit of Christ for the sanctifying of suâ—â— as are redeemed from their sins by his blood 1 Iohn 2. 20. 2 Corinth 1. 21. See the notes on Exodus 30. 26. Ver. 19. make the Sin-offring or doe that is offer the Sin-offring a figure of Christ made sinne for us sinners 2 Cor. 5. 21. the Burnt-offring which figured also Christs oblation of himselfe Heb. 10. 8 9. 10. and the reasonable service of a sanctified person acceptable to God Rom. 12. 1. therfore before it the Sinne-offring was made or offred because reconciliation for sinne must be before any service be accepted Vers. 20. the Meat-offring that of three tenth-deales of floure vers 10. which served both for expiation of sinne and to be a signe of sanctification and a new creature see the notes on Lev. 2. 1. The Hebr. doctors write from the Law in Num. 15. 5. that with every tenth deale of floure there was also the fourth part of an Hin of wine and that no sinne or trespasse offring save this of the Lepers had the Meat offring and Drink offring added unto them Maimony in Magnaseh hakorbaneth ch 2. sect 5. 6. See the annotations on Num. 15. Ver. 21. attaine it not or reach get it not the Gr. expounds it find it not it meaneth want of ability So after ver 22. 30. 31. Lev. 27. 8. a waving or wave-offring to be waved alive as before in ver 12. and after in v. 24. 25. tenth-deale of an Ephah as verse 10. In this and the rest which follow there was the same order and rites to be used as in the former Ver. 29. to make atonement the Greeke explaineth it and the Priest shall make-atonement so Moses wrot before in vers 18. See the like noted on Gen. 2. 3. Exod. 17. 10. and otherwhere Vers. 30. shall make or doe that is shall offer hand can attaine in Greeke as his hand hath foâ—â—d V. 32. to his clensing that is to the greater sacrifices foreordained for the clensing of lepers none of which might bee omitted or changed but for meere povertie Wherefore the Hebrewes write The poore man that brings the offring of the rich it may posse but the rich that brings the offring of the poore it passeth not Talmud in Negagn ch 14. sect 12. Also they say If a rich man vow and say the oblation of this leper be upon me the leper be poore yet must be bring the offrings of the rich because the hand of him that 〈…〉 eth can reach unto it And if a poore man say the oblation of this leper be upon me and the leper be rich 〈◊〉 also must bring the offrings of the rich because hee 〈◊〉 voweth is bound for the offrings of the rich Maiâ—oâ—â— in Mechoâ—rcicapporah ch 5. sect 11. By all these â—iâ—es about the cleansing of a Leper after hee was healed God taught his people thankfulnesse unto himselfe in Christ for whose sake by whose
garments the other his golden garments because some were made with gold threed woven in them These foure were made of fixe double twisted threed and they were of flaxe onely saith Maim in the Implements of the Sanctury c. 〈◊〉 s. 3. It figured the base estate of Christ here on earth and how he shold without worldly glory performe the worke of our redemption Esay 53. 2. 3. c. but with purity innocency and holinesse Putting on justice and it clothed him his judgment was as a robe and a Miter Iob 29. 14. his flesh in Greeke his skinne the secret parts are hereby meant see Exodus 28. 42. Compare herewith Ezekiel 44. 17. 18. there these foure linnen garments are mentioned and no other and that is a mysticall prophesie of the state of the Church under the gospell where the Priests have no other attire then for atonement or expiation day which mystery is opened in 2 Corinth 5. 19. garments of holinesse in Greeke holy garments wash his flesh that is as the Greeke translateth wash all his bodie Sol. Iarchi here noteth that hee was charged to wash him-selfe every time that hee changed his garments and he changed them five times c. This washing signified his cleansing or sanctification by repentance and faith in Christ Hebewes 10. 22. the garments figured the justice and salvation wherewith by faith in Christ he should be clothed Psal. 132. 9. 16. which they onely that are sanctified doe put on When the Priest put off these garments and put on other hee washed againe vers 24. It figured also the holinesse and purity that should be in Christ himselfe in whom was no sinne 1 Ioh. 3. 5. and put them on This was after the performance of his other morning services which were due every day and to be done in other garments The order whereof is said to be this About midnight for the high Priest might not sleepe all that night lest any accident of uncleannesse such as is spoken of in Deut. 23. 10. should befall him they went about the taking away of the ashes from the altar and ordered the wood c. untill at breake of the day they began to kill the daily sacrifice then they hanged a fine-linnen cloth betweene the high Priest and the people And he put off his common clothes and washed himselfe and put on the golden clothes those eight mentioned in Exod. 28. and sanctified that is washed his hands and his feet and killed the daily sacrifice and tooke the blood sprinkled it on the altar After that he went into the holy place and burned the incense of the morning and trimmed the Lampes and burned the flesh of the dayly sacrifice and the meat offring and drinke offring of the same as was done every day After the daily sacrifice hee offred the bullocke and the seven lambes which were appointed more for that day Num. 29. 8. Afterwards he sanctified his hands his feet and put off his golden garments and washed himselfe and put on his white garments and sanctified his hands and his feet and came to his bullocke spoken of in v. 6. c. Maim in Iom hakippurim ch 1. s. 6. ch 4. s. 1. and Talmud Bab. in Ioma ch 3. Ver. 5. a Sin-offring figuring Christ who shold be a Sin-offring for his Church 2 Cor. 5. 19. 21. and these goats the one was killed v. 15. the other sent away alive v. 21. to signifie how Christ suffering for our sinns should be put to death in the flesh but quickned by the Spirit 1 Pet. 3. 18. The Hebrews write that these two goats were to bee alike to see to of equall stature and price and to be taken both at one time Maimony in Iom hakipp. chap. 5. sect 14. Burnt-offring which was offered after the former Sinne-offring and in other garments ver 24. and signifyed besides reconciliation a new and holy life through the grace of Christ after the purging us from our sins Rom. 12. 1. See the notes on Lev. 1. Vers. 6. for himselfe or which shall be his owne and so Sol. Iarchi hence teacheth that it was to be of his owne and not of the congregations and Targum sonathan expoundeth it of his own goods This was the first sacrifice which was peculiar for this day and for the worke of Reconciliation which beginning with the Priest himselfe sheweth the impersection of that legall priesthood and the impossibility thereof to bring men to God So the Apostle teacheth that every high Priest was himselfe also compassed with infirmitie by reason whereof he ought as for the people so for himselfe to offer for sinnes Thus the Law made men high Priests which had infirmitie but the word of the oath which was since the Law maketh the Son of God who is perfected for ever Hebr. 5. 1. 2. 3. and 7. 28. and for his house in Chaldee for the men of his house And hereby the Hebrewes understand all the Priests see after on vers 11. As in all sinne-offrings they laid their hands on the head of the sacrifice confessed their sinnes and then killed it Lev. 4. so was the order of this which the Hebrewes have declared thus After that the Priest had washed his body put on his white garments and sanctified his hands and his feet he came to his bullocke which afterward in Solomons Temple stood betweene the porâ—ch and the Altar with the head therof to the south and the face to the west and the Priest stood eastward with his face to the west and laid both his hands on the head of the bullocke and confessed saying O God I have sinned done iniquitie and trespassed before thee I and my house I beseech thee O Lord make atonement now for my sinnes iniquities and trespasses which I have commited before thee I and my house as it is written in the law of Moses thy servant For in this day be shall make atonement for you c. Lev. 16. 30 Maâ— in Iom hakipp. c. 4. s. 1. and Talmud in Ioma c. 3. Ver. 7. present them Hebrew make them to stand After the slaying of his own sin-offring the Priest came to the North-side of the Altar and two with him the one called Sagan who was the second chiefe priest next in order to the high Priest on his right hand and the other called Rosh beth ab that is the chiese of the house of the father or principall houshold as 1 Chron. 24. 6. on his left hand and there the two goats were presented with their faces to the West and their back parts to the East Talmud in Ioma ch 3. Mai. in Iom hakip c. 3. s. 2. at the doore that is within the court-yard see the notes on Lev. 8. 3 Vers. 8. give lots that is cast lots the Greeke translateth impose or put lots The manner is said to bee thus The two lots the one had written upon it FOR IEHOVAH and on the other was written FOR A SCAPE-GOAT and they
with dust on his feete or with bags of money about him And I need not speake how it is unlawfull to spit in any part of the mountaine of the House but he must wrap up his excrements in his handkerchiefe And he may not make the mount of the house a thorow-fare to goe in at one doore and out at another to shorten his way but must goe round about and not come in there save for the thing that is commanded And all that went in to the mount of the House went in by the way of the right hand and turned and went out by the way of the left except hee unto whom some thing had befallen for which he turned towards the left hand Therefore they asked him what is befallen thee the thou turnest towards the left hand If he said because I am a mourner they answered Hee that dwelleth in this House comfort thee If he said Because I have the Niddui that is the lesser excommunication upon me they answered Hee that dwelleth in this House give into thine heart that thou maist hearken unto the words of thy neighbours Whosoever had accomplished his service and went his way did not goe out with his backe to the Temple but went backward by little and little and went softly sidelong till he was out of the courtyard and so did the men that kept the watch and their courses and the Levites c. all this was for reverence of the Sanctuarie And whosoever assembled into the Courtyard went softly unto the place whither it was lawfull for him to come and he was to consider that he stood before the Lord as he hath said Mine eyes and mine heart shall be there all dayes 2 Chron. 7. 16. And he was to goe with dread and with feare and trembling And it was unlawfull for any man to sit in all the Courtyard neither was there any seat in the Courtyard s 〈…〉 for the Kings of Davids house onely as it is writtâ—â— And King David went in and sate before the 〈◊〉 1 Sam. 7. 18. And it is unlawfull for a man to make an house after the fashion of the Temple or a 〈◊〉 like the porch thereof or a courtyard like the câ—â—â—t thereof or a Table like the Table there or a C 〈…〉 cke like the C 〈…〉 lesticke thereof c. With these rites which were in Israel wee may compare the 〈◊〉 of our Saviour who for reverence of the Sanctuarie drove out the merchants from thence and the sheepe and the oxen and poured out the changers money and overthrew the Tables and said Make not my fathers house an house of merchandize Ioh. 2. 14. 15. 16. And he would not suffer that 〈◊〉 man should cary any vessell through the Temple Mark 11. 16. And for turning their backs towards the Sanctuarie see Ezek. 46. 9. and 8. 16. But as the Sanctuarie of God was chiefly a figure of the body of our Lord Iesus Iohn 2. 19. 21. Hebrewes 9. 11. so this precept hath chiefest respect unto him whom all ought to reverence and to honour the Son even as they honour the Father Ioh. 5. 23. Who when hee bringeth in the first begotten into the world he saith And let all the Angels of God worship him Heb. 1. 6. Vers. 31. Turne not unto them the Chaldee saith after them and so the Greeke ye shall not follow So in Levit. 20. 6. Hereby is forbidden consulting with or 〈…〉 ing of them as Deut. 18. 11. that have 〈◊〉 spirits called in Hebrew Oboth of Ob which is a bottle Iob 32. 19. in Greeke Eggastri 〈◊〉 as speaking with an hollow voice out of the belly or as out of a bottle in Chaldee Biddin Pitâ—â—â—s These were spirits of divination as Act. 16. 16. Or which see the annotations on Deut. 18. 11. And Oâ—â—th is here for Baale oboth such as have familiar spirits as is expressed in 1 Sam. 28. 7. So Spirits are used for spirituall gifts and men that have them in 1 Cor. 14. 12. 32. 1 Ioh. 4. 1. wizarde or cunning persons so named of their knowledge which they pretended to have These are joyned to the familiar spirits aforesaid as like unto them in sinne and both of them were to be killed by the Magistrate Levit. 20. 27. See the notes on Deut. 18. 11. This precept is added next the former of reverencing Gods Sanctuarie which figured Christ even as in Deut. 18. when God calleth them â—â—om all such familiar spirits wizards c. he promiseth the Prophet Christ unto his people So here Chazkuni observeth ye shall reverence my Sâ—â—ctâ—â—rie therefore turne not to them that have familiar spirits and to wizards for what have you to doe with such behold you have a Sanctuarie wherein is V 〈…〉 〈◊〉 Thu 〈…〉 im Vers. 32. rise up in signe of honour 1 King 2. 19. the â—oary-head that is the man which hath an 〈◊〉 head or gray-hayres which as it is the ho 〈◊〉 of old-men Prov. 20. 29. so God would have such to be honoured The Greeke translateth it the 〈◊〉 headed the Chaldee him that is skilfull in the Lâ—â— And so it is holden by the Hebrewes that learned men are by this law to be reverenced as the aged and that when such came within foure 〈◊〉 the yongers were to rise up and so soone as they were past to sit downe againe of the old-man or of the elder which was a common name for aged persons and for Magistrates usually called Elders Deut. 22. 18. and 25. 7. both are to be honoured the one for their age the other for their office But for their sins the Lord threatned the contrary Deut. 28. 50. which Ieremy saw fulfilled and lamented that the faces of Elders were not honoured Lam. 5. 12. By the Hebrewes account a man at sixtie yeeres was Old and at seventie Hoarie or gray-headed The old man here is in Targum Ionathan expounded the wise man Vers. 33. a stranger in Greeke a proselyte this Law is here repeated from Exod. 22. 21. see the annotations there vexe him in Greeke afflict him and Targum Ionathan addeth with hard words So it is explained by Sol. Iarchi vexations of words as thou shalt not say unto him yesterday thou wast an idolater and now thou comest to learn the Law which was given from the mouth of the Power of God Vers. 34. as one homeborne that is as a naturall Israelite for affection towards him and not communion in the holy things of God see the notes on Exod. 12. 48. 49. as thy selfe the same which was commanded before touching the Israelites verse 18. The Hebrewes write hereof thus The love of the stranger which commeth and gathereth him-selfe under the wings of the Divine-Majestie is a twofold commandement first because he is among our generall neighbours and againe because he is a stranger and the law saith YE SHALL LOVE THE STRANGER Deut. 10. 19. He hath commanded the love of the stranger even as hee hath commanded the love of
that boweth downe or that sacrificeth and such like So hee speaketh of him that hath a Familiar spirit and not of the Wizard who is in the same estate Lev. 20. 6. Of these forementioned some are to dye by the hand of the magistrate some are to be beaten but not put to death as elsewhere is observed defile my Sanctuary that is the Tabernacle Exod. 25. 8. or Temple which was defiled when God was sacrificed unto other where or by other wayes then he commanded Levit. 17. 4. 5. or when they sacrificed to idols and yet would come into the Sanctuarie to serve God also whereas the Temple of God hath no agreement with Idols 2 Cor. 6. 16. And thus the Prophet reproveth them for that they burned incense to Baal and walked after other gods and yet came and stood before him in the house whereupon his name was called Ier. 7. 9. 10. and to prophane that is as the Greek explaineth it and that he might prophane Of prophaning Gods name see Levit. 18. 21. Vers. 4. the people of the land which the Chaldee expoundeth the people of the house of Israel and so the Greeke saith the homeborne of the land hiding shall hide that is shall any waies hide the Greeke explaineth it with winking shall winke at that is neglect or not regard no punish That word Paul useth in Act. 17. 30. the times of this ignorance God wincked at Vers. 5. my face the Chaldee expoundeth it mine anger and so face often signifieth Psal. 21. 10. and 34. 17. Lam. 4. 16. See the notes on Gen. 32. 20. his familie in Greeke his kinred and so the word familie signifieth in Gen. 24. 38. the Chaldee translateth it his helpers that is such as tooke part with him as the next words doe declare that goe a whoring after him that is commit idolatrie as the Chaldec explaineth it that erre so in verse 6. the Greeke translateth all that consent unto him This judgment God executed upon the Iewes for this idolatrie and their other sins as he signified by his Prophet that he would give their city Ierusalem into the hand of the Chaldeans who should set fire upon it and burne it with the houses upon whose roofes they had burnt incense unto Baal c. Because they their Kings their Princes their Priests and their Prophets and the men of Iudah and the inhabitants of Ierusalem had set their abhominations in the house which was called by his Name to defile it and built the high places of Baal to cause their sonnes and their daughters to passe through the fire unto Molech c. therefore it should be delivered into the hand of the King of Babylon by the sword and by the famine and by the pestilence Ier. 32. 28. 29. 32. 34. 35. 36. Vers. 6. the soule that is as the Chaldee expoundeth the man that turneth unto or looketh after in Greeke followeth meaning that consulteth with them as Deut. 18. 11. familiar spirits Targum Ionathan expoundeth it them that aske of familiar spirits Of these and the wizards following whom the Greeke calleth Inchanters see the annotations on Leviticus 19. 31. and Deuteronomie 18. 11. set my face Hebr. give my face in Chaldee give mine anger against that man and destroy him This judgment was executed upon K. Saul who dyed for asking counsell of one that had a familiar spirit 1 Chron. 10. 13. 1 Sam. 28. Vers. 7. And This may bee a reason of the former Therefore ye shall sanctifie your selves by abstaining from all evill and doing good be holy or be saints for I am Iehovah to weet that sanctifieth you as vers 8. or for I am holy as the Greeke addeth and as Moses wrote before in Lev. 19. 2. Vers. 9. For every man or any man Hebr. man man meaning any whosoever as vers 2. And this is inferred upon the former precept be holy For otherwise judgements abide you curseth or revileth speaketh evill as the Greeke translateth which the holy Ghost approveth in Acts 23. 5. See the notes on Exodus 21. 17. or Hebrew and which the Greeke translateth or and so in Matthew 15. 4. For death was his due if he cursed either of them and they are distinguished to make him guilty for the one without the othâ—r as Chazkuni here explaineth it and as Iarchi addeth though it be after his parents death Whose curseth his father or his mother his Lamp shall be pâ—tout in obscure darkenesse Prov. 20. 20. his bloods shall be upon him that is his death shall be upon his owne head for he hath caused it by his sinne So the Greeke translateth he shall be guilty and the Chaldee he is guilty or worthy to be killed so after often in this chapter The manner of his death was stoning as is noted upon Exod. 21. 10. and as Moses after sheweth for the rebellious sonne Deut. 21. 21. And it is observed as a generall 〈◊〉 by the Hebrew doctors Every place where it is 〈◊〉 in the Law they shall be put to death THEIR BLOODS VPON THEM it is meant by stoning Maimony Issureibiah c. 1. s. 6 and Sol. Iarchi on Lev. 20. 9. Vers. 10. that committeth adultery the Greek addeth in the second place or that commits-adul 〈…〉 ry with his neighbours wife It is expouuded in Deut. 22. 22. a woman maried to an husband dye the death the manner of their death is not set downe either here or in Deuter. 22. 22. unlesse by that which is before and after for other unlawfull copulations we say it is meant stoning to death as the man that lyeth with a beast vers 15. is to bee stoned because the womâ—n for like beastlinesse is to be stoned verse 16. The Pharisees which brought unto Christ a woman taken in adulterie said Moses commanded that such should be stoned Ioh. 8. 4. 5. but whether that were this very case is to bee considered Also to lye with a bettothed woman the punishment was stoning as for humbling his neighbours wife Deut. 22. 24. Howbeit the latter Pharisees say the adulterers death was Strangling Maimony in Sanhedrin chap. 15. sect 13. And in another place he openeth this and the other like â—â—wes more fully thus Who so presumptuously committeth any of all the unlawfull copulations spoken of in the lâ—w is guilty of cutting off Levit. 18. 29. and if they doe it ignorantly they are bound to bring the Sin-offring appointed And there be some of the Nakednesses that is the unlawfull copulations which deserve death by the Iudges more then the cutting-off which is meet for them all Of those which are to be put to death by the Iudges some are to dye by stoning and some by burning and some by strangling And these are they that are put to death by stoning He that lyeth with his mother or with his fathers wife or with his sonnes wife which is called his daughter-in-law he that lyeth with mankinde or with a beast and the woman that lyeth downe to a beast
or spirit of divination see Levit. 19. 31. their bloods upon them in Greeke they are guiltie in Chaldee worthy to be killed See before on verse 9. CHAP. XXI 1 Lawes concerning the Priests mourning for the dead 6 Of their holinesse 7 and mariage 9 The Priests daughter that playeth the whore is to be burnt 10 Lawes concerning the high Priests mourning 13 and his mariage 16 The Priests that have blemishes must not minister in the Sanctuarie 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 AND Iehovah said unto Moses Say unto the Priests the sonnes of Aaron and say unto them For a soule he shal not defile himselfe among his peoples But for his neere-kinne that is nigh unto him for his mother and for his father and for his son and for his daughter and for his brother And for his sister a virgin that is nigh unto him which hath not beene to any man for her he shall defile himself He shall not defile himself being a chief man amoÌ„g his peoples to prophane himselfe They shall not make baldnesse upon their head and the corner of their beard they shall not shave and in their flesh they shall not cut any cutting They shall be holy unto their God and shall not prophane the name of their God for the Fire offrings of Iehovah the bread of their God they doe offer and they shall be holinesse They shall not take a wife that is an whore or prophane neither shall they take a woman put-away from her husband for hee is holy unto his God And thou shalt sanctifie him for he offreth the bread of thy God he shall be holy unto thee for I Iehovah which sanctifie you am holy And the daughter of any Priest if she prophane her selfe to commit-whordome she prophaneth her father she shall be burnt with fire And the Priest that is great among his brethren upon whose head the oile of anoynting was poured and hath filled his hand to put on the garments shall not make bare his head nor rent his garments Neither shal he goe-in to any soules of the dead for his father or for his mother hee shall not defile himselfe Neither shall he goe-out of the Sanctuarie nor prophane the Sanctuarie of his God for the crowne the anointing oile of his God is upon him I am Iehovah And he shall take a wife in her virginities A widow or one put-away or prophane or an whore these shall he not take but a virgine of his peoples shall he take to wife And he shall not prophane his seed among his peoples for I Iehovah doe sanctifie him And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Speake unto Aaron saying Any man of thy seed in their generations in whom there shall be a blemish hee shall not approch to offer the bread of his God For any man that hath in him a blemish shall not approach a man blinde or lame or flat-nosed or that hath any thing superfluous Or a man in whom there shal be the breaking of a foot or the breaking of a hand Or that is crook-backt or hath a smal-spot or a confusion in his eye or scurse or scab or hath his stones broken No man that hath a blemish in him of the seed of Aaron the Priest shall come-nigh to offer the Fire-offrings of Iehovah a blemish is in him he shall not come-nigh to offer the bread of his God Hee shall eat the bread of his God of the holy of holies of the holies But hee shall not goe-in unto the Veil nor come-nigh unto the Altar because a blemish is in him he shall not prophane my Sanctuaries for I Iehovah doe sanctifie them And Moses spake it unto Aaron and unto his sons and unto all the sons of Israel Annotations 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth after the Hebrewes â—â—count the one and thirtieth section or Lecture of the Law See Gen. 6. 9. THe Priests After the generall rules of holines for all the people here followeth a speciall law for the holinesse of the Priests their office was to make atonement for the people and to sanctifie them therefore must they have a care to sanctifie themselves And as when God forbiddeth his people to seeke unto such as have familiar spirits c. he telleth them of a Prophet whom he would raise up unto them by whom they might know his will Deut. 18. 10. 11. 15. so it is observed here by the Hebrewes as Baalhatturim and Chazkuni that immediately after the Law against familiar spirits and wizards Levit. 20. 27. this Law is given for the Priests that the people might have no occasion to seeke unto the former but might come unto the Priests and they should inquire for them by Vrim and Thummim the sonnes of Aaron Targum Ionathan addeth the males and Sol. Iarchi saith the sonnes and not the daughters of Aaron because the lawes following concerned not the women So in the Hebrew canons it is said Aarons daughters are not forewarned pollution by the dead but the Priests the sonnes of Aaron Likewise the prophane Priests might defile themselves for this is but for the sonnes of Aaron that may execute the Priests office A yong Priest is to bee warned by the elder Priests not to defile himselfe c. and his father is to traine him up in holinesse Maimony tom 4. treat of Mourning chap. 3. sect 11. 12. for a soule to weet of the dead as is expressed in verse 11. else-where called a dead soule Numbers 6. 6. meaning a dead bodie for properly at death the soule departeth Gen. 35. 18. and the dead defileth not till his seale be departed saith Maimony tom 3. in Tumath meth chap. 1. sect 15. wherefore the Chaldee here translateth for the dead and Targum Ionathan for the sonne of man that is dead But the Greeke retaineth the Hebrew phrase for soules So before in Levit. 19. 28. hee shall not that is any Priest shall not defile himselfe in Greeke they shall not be defiled This pollution might be by the funerall of the dead for who so touched any dead body or came into a tent or house where any dead body lay or touched a grave he was uncleane seven daies Numbers 19. 14. 16. so by bearing the dead hee was uncleane by proportion from the Law in Levit. 11. 25. And by the Hebrew canons if a man came within foure cubits that is sixe fâ—â—â— of the dead he was uncleane Maimony treat of Mourning chap. 3. sect 13. among his peoples in Greeke among their nation that is as Chazkuni explaineth it among all Israel for they are his peoples So peoples are used for the tribes of Israel in Deut. 33. 3. Iudg. 5. 14. Act. 4. 27. Vers. 2. his neere-kin those of his consanguinity see this word in Lev. 18. 6. Sol. Iarchi here understandeth the Priests wife by it as one for whom hee might defile himselfe See the notes on verse 3. This law is for the inferiour Priests but the high Priest might not defile himselfe
are often called Matt. 5. 23. 24. and 8. 4. and 23. 18. 19. Heb. 8. 4. and 11. 4. according to all their vowes in Greeke according to all their profession or promise So in Ierem. 44. 25. Vowes are in Greek called a profession or confession and vowes were made with promises and payed with confessions as David sayd Thy vowes are upon me ô God I will pay confessions unto thee Psalme 56. 13. and to all in Greeke or according to all their choise so voluntarie gifts are called because they come from the choise and will of the giver What they differ fro vowes is shewed on Lev 7. 16. Vers. 19. For your favourable-acceptation to weet you shall offer it so that it may be acceptable and pleasing unto God for you as vers 20. Levit. 23. 11. The Greeke translateth it Acceptable see the notes on Levit. 1. 3. Sol. Iarchi here explaineth it Bring the thing that is meet to make you acceptable before me that it may be unto you for favourable-acceptation a perfect male in Greeke unblemished males such were all the burnt-offrings to be see Levit. 1. 3. 10. or of the goats but the fowles he mentioneth not because the Law made no difference in them of male or female and as Iarchi here saith the fowle was not rejected for a blemish but for want of a lim See the annotations on Lev. 1. 14. Ver. 20. to favourable acceptation that is favourablie-accepted as Moses speaketh after in vers 25. and so the Greeke translateth acceptable for you This is opened by the prophet thus If yee offer the blind for sacrifice is it not evill and if yee offer the laâ—e and sicke is it not evill Offer it now unto thy governour will he be pleased with thee or accept thy person saith the LORD of hosts And ye brought that which was torne and the lame and the sicke thus yee brought an offring should I accept of your hand saith the LORD But cursed be the deceiver which hath in his flocke a perfect male and voweth and sacrificeth unto the Lord a corrupt thing for I am a great King saith the LORD of hosts and my name is dreadfull among the heathen Mal. 1. 8. 15. 14. These perfect and unblemished sacrifices which were to bee offred unto God figured the perfection of Christ who gave himselfe a sacrifice for us and whom we apply to our selves and make ours by faith 1 Pet. 1 19. 20. 21. Gal. 2. 16. 20. Also the sacrifices of our humble and contrite hearts and of our bodies and of our praises and thanks givings which through Christ and his Spirit are made holy and acceptable unto God Psal. 51. 18. 19. Rom. 12. 1. Heb 13. 15. Ver. 21. of peace offrings or of payments in Greek of salvation in Chaldee of sanctification See the notes on Lev. 3. 1. to separate or in separating in Greeke distinguishing a vow which may bee understood both of making a singular vow and of accomplishing it for both must bee unblemished So in Numb 15. 3. 8. See also Lev. 27. 2. The Hebrewes say It is commanded that all oblations bee perfect and choise Lev. 22. 21. and whosever sanctifieth a beast which hath a blemish for the top of the altar transgresseth against a prohibition and is to be beaten for his sanctifying of it as it is written Lev. 22. 20. ANIE WHICH hath A BLEMISH IN IT YE SHALL NOT OFFER Wee have beene taught that this is a warning for him that sanctifi 〈…〉 blemished things Who so thinketh that it is lawfull to sanctifie a blemished thing for the altar and sanctifieth it it is holy and hee is not beaten Hee that killeth blemished thing by the name of an offring is to be beaten for it is written Levit. 22. 22. YE SHALL NOT OFFER THESE VNTO THE LORD wee have beene taught that this is a warning against killing it Maim tom 3. in Issure mizbeach c. 1. 〈◊〉 1. c of the herd or in the herd so after in the flâ—ck that is of sheepe or goats For in such chiefly blemishes were to bee looked unto rather then in fowles See the notes on Lev. 1. 14. perfect after it is said without blemish blemishes respected the outward parts perfection the inward also Iâ— when the sacrifice was killed it were found torne 〈◊〉 was to be caried out to the place of burning And so if it were fouÌ„d to want any of the members within though is were not torne as if it had but one kidney or of the splene were wasted away loe it was unlawfull for the altar and was to be burnt not for that it was blemished for the want of things within was no blemish but because they might not offer that which wanted 〈◊〉 thing as it is written in Num. 28. 31. PERFECT SHALL THEY BE VNTO YOV And all oâ—â—plus was as a want therefore if it had three kidneyes or two spleenes it was unlawfull Maimony in Issure mizbeach chap. 2. sect 11. any blemish any deformity in any lim whereof the Hebrews number fifty besides other things which did disablemeâ—â— for sacrifice whereof see the notes on Exod. 12. 5. Hence also they gather Hee that maketh a ble 〈…〉 upon the holy things as to make an eye blinde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 off a foot is to be beaten as Levit. 22. 21. THEâ—â— SHALL NOT BE IN IT ANY BLEMISH wee have beene taught that this is a warning 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 make any blemish in it Maimony in Issure M 〈…〉 chap. 1. sect 7. Vers. 22. Blinde either wholly or in part of it see not with both eyes or with one of them and that with a cleare sight c. Maimony Biath 〈◊〉 ch 5. sect 7. a wenn or a wart as the Greekes poundeth it scurfe or scab of these see Levit. 21. 20. not offer these or any other like blemished By offring the Hebrewes here understand killing and sprinkling of the blood on the altar and by the words following nor give of them a fire-offring they understand a prohibition against b 〈…〉 ning the fat of such for every of which action presumptuously done a man was to be beaten So that is one first sanctified a blemished beast and 〈◊〉 killed it and sprinkled the blood thereof and burned 〈◊〉 the altar the fat thereof he was to be beaten with f 〈…〉 beatings Maim in Issure mizb c. 1. 1. 4. 〈◊〉 of them not of them but of others bought with the price of them they might The Hebrew caâ—â—â—siay He that sanctifieth for the altar a blemished thing though he is to be beaten yet the thing is sanctifi 〈…〉 and he shall redeeme it according to the valuation of 〈◊〉 priest and it shall goe out among the unholy things 〈◊〉 the price therof he shall bring an oblation And the like Law is for the sanctified beast where unto a blemish be falleth after it is sanctified And it is commended to redeeme the holy things on which a blemish falleth and they are to goe out among the common
empty and furnished their boothes with all comâ—ly vessels and bedding drinking vessels 〈◊〉 c. but cauldrons kettles and such like were without the boothe If the raine fell they might goe out of the boothes into their houses 〈◊〉 the raine was over At all times when they 〈◊〉 sit downe in the Boothes all the seven dayes they blessed God before they sate downe who sanctified them by his commandements and commanded them to sit in Boothes Maimony 〈◊〉 chap. 6. sect 5. c. every homebo 〈…〉 〈◊〉 borne in the land of Israel the Hebrewes 〈◊〉 women and servants and children and sicke 〈◊〉 But children of five or sixâ— yeeres old and upward were bound hereto that they might be trained up in the commandements Such as were watch men of the city by day were discharged for the day but bound to lye in boothes by night and sâ—â—h as watched by night were discharged for the night but bound by day Maimony in Shopher chapter 6. section 1. 4. Vers. 43. your generations your posterity to dwell in boothes so that the first place where â—rael camped after they came out of Egypt was called Sâ—ccoth that is Boothes Exodus 12. 3 At the eâ—d of every seventh yeere the Law was commanded to bee solemnly read before all the people at this feast that they might â—â—ame 〈◊〉 the Lord their God Deut. 31. â—0 13. See the performance here of in Neh. 8. 18. And whereas at this time of the yeere the people had gathered 〈◊〉 fruits into their houses and filled them 〈◊〉 all good things lest their prosperity should cause them to forget both God and themselves this Law was given that they should then dwell in boothes to remember their miseries past and to expect a full redemption of their bodies soules by Christ â—esus our Lord. CHAP. XXIIII 1 The Israelites are commanded to bring oile for the lampes which Aaron must order 5 The Shew bread with from kincense to be set on the Table every Sabbath and eaten by the Priests 10 23 Shelomiths son blasphemeth and is stoned to death 15 The like law is given for all blasphemers 17 Death is appointed for Murderers 18 Satisfaction for dammages and blemishes AND Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Command the sonnes of Israel that they take unto thee pure oile olive beaten for the Light to cause the lampe to ascend up continually Without the veile of the Testimonie in the Tent of the congregation shall Aaron order it from evening unto morning before Iehovah continually it shall be a statute for ever through-out your generations Vpon the pure candlesticke shall he order the lamps before Iehovah continually And thou shalt take fine-flowre and bake it twelve cakes two tenth-deales shall be in one cake And thou shalt set them in two rowes sixe on a row upon the pure table before Iehovah And thou shalt put upon each row pure frankincense that it may bee for the bread for a memoriall a Fire offring unto Iehovah In the sabbath day in the sabbath day he shall set-in-order before Iehovah continually from the sonnes of Israel an everlasting covenant And it shall be for Aaron and for his sonnes and they shall eat it in the holy place for it is holy of holies to him of the Fire offrings of Iehovah by an everlasting statute And there went out the sonne of an Israelitish woman and he was the sonne of an Egyptian man amongst the sons of Israel and the son of the Israelitesse and a man an Israelite strove-together in the campe And the Israelitish womans son blasphemed the Name and cursed and they brought him unto Moses and his mothers name was Shelomith the daughter of Dibri of the tribe of Din. And they put him in ward that hee might declare unto them by the mouth of Iehovah And Iehovah spake unto Moses 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 saying Bring-forth him that hath cursed out of the campe and let all that heard him lay their hands upon his head and let al the congregation stone him And thou shalt speake unto the sonnns of Israel saying Any man when hee shall curse his God then hee shall beare his sinne And he that blasphemeth the Name of Iehovah shall surely bee put to death all the congregation stoning shall stone him as well the stranger as the home-borne when he blasphemeth the Name shal be put to death And a man when he shall smite any soule of man shall surely be put to death And he that smiteth the soule of a beast shall recompense it soule for soule And a man when he shall give a blemish upon his neighbour as he hath done so shall it bee done unto him Breach for breach eye for eye tooth for tooth as hee hath given a blemish upon a man so shall iâ— be given upon him And he that smiteth a beast shall recompense it and he that smiteth a man shall be put-to-death One judgement shall yee have as well the stranger as the home-borne shal have it for I am Iehovah your God And Moses spake to the sonnes of Israel and they brought-forth him that had cursed out of the campe and stoned him with stones and the sons of Israel did as Iehovah commanded Moses Annotations THat they take or as the Greeke translateth and let them take unto thee that is take and give or bring unto thee see the like phrase in Gen. 15. 9. Exod. 25. 2. Num. 19. 2. As the former lawes in chap. 23. taught Israel the profession of their obedience to God in the holy times sanctified for his worship so these here taught them the like in respect of the holy things which concerned Gods service in his Sanctuarie olive or of the olive-tree the oile whereof figured the graces of Gods spirit and the beating of the oile signified the labours and afflictions of Gods people in preaching the word of grace This Law is here repeated from Exod. 27. 20. c. where it was before given see the annotations there the Lampe in Chaldee the Lampes meaning the seven lampes as is explained in Num. 8. 2. which are interpreted the seven Spirits of God Rev. 4. 5. that is the manifold graces of the Spirit now there are diversities of gracious gifts but one and the same Spirit 1 Cor. 12. 5. 11. so the seven lampes are here as one Lamp Likewise in Ex. 27. 20. and 〈◊〉 Sam. 3. 3. to ascend-up that is to burne as the Greeke and Chaldee expound it for the flame alwaies ascendeth continually this the Hebrewes expound from night to night as the continuall Burnt-offring which was not but from day to day Sol. â—archi on Lev. 24. And in Targ. Ionathan it is explained in the Sabbath day and in the working day This Law sheweth the ordinary duty of the Church to provide oile for the Lampe In times of distresse the Prophet saw a vision of two olivetrees on each side of the candlesticke emptying out of themselves golden oile through two golden pipes God teaching that the
4. the holinesseâ— of holinesses that is the most holy things as the Arke Table Candlesticke Altar c. which the Kohathites were to beare vers 5. 7. 9. 11. 15. These are generally named the Sanctuarie Num. 10. 21. and 3. 28. Vers. 5. setteth forward or removeth journieth from Mount Sinai towards Canaan and this was when the cloud was taken up from off the Tabernacle by the Lord Num. 10. 11 12. the veile of the covering called in Greeke the shadowing veile by the Apostle the second veile Heb. 9. 3. which was made of blew purple scarlet and fine linnen with Cherubims and was hanged betweene the holy place and the most holy Exod. 26. 31. 33. This veile figured the flesh of Christ Heb. 10. 20. as the Arke principally signified Christ also Gods presence with his church in him See the notes on Exod. 25. 10. 17. the Testimonie the Tables of Gods law which were in the Arke as in the heart or bowels of Christ Exo. 25. 16. Psal. 40. 8. This Arke of the testimonie was covered with the veile whiles the Tabernacle did stand Exod. 40. 3. and now when the Tabernacle is to be taken down and removed the Arke is covered with the same veile Vers. 6. shall put Hebr. shall giue in Greeke put over to wit over the Arke and veile Tachash skin in Greeke hyacinth or blew colour skin see Exod. 25. 5. This was to cover it from all injury of weather as raine or the like even as the whole Tabernacle when it stood was covered with such Exod. 26. 14. â—â—ai 4. 5 6. It was also to signifie the hiding of these mysteries for a time see after on vers 13. 〈…〉 a cloth wholly of blew these were those clothes or garments of ministerie mentioned in Exod. 31. 10. above upmost and herein the Arke had the preeminence of glory above all the other holy things for their upmost coverings were of skin but the Arke had above the skinne a cloth of blew or skie colour for the honour of Christ whom it figured the barres thereof made to beare the Arke with them Exod. 25. 14 15. see the annotations there Vers. 7. of Shew-bread Hebr. table of faces or of presence meaning of the bread of Presence or Shew-bread as the Chaldee here explaineth it and Moses elsewhere expresseth They were twelve cakes representing the twelve tribes of Israel or whole church see the annotations on Exod. 25. 30. and Lev. 24. 5. of blew the Greeke â—ere translateth it purple to cover withall Heb 〈…〉 of covering or of powring out of these seo the notes on Exod. 25. 29. continuall bread or bread of continuance so called because it was alwaies upon the table and when the old was taken off new was set on every sabbath as is noted on Levit. 24. 8. Vers. 8. sccarlet Onely the Arke representing Christ and the Table with Shew bread representing the church had three coverings all the other holy things had but two And none was covered with scarlet but this Table onely Vers. 9. of the light in Greeke inlightning or shining candlesticke see the notes on Exod. 35. 14. This was a figure of Gods Law Psal. 119. 105. Prov. 6. 23. 2 Pet. 1. 19. Vers. 10. upon a staffe or upon a leaver or barre such as things are removed and caried with betweene two or moe Num. 13. 23. The Greeke translateth it upon barres so in vers 12. Chazkuni noteth here that it is said upon a staffe and not under a staffe lest that which was caried should bee dragged on the ground Vers. 11. Altar of Gold the Incense altar which stood within the holy place a figure of Christs mediation for his church and of their presenting their prayers unto God by him See the notes on Exod. 30. 1 6. Vers. 12. instruments or vessels of ministerie Censers cups c. or such as are mentioned in 2 King 25. 14 15. Sanctuarie Hebr. sanctitie in Greeke the holies a staffe in Greeke barres as vers 10. Vers. 13. the ashes from the altar This the Greeke translateth They shall put a covering upon the altar The Altar of brasse which stood in the courtyard is heremeant of purple Onely the brazen altar waâ— covered with purple as the Table onely with scarlet vers 8. and these two colours are sometime used one for another as They put on him a scarlet robe Mat. 27. 28. for which in Ioh. 19. 2. is written they put on him a purple robe so in Mark 15. 17. they clothed him with purple all these colours signified the heavenly dignity of these holy things by the blood of Christ. And although the Altar of brasse stood in the open court where all might see it yet when they removed it also was covered as the other holy things Vers. 14. Vessels or instruments as vers 12. fire-pans of these and the rest see the notes on Exod. 27. 3. At the end of this verse the Greeke version mentioneth the Laver Exod. 30. 18. which in Moses is here altogether omitted thus And they shall take a purple cloth and cover the Laver and the base or foot thereof and shall put them into a covering of â—yâ—ointh skin and shall put them upon barres It seemeth to be not without mystery that Moses mentioning fire-pans flesh-hookes and other lesse things should quite omit the Laver which usually is reckoned among the holy things of the Sanctuarie Exod. â—5 16. and 38. 8. and 39. 39. and 40. 30. And as in Melchisedeks history in Gen. 14. he omitted his parentage kindred birth and death from which silence in the holy story the Apostle reasoneth as if he had beene without parents or kindred beginning of dayes or end of life Heb. 7. So here if it may be lawfull to conjecture the like the Laver is left uncovered and alwaies open to the eyes of the people that it might be a lively representation of Gods grace in Christ continuing and opened as an ever-springing fountaine that by the washing of the new birth by repentance and faith in the bloud of Christ we may in all our travels at all times cleanse our hands and feet our workes and wayes as the sacrificers did from the Laver Exod. 30 19 20. That albeit the face of the church is sometime hid as the Tabernacle wrapped up and the Light of the Word shineth not nor publike worship performed yet alwaies Gods elect having faith in him may wash and purge themselves in Christ his bloud unto forgivenesse of sinnes sanctification of the spirit and saluation Vers. 15. the sanctuary Hebr. Sanctity or Holinesse that is as the Greeke explaineth it Holy things see Num. 3. 28. This covering of the Sanctuary besides that it was for the honour and defence thereof had also a further mystery For as Moses put a veile upon his face Exod. 34. 33. that the sonnes of Israel could not stedfastly looke to the end of that which is abolished 2 Cor. 3. 1â— so the Tabernacle which our fathers caried with
Phaddasour see Numb 1. 10. Verse 72. In the eleventh day so the Greeke translateth it which in the Hebrew and Chaldee phrase is In the day of eleven dayes So in ver 78. In the day of twelve dayes which the Greeke expoundeth In the twelfth day Pagiel in Greeke Phageel the sonne of Eâ—ran Verse 84. dedication of the Altar The Chaldee called sonathans expoundeth it the dedication of the anointing of the â—ltar Here God summeth up the offrings of the Princes the number of vessels and the weight of them and the number of all their sacrifices to shew how acceptable this their service was unto him which he so largely set downe in the particulars and in the generall And as the Altar now dedicated was a type of Christ so the oblations of the Princes of the twelve tribes shewed the faith hope and love of Israel towards God in Christ of whom the Apostle giveth this testimonie Now I stand and am judged for the hope of the promise made of God unto our fathers unto which promise our twelve tribes instantly serving God day and night hope to come Acts 26. 6 7. And they are an example unto all Princes of the earth how they should honour the Lord with their persons and substance and willingly offer to the maintenance of his continuall publike service as is promised unto Ierusalem They shall bring gold and incense and they shall shew forth the praises of the Lord. All the flockes of Kedar shall be gathered together unto thee the rams of Nebaioth shall minister unto thee they shall come up with acceptance upon 〈◊〉 Altar and I will glorifie the house of my glory And the sonnes of strangers shall build up thy wals and their kings shall minister unto thee Esai 60. 6 7 10. And the Nations of them which are saved shall walke in the light of it and the kings of the earth doe bring their glory and honour unto it Rev. 21. 24. See examples of the like liberality in Neh. 7. 70 71 72. Ez 2. 68 69. 1 Chr. 29. 6 7 8. Verse 85. Every Hebr. one 2400. shekels The reason of this exactnesse of their weight severally and joyntly was for the honour of the Lords Sanctuary and vessels of the same all which were holy for which cause also at the returne of the Iewes out of Babylon the vessels of the house of God were delivered by weight and received againe at Ierusalem by weight for they were holy and therefore warily to be kepâ— and they were taken by number and by weight of every one and all the weight was written at that time Ezr. 8. 25 27 28 29 30 33 34. Verse 86. an hundred and twentie so there was iust the twentieth part of the weight of all the silver vessels in these twelve golden cups And Ionathan in his Thargum maketh these 120 shekels answerable to the 120 yeeres of Moses life Verse 87. their meat-offering the Greeke version addeth their meat-offerings and their drinke-offerings which though they were not mentioned before yet were to be understood by the sacrifices that were offered For by the Law every burnt offering was to have with it a meat-offering of flower mingled with oyle and wine for a drinke-offering the appointed measure of them is to be seene in Num. 15. 3 12. Verse 88. sixtie so all the beasts which the 12 Princes offered at this dedication were two hundred fifty and two of which two hundred and foure were Peace offerings whereof themselves with the Priests did eat and so kept a feast with joy before the Lord for his mercy towards his people See Lev. 7. 15. 29 34. Verse 89. to speaker with him that is with God of him speaking or of one speaking which the Greeke translateth of the Lord speaking And Thargum Ionathan expoundeth it of the Spirit speaking Herein Moses excelled all other Prophets in that the Lord spake so familiarly with him See the notes on Num. 12. 8. the covering mercie seat thus the promise was fulfilled I will meet with thee there and I will speake with thee from above the covering mercie seat Exod. 25. 22. And hereupon the most holy Place of the Sanctuary where the Arke and the Mercie-seat was is called Debir the Oracle or speaking place 1 Kings 6. 23. And the Covering mercie seat or Propitiatorie being a figure of Christ Rom. 3. 25. as it is noted on Exod. 25. 17. it was a Testimonie of Gods grace to his Church in Christ his Sonne by whom hee alwayes spake unto our fathers but more clearely unto us in these last dayes Heb. 1. 2. And whereas it is said in Lev. 1. 1. the Lord spake unto Moses out of the Tabernacle this place sheweth how it is to be understood as Sol. Iarchi here saith Two Scriptures contradict one another the third commeth and decideth the case betweene them One Scripture saith The Lord spake unto him out of the Tabernacle which was without the veile and another Scripture saith I will speake unto thee from above the Mercy-seat This commeth and decideth it betweene them Moses went into the Tent and there he heard tho voyce that came from above the Mercy-seat The voyce came out from heaven to between the Cherubims froÌ„ thence it came out into the Tent of the congregaâ—on From hence also some of the Hebrews gather as Chazkuni here noteth that the beginning of the booke of Leviticus was when the dedication here spoken of was finished and he spake unto him the Hebrews observe how this HEE SPAKE VNTO HIM is doubled to shew that the voyce came from heaven to the mercie-seat and from thence spake with him for all the speech with Moses was from heaven in the day time and was heard from betweene the two Cherubims according to that in Deut. 4. 36. Out of heaven he made thee to heare his voyce c. and thou heardest his words out of the midst of the fire R. Menachem on Num. 7. CHAP. VIII 1 How the Lampes were to be lighted and what was the workemanship of the Candlesticke 5 A commandement to cleanse the Levites with sprinkling shaving and washing of cloathes 8 To offer two bullockes for a Burnt-offering and a Sin-offering to make atonement for them 10 The Israelites were to impose hands on them 11 And Aaron to wave them 14 The Levites are separated to serve in the Tabernacle in stead of all the first-borne of Israel 20 The commandement is performed concerning the Levites and they enter upon their service 23 The age and time when they were to begin and when to leave off their service 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Speake unto Aaron and say unto him when thou makest the lampes to ascend up the seven lamps shall give light over against the face of the Candlesticke And Aaron did so he made the lampes thereof to ascend up over against the face of the Candlesticke as Iehovah commanded Moses And this worke of the Candlesticke was
of Israel to doe the Passeover And they did the Passeover in the first moneth in the fourteenth day of the moneth betweene the two evenings in the Wildernesse of Sinai according to all that Iehovah commanded Moses so did the sonnes of Israel And there were men who were uncleane by the soule of a man that they could not 〈◊〉 the Passeover in that day and they caâ—â— neere before Moses and before Aaron 〈◊〉 that day And those men said unto him Wee are uncleane by the soule of a man wherefore are we kept backe that wee 〈◊〉 not offer the oblation of Iehovah in his appointed season among the sonnes of Israâ—â— And Moses said unto them Stand still and I will heare what Iehovah will command concerning you And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Speake unto the sonnes of Israel saying Any man when he shall be uncleane by a soule or be in a journey a farre off of you or of your generations yet he shall doe the Passeover unto Iehovah In the second moneth in the fourteenth day betweene the two evenings they shall doe it with unleavened cakes and bitter herbs shall they eat it They shall not let ought remaine of it untill the morning and they shall not breake a bone thereof according to every statute of the Passeover they shall do it But the man that is cleane and is not in a journey and forbeareth to doo the Passeover even that soule shall be cut off from his peoples because he offered not the oblation of Iehovah in his appointed season that man shall beare his sinne And if a stranger shall so journe with you and will doe the Passeover unto Iehovah according to the statute of the Passeover and according to the judgement thereof so shall he doe ye shall have one statute both for the stranger and for the home-borne of the land And in the day that the Tabernacle was reared up the cloud covered the Tabernacle even the Tent of the Testimony and in the evening there was upon the Tabernacle as the appearance of fire untill the morning So it was continually the cloud covered it and the appearance of fire by night And when the cloud was taken up from off the Tent then after that the sonnes of Israel journeyed and in the place where the cloud abode there encamped the sonnes of Israel At the mouth of Iehovah the sonnes of Israel journeyed and at the mouth of Iehovah they encamped all the dayes that the cloud abode upon the Tabernacle they encamped And when the cloud tarried long upon the Tabernacle many dayes then the sonnes of Israel kept the charge of Iehovah and journied not And it was when the cloud was a few dayes upon the Tabernacle according to the mouth of Iehovah they encamped and according to the mouth of Iehovah they journeyed And it was when the cloud was from evening untill morning and the cloud was taken up in the morning then they journeyed either by day or by night when the cloud was taken up then they journeyed Or two dayes or a moneth or a yeare of dayes when the cloud tarried long upon the Tabernacle abiding upon it the sonnes of Israel encamped and journeyed not but when it was taken up they iourneyed At the mouth of Iehovah they encamped and at the mouth of Iehovah they journeyed they kept the charge of Iehovah at the mouth of Iehovah by the hand of Moses Annotations IN the first moneth This Commandement to keepe the Passeover was in time before the numbring and ordering of the tribes mentioned in the former part of this booke for that was commanded in the first day of the second moneth Num. 1. 1 2. Whereupon the Hebrewes as Sol. Iarchi here doe observe that there is no order of former and latter in the Law but things done after are sometimes ser before The reason why it is mentioned here is because of the second Passeover kept the 14 day of the second moneth verse 11. which was after the foresaid master after the dedication of the Altar ordination of the Levites And the cause why God commanded them to keepe the Passeover in the Wildernesse was for that by the first institution they were bound to keepe it when they were come into the land of Canaan Exod. 12. 25. and therefore without speciall warrant they would not have kept it in the desert neither kept they any moâ— but this till they came into the land Ios. 5. Verse 3. doc the Passeover that is keepe offer or sacrifice the Passeover called in Hebrew Pesach in Greeke Pascha so named because the Lord when he smote all the first-borne in the houses of the Egyptians passed over the houses of the Israelites whose doore-posts were sprinkled with the lambs blood and slew not their first-borne Hereupon the Lord appointed a yearely feast in remembrance thereof which should continue till Christ came who is our Passeover or Paschal Lambe sacrificed for us in whom we keepe the feast in spirit and truth 1 Cor. 5. 7 8. See the annotations on Exod. 12. in his appointed season every fourteenth day of the first moneth as verse 3. which the Greeke here calleth the houre thereof and in verse 3. the season thereof and the Hebrewes explaine it though it be on the Sabbath So all the feasts in Israel were to be kept at the times appointed of God Levit. 23. 4 c. Therefore Ieroboam keeping the feast of Tabernacles in the eighth moneth which God had appointed in the seventh Levit. 23. 34. it is said to be the moneth which he had devised of his owne heart 1 Kings 12. 32. 33. Verse 3. betweene the two evenings that is in the afternoone Sol. Iarchi on Exod. 12. saith from the sixt houre which is at mid-day and upward it is called betweene the two evenings for that the Sunne declineth towards his going downe c. betweene the evening of the day and the evening of the night the evening of the day is in the beginning of the seventh houre and the evening of the night is when the night beginneth See the notes on Exod. 12. 6. where the houres of killing the Passeover are observed It figured the time of Christs comming in these last dayes Heb. 〈◊〉 1 2. as towards the evening of the world and the houre of his death which was the ninth houre that is three a clocke in the afternoone Matth. 27. 46-50 all the statutes that is all the rites and ordinances prescribed which the Greeke translateth the Law thereof So in Exod. 12. 43. where it is shewed who were to eat the Passeover the judgements this the Hebrewes referre to the unleavened cakes which were to be eaten with it and seven dayes after also to the putting away of Leaven c. Exod. 12. 8. 15 c. But here are to be accepted the speciall rites which belonged onely to the first Passeover in Egypt as the sprinkling of their posts with blood the eating of it standing c.
of life Iohn 6. 48 51. Heb. 2. 9 10. 1 â—et 3. 18. But though the Manna was thus hard as wheat to be ground yet it used to melt as it lay on the earth with the heat of the Sunne that they gathered it onely in the morning Exod. 16. 21. baked or boyled coqued the word is sometime used for baking as in 2 Sam. 13. 8. though usually it signifieth to 〈◊〉 the best moisture oyle fresh oyle w ch hath no ranke favour The Hebrew Leshad is the best oâ—ly moisture in mans body Psal. 32. 4. so here it is the best sweet moisture of oyle which is the uppermost part It had also the taste of wafers with honey Ex. 16. 31. And here the Greeke translateth it wafers of oyle and the Chaldee paste or cakes with oyle So it was both pleasnt and wholsome food and the taste of oyle and honey figured the sweetnesse of grace which we by faith perceive in Christ the true Manna Psal. 119. 103. Song 5. 16. 〈◊〉 Pet. 2. 3. Verse 9. â—ell downe upon it and upon the Manna fell dew againe which when it was drawne up by the Sunne then the Manna appeared Exod. 16. 13 14. so the Manna lay as it were hidden between two dewes But after was manifested and given them of God freely every day a wheat which they sowed not nor laboured for but had for the taking up a meat which they knew not neither had their fathers knowne it whereby they were taught that man liveth not by bread onely but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of the Lord Deut. 8. 3. Verse 10. throughout or by their families so the sinne was generally spred among the people in the doore that is openly and sinned not in secret onely but as it were proclaimed their iniquitie and stirred up themselves and one another to follow their lusts Verse 11. done evill to thy servant that is afflicted me for evill when it commeth from God meaneth trouble and affliction wherewith he chastiseth his servants and exerciseth their faith and patience as Ier. 18. 8. Esai 45. 7. Amos 3. 6. that thou layest Heb. for to lay or to put so it hath reference to the former part of the speech See the notes on Gen. 6. 19. the burden the weighty care and charge so in Deut. 1. 12. The Greeke here translateth it anger but after in vers 17 violence or assault This sheweth the great charge that lieth upon governours so Paul mentioneth the caere of all the Churches which came upon him daily 2 Cor. 11. 28. Verse 12. Have I conceived so also the Greeke translateth it but the Chaldee saith Am I the father of all this people are they my sonnes begotten them Hebr. begotten it or brought forth it speaking of the people as of one man begotten as by a father or brought forth as by a mother So the Apostle applieth both similies to himselfe saying to the Corinthians Ye have not many fathers for in Christ Iesus I have begotten you through the Gospell 1 Cor. 4. 15. and to the Galathians My children of whom I travell in birth againe untill Christ be formed in you Gal. 4. 19. In this complaint of Moses the weaknesse of the Law is signified w ch begetteth no children to God Rom. 7. 4. 5 c. and 8. 3. but by the word of Truth the Gospell and by beleefe in Christ we are borne of God I am 1. 18. 1 Pet. 1. 23 25. 1 Ioh. 5. 1. in thy bosome that is lovingly tenderly carefully which Moses the Lawgiver could not doe as is done by Christ of whom it is said He shall feed his flocke like a shepheard he shall gather his lambes with his arme and be are them in his bosome he shall gently lead those that are with young Esai 40. 11. a nursing father This sheweth the love mildnesse gentlenesse w ch should be in governours and so it is said unto the Church Kings shall be thy nursing fathers c. Esai 49. 23. And the Apostle saith Wee were gentle among you even as a nurse cherisheth her children we exhorted and comforted and charged every one of you as a father doth his children 1 Thes. 2. 7. 11. Accordingly the Hebrewes have this rule for all governours of the Church It is unlawfull for a man to governe with statelinesse over the congregation and with haughtinesse of spirit but with meeknesse and feare And every pastour that bringeth more terrour upon the congregation than is for the name of God he shall be punished and shall not see himselfe to have a learned wise son as it is said in Iob 37. 24. Men do therfore feare him he respecteth not any that are wise of heart And so it is not lawfull for him to governe them with contemptuous carriage although they be the common people of the land neither may he tread upon the heads of the holy people although they be unlearned base they are the sons of Abraham Isaacke and Iacob and the armies of the Lord that brought them out of the land of Egypt by great might and by strong hand but he must be are the toyle of the Congregation and their burden as Moses our Master of whom it is said AS A NVRSING FATHER BE ARETH THE SVCKING CHILD c. Maimony in Misn. tom 4. in Sanhedrin ch 25. sect 1 2. That w ch Moses speaketh of a Nursing father the Chaldee that goeth in the name of Ionathan and Targum Ierusalemy calleth Pedagoga which word Paul useth when he saith the Law was our Pâ—dagogue or Schoolemaster unto Christ Gal. 3. 24. whose graces were figured by that land whither Moses now was to lead them as is shewed in the annotations on Gen. 12. 5. Verse 13. flesh to give By these complaints Moses sheweth his insufficiencie to governe this people and to supply their wants neither indeed could he bring them into the promised land but died ere they came thither Deut. 34. whereby the impossibility of the Law was signified that it could not bring men unto God or satisfie or restraine the lusts that reigne in our members though the Law it selfe is holy Rom. 7. 5 12. But what the Law could not doe in that it was weake through the flesh God hath done sending his owne Sonne Rom. 8. 3. who giveth us not flesh to satisfie our carnall lusts but his owne flesh to be the food of our soules which he hath given for the life of the world and which who so eateth hath eternall life Ioh. 6. 51. 54. Verse 15. if thou doe thus to leave the whole burden upon me still Here the word thou spoken to God is of the foeminine gender contrary to common rule of speech At for Attah which some thinke doth intimate Moses trouble of mind as if he could not perfectly utter his wordâ— and the like is in Deut. 5. 27. where the people terrified with the Majestie of God when he gave his Law said unto Moses Speake thou At unto
Sol Iarchi expoundeth it Prepare yourselvâ—s for vengeance and so he saith in ser. 12. 3. Sanctifie that is prepare them for the day of slaughter The 20 verse sheweth that this may be implied wept in the eares in ver 20. wept before the Lord and so the Chaldee turneth it here Iâ— meaneth that the Lord had seene and heard their complaint for weeping is often joyned with lifting up the voyce or crying out as Ger. 27. 39. Iudg. 2. 4. and 21. 2. 1 Sam. 11. 4. and 24. 16. and 30. 4. Verse 20. Vntill a moneth of dayes to wit yee shall eat as the Greeke expresseth Meaning a whole moneth as a yeare of dayes is an whole yeare 2 Sam. 14 28. So in Gen. 29. 14. loathsome Hebr. to loathsomnesse or alienation which the Greek translateth to choler the Chaldee to offence that is offensive have despised or contemptuously refased set at nought which the Greeke translateth disobeyed the Lord the Chaldee rejected the Word of the LORD who is the Chaldee saith whose Majestie or Divine presence remaineth among you Verse 22. to suffice them so the Greeke and Chaldee expound the Hebrew Maâ—sa which usually signifieth to finde but here is used for obtaining that which is sufficient so in Ios. 17. 16. Iudg. 21. 14. Here Mose sheweth that the thing promised was unpossible in mans judgement both in respect of the multitude of men and length of time and therefore he mentioneth beasts and fishes which also are flesh 1 Cor 15. 39 but speaketh not of fowles as thinking least of all that they should be filled with them yet God sufficed them with such verse 31. So Philip said unto Christ Two hundred 〈…〉 worth of bread is not sufficient for this multitude that every one may have a little Ioh. 6. 7 9. Verse 23. hand waxed short that is power abated the Greeke expoundeth it Shall not the Lords hand be sufficient the Chaldee thus Shall the word of the Lord be hindered Hand is often used for power as being the instrument wherewith power is shewed Deut. 32. 36. Ios. 4. 24. and 8. 20. shortnesse signifieth lessening and is applied sometime to the Lords Spirit as in Mic. 2. 7. is the spirit of Iehovah shortned Sometime to his hand as here and in Esai 59. 1. Behold Iehovahs hand is not shortned that it cannot save and in Esai 50. 2. Is my hand shortned at all that it cannot redeeme or have I no power to deliver where the latter sentence explaineth the former Verse 25. they prophesied this was a gift and effect of Gods Spirit upon them and is elsewhere so explained as upon the handmaids in those dayes I will powre out my spirit Ioel 2. 29. that is I will power out of my spirit and they shall prophesie Act. 2. 18. So in Act. 19. 2. 6. And when Saul was anointed to be King the Spirit of God came upon him and hee prophesied 1 Sam. 10. 6 10. Prophesying was not onely a foretelling of things to come but sometime a declaring of the word of God unto the people see Exod. 7. 1. Gen. 20. 7. And thus Paul saith He that prophesieth speaketh unto men to edification and exhortation and comfort 1 Cor. 14. 3. Sometime it was a singing of praises unto God as they that prophesied with Harps with Psalteries and with Cymbals to confesse and to praise the LORD 1 Chron. 25. 1 3. did not adde that is prophesied no more but that day as God spake the ten commandements and added not that is spake no moe or after such a manner to the people Deut. 52. 2. Thus the Greeke here translateth and they added no more and Sol. Iarchi saith they did not adde i. they prophesied not save that day onely so it is expounded is Siphre Howbeit the Chaldee translateth it ceased not in a contrary signification which sometime is in the Hebrew words But seeing the Chaldee so expoundeth that also in Deut. 5. 22. that the Lord ceased not which seemeth to meane a continuance till all those ten words were finished we may likewise understand him here to meane a continuance for that day as Saul in Naioth prophesied all that day and all that night 1 Sam. 19. 24. and not a continuance alwayes for this seemeth to be a temporary gift and miracle for confirmation of their Office as in 1 Sam. 10. 6 11. Verse 26. Medad in Greeke Modad the spirit in Chaldee the spirit of prophesie that were written by Moses in a booke or in papers as the Hebrews thinke and so were appointed among the rest to come to the Tabernacle verse 16. 24. but went not out for what cause the Scripture sheweth not but by comparing this their fact with others it is probable that as Saul when hee should have beene made King withdrew and hid himselfe among the stuffe 1 Sam. 10. 22. so these two unwilling to take the charge upon them withdrew their shoulders and came not to the Tabernacle yet the Lord by his Spirit found them out for whither shall men goe from his Spirit or whither shall they flee from his presence Psal. 139. 7. The Hebrewes have here their uncertaine conjectures Sol. Iarchi saith They were all written expresly by their names and should have beene taken by Lots For the count was made for the twelve tribes out of every tribe six except two tribes of which were but five Moses tooke seventy two papers or 〈◊〉 and on seventy of them he wrote AN ELDER and on two A PART and he chose six out of every tribe so there were seventy and two Then he saâ—â— unto them take up your papers out of the basket Who so tooke up with his hand a paper on which was written AN ELDER he was sanctified to that office but he in whose hand came up A PART unto him he said The Lord will not have thee Verse 28. of his choise young men in Greeke his chosen one the Chaldee saith of his young men The originall word signifieth also youth whereupon some translate it the minister of Moses froÌ„ his youth but this seemeth not fit for Moses shepheards life in Midian from which he came but a little before this argueth the contrary forbid thou them This he spake of envious zeale for his master Moses sake as the verse following sheweth that he would not have the use of the gift of prophesie common or because they obeyed not Moses to come out as he commanded So the disciples forbade one that cast our devils in Christs name because he followed not with them Luk 9. 49 50. Marke 9. 38. Targum Ionathan explaineth it M. Lord Moses request mercy from before the Lord and forbid them the spirit of Prophesie Verse 29. Enviest thou or Hast thou enâ—isus zeale or jealousie for my sake which is a prohibition Have it not as Thinke ye that I am come to give peace on earth Luke 12. 51. that is Thinke it not Mat. 10. 34. but O who shall give or and O
Creator without dark speech without parable He it is of whom the Law testifieth APPARANTLY AND NOT IN DARKE SPEECHES Num. 12. 8. for hee prophesied not by darke speech but apparantly for he saw the thing concerning his Creator All the Prophets were afraid and troubled and fainted but Moses was not so for the Scripture saith As a man speaketh unto his friend Exod. 33. 11. as if he should say as a man is not troubled to heare the words of his friend so there was strength in the mind of Moses to understand the words of prophesie and he stood on his place safe and well None of the Prophets prophesied at all times when they would but Moses was otherwise for at any time when he would the holy Ghost clothed him and prophesie came upon him and he needed not to prepare his minde and make himselfe readie for it for he was prepared and readie and stood as the Angels of ministerie therefore he prophesied at all times as it is said Stand still and I will heare what the LORD will command concerning you Num. 9. 8. And this God caused him to trust upon as it is said But as for thee Stand thou here with me c Deut. 5. 31. whereby thou maist learne that all the Prophets when prophesie was taken up from them returned to their tents which was for things necessary to the body of them all as the rest of the people therefore they were not separated from their wives but Moses our master returned not to his first tent therefore hee was separated from his wife for ever and his minde was fast bound unto God the Rocke everlasting and his glory was never taken up from upon him but the skinne of his face shined and he was sanctified as the Angels Maimony in Misn. tom 1 in Iesude hattorah chap 7 sect 1. 6. Now as the Apostle compareth Christ with Moses and preferreth him before Moses Heb. 3. so in this gift of prophesie hee did excel him for the Lord God gave him the tongue of the learned that he knew how to speake a word in season Esai 50. 4. and this he learned not by dreams or visions nor by Angels nor by speech communicated mouth to mouth but by cleare seeing of God which no man ever did at any time and being in the bosome of the Father Ioh. 1. 18. and having the Spirit not by measure he testified what hee had seene and heard with his Father Iohn 3. 34. 32. and 8. 38. and in him all fulnesse dwelt even the fulnesse of the Godhead bodily Coloss. 1. 19. and 2. 9. will I speake that is I usually speake the time to come is used to signifie a continued action in vision or by sight or appearance that is apparantly the Greeke translateth in an appearance or sight which word is opposed in 2 Cor. 5. 7. to faith which is of things not seene Hebr. 11. 1. and here the Lord opposeth it to darke speeches so it meaneth an apparant or cleare revelation Aben Ezra explaineth it thus I will show him the thing as it is as the forme of the Tabernacle Exod. 25. 40 and not in a darke speech or riddle like that in Ezek. 17. 2. a great Eagle with great wings c. darke speeches or hidden speeches riddles a 〈…〉 speech is called in Hebrew Chidah of sharpnes because it requireth sharpnesse of wit both to propound expound the same as we have example 〈◊〉 Sampsons riddle Iudg. 14. 13 14 c. it is of the nature of a parable as in Eze. 17. 2. 3. Son of man put forth a riddle speak a parable to the house of Israel A great Eagle with great wings long winged fullâ— feathers which had divers colors came unto Lebanan c. And all close and hidden doctrine is called a riddle Psal. 49. 5. And the holy Ghost translateth it in Greeke sometime Ainigma a riddle 1 Cor. 13. 12. as the common Greeke version hee hath sometime hidden things Mat. 13. 35. from Psal. 78. 2. and so the Chaldee of Ionathan expoundeth it here The Apostle sheweth the meaning of this word when he saith Now we see thorow a glasses a riddle that is darkly but then we shall see face to face 1 Corinth 13. 12. the similitude or the likenesse image which the Greeke interpreteth the glory of the Lord Sol. IIrchi saith This was the sight of Gods back-parts mentioned in Exod. 33. 23. And this prerogative Moses hâ—â— above all Israel which saw no similitude of God Deut. 4. 12. 15. and above all Prophets who saw no vision of God so cleare as hee did For even Moses himselfe could not see the face of God Exâ—â— 33 20. No man hath seene God at any time Iohn 1. 18. neither can see 1 Tim. 6. 16. against my servant against Moses a manner of speech both earnest and elegant like that in Gen. 21. 10. with my sonne with Isaack and that in 2 Sam. 7. 23. like thy people like Israel Sol. Iarchi noteth Hee saith not against my servant Moses but against my servent against Moses against my servant though he were not Moses against Moses for though he were not my servant it were meet yee should feare before him 〈◊〉 much more seeing he is my servant According to this the Apostle speaketh in 2 Pet. 2. 10. they are not afraid to speake evill of dignities Vers. 9. he went away withdrew the signe of his glorious presence not vouchsafing to locate their answer which was a token of his great dâ—pleasure Vers. 10. the cloud departed the cloud of the glory of the divine presence of the Lord saith Targum Ionathan leprous as snow that is leprous white as snow and this was the sorest leprosie and most incurable see Exod. 4. 6. 2 King 5. 27. and they that had this disease were put out of the Lords campe as uncleane Levit. 13. and therefore God departed now away for as Chazkuni here saith It is not the way of the earth that holinesse should stay in an unclean place This punishment was very memorable both for the suddennes and sorenesse of it wherefore it is after said Remember what Iehovah thy God did unto Marie by the way 〈…〉 ter that ye were come forth out of Egypt Deut. 24. 9 And if God did thus unto so great a woman for Moses sake what will he doe to such as rebell against Christ who is counted worthy of more glory than Moses Heb. 3. 3. For if they escaped not who refused him that spake on earth much more shall not 〈◊〉 escape if we turne away from him that speakth from heaven Hebr. 12. 25. For Christ is not the servant but the Sonne even the Lord from heaven 1 Cor. 15. 47. Verse 11. Alas my lord or Oh my lord Hebr. unto me to wit have respect the Chaldee explaineth it We pray thee my lord see this phrase in Gen. 43. 20. Aaron as unworthy of accesse himselfe unto God now departed maketh request unto Moses
Princes of the congregation the called of the assembly men of name And they gathered themselves together against Moses and against Aaron and said unto them Yee take too much upon you for all the congregation all of them are holy and Iehovah is among them and wherefore lift ye up your selves above the Church of Iehovah And Moses heard it and fell upon his face And hee spake unto Korah and unto all his congregation saying Even in the morning Iehovah will make knowne him that is his and who is holy and whom he will cause to come neere unto him even him whom he hath chosen hee will cause to come neere unto him This doe yee take unto you censers Korah and all his congregation And put ye fire in them and put incense on them before Iehovah to morrow and it shall be that the man whom Iehovah doth choose he shall be holy ye take too much upon you ye sons of Levi. And Moses said unto Korah Heare I pray you ye sons of Levi Is it a small thing for you that the God of Israel hath separated you from the congregation of Israel to bring you neere unto him to serve the service of the Tabernacle of Iehovah and to stand before the congregation to minister unto them And he hath brought thee neere and all thy brethren the sonnes of Levi with thee and seeke yee the Priesthood also For which cause thou and all thy congregation are gathered together against Iehovah and Aaron what is he that ye murmure against him And Moses sent to call Dathan and Abiram the sons of Eliab and they said We will not come up Is it a smal thing that thou hast brought us up out of the land that floweth with milke and honey to kill us in the wildernesse that thou makest thy selfe a Prince over us even making thy selfe a Prince Moreover thou hast not brought us into a land that floweth with milke honey givē unto vs an inheritāce of field vineyard wilt thou dig out the eies of these men we will not comeup And Moses was very wroth and he said unto Iehovah Respect not thou their offering I have not taken one asse from them neither have I hurt one of them And Moses said unto Korah Thou and all thy congregation be yee before Iehovah thou and they and Aaron to morrow And take yee every man his censer and put incense on them and bring ye neere before Iehovah every man his censer two hundred and fiftie censers and thou and Aaron each man his censer And they tooke every man his censer and put fire on them and put incense on them and they stood at the doore of the Tent of the congregation and Moses and Aaron And Korah gathered against them all the congregation unto the doore of the Tent of the congregation and the glory of Iehovah appeared unto all the congregation And Iehovah spake unto Moses and unto Aaron saying Separate your selves from among this congregation and I will consume them as in a moment And they fell upon their faces and said O God the God of the spirits of all flesh shall one man sin and wilt thou be fervently wroth with all the congregation And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Speake unto the congregation saying Get you up from about the Tabernacle of Korah Dathan and Abiram And Moses rose up and went unto Dathan and Abiram and the Elders of Israel went after him And he spake unto the congregation saying Depart I pray you from the tents of these wicked men and touch not any thing that is theirs lest ye be consumed in all their sinnes And they went up from the Tabernacle of Korah Dathan and Abiram on every side and Dathan and Abiram came out and stood in the doore of their Tents and their wives and their sonnes and their little ones And Moses said Hereby ye shall know that Iehovah hath sent me to doe all these workes for I doe them not of mine owne heart If these men die as all men die and they be visited after the visitation of all men Iehovah hath not sent me But if Iehovah create a new thing and the earth open her mouth and swallow up them and all that appertaine unto them and they goe downe alive unto hell then ye shall know that these men have provoked Iehovah And it was as he had made an end of speaking all these words that the ground clave asunder which was under them And the earth opened her mouth and swallowed up them and their houses and all the men that appertained unto Korah and all their substance And they and all that appertained unto them went downe alive unto hell and the earth closed upon them and they perished from among the Church And all Israel that were round about them fled at the voice of them for they said Lest the earth swallow up us And a fire came forth from Iehovah and devoured the two hundred and fiftie men that offered incense And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Speake unto Eleazar the sonne of Aaron the Priest that he take up the censers out of the burning and scatter thou the fire yonder for they are hallowed The censers of these sinners against their owne soules and let them make them broad plates for a covering of the Altar for they offered them before Iehovah and they are hallowed and they shall be for a signe unto the sonnes of Israel And Eleazar the Priest tooke the brazen censers which they that were burnt had offered and they were made broad plates for a covering of the Altar A memoriall unto the sonnes of Israel that not any stranger which is not of the seed of Aaron come neere to offer incense before Iehovah that he be not as Korah and as his congregation as Iehovah spake by the hand of Moses unto him And on the morrow all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel murmured against Moses and against Aaron saying you have killed the people of Iehovah And it was when the congregation was gathered against Moses and against Aaron that they looked towards the Tent of the congregation and behold the cloud covered it and the glory of Iehovah appeared And Moses and Aaron came before the Tent of the congregation And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Get you up frō among this congregation I will consume them as in a moment and they fell upon their faces And Moses said unto Aaron Take the censer and put fire thereon from off the Altar and put on incense and goe quickly unto the congregation and make atonement for them for fervent wrath is gone out from before Iehovah the plague is begun And Aaron tooke as Moses had spoken and ranne into the midst of the Church and behold the plague was begun among the people and he put on incense and made atonement for the people And he stood betweene the dead and the living and the plague was stayed And they that died in the plague were
hurt the very swine without leave from the Lord Mat. 8. 31 32. Vers. 21. in the morning as Abraham being spoken to of God to sacrifice his sonne rase early in the morning and sadled his Asse and tooke two of his young men with him c. Gen. 22. 3. shewing his readinesse to obey the will of the Lord though with the losse of his onely sonne whom he loved so Balaam here riseth in the morning sadleth his Asse and taketh two of his young men with him vers 22. shewing his greedinesse to get preferment and the wages of iniquitie which he loved though with the losse of the favour of God and in the end of his owne life Gods children runne not so fast in the way of his commandements when hee enlargeth their heart Psalm 119. 32. but the children of Satan runne as fast to evill and make haste to shed innocent bloud Esay 59. 7. They runne and prepare themselves without iniquitie in Gods people Psal. 59. 4 5. So are the wayes of every one that is greedy of gaine which taketh away the life of the owners thereof Prov. 1. 16 19. Vers. 22. Gods anger was kindled in Greeke God was angry in wrath The judgements of God are a great depth Psalm 36. 7. hee is often offended and that justly when men doe that which he saith Doe because they doe it not with that minde and to that end which hee requireth Esay 10. 6 7. and his word or leave is in displeasure against sinners that have no love to the truth The young Prophets of Iericho would have leave to send fiftie men to seeke Elijahs bodie but Elisha forbade them after by their importunacie hee said Send They sent and sought but found him not then Elisha gave them this reproofe Did not I say unto you Goe not 2. King 2. 16 17 18. As they ought to have rested in the Prophets first word so should Balaam have done fiere in the first answer of God and for not doing it wrath from the Lord was upon him the Angell of Iebovah this Angell speaketh as the Lord him-selfe onely the word that I shall speake unto thee that shalt thou speake v. 35. Wherfore this seemeth to be Christ the Angell which redeemed Iakob from all evill Gen. 48. 16. and now commeth to redeeme Iakobs children from the curse intended against them the Angell that was sent before Israel to keepe them in their way in whom Iehovahs name was Exo. 23. 20 21. even Michael the great prince which standeth for his people Dan. 10. 21. and 12. 1. an adversary in Hebr. Satan which name when it is used for an adversary to Gods people usually meaneth the Deuill Iob 1. 6. Mat. 4. 10. Rev. 12 9. and 20. 2. but here being spoken of an adversarie to the wicked defender of the church is applied to an holy Angell or to the Prince of Angels and men And here the love of God unto Israel appeareth that when he giveth a wicked man leave to goe out against them forthwith hee sendeth his Angell to resist him and to stand for the helpe of his chosen as all the Angels are ministring spirits sent forth to minister for them who shall be heires of salvation Heb. 1. 14. two of his young men that is of his servants see the notes on Exo. 33. 11. So Abraham went with two of his young men Gen. 22. 3. Vers. 23. the Asse saw the Angell It pleaseth God to confound the wisedome of the wise and arrogant by base and contemptible meanes for the foolishnes of God is wiser than the wisdome of men 1 Cor. 1. 25. Balaam was a great Prophet accustomed to visions and revelations yet saw not with his eies neither knew with all his skill v. 34. that the Angell stood against him whom his Asse a rude and silly beast did see and avoid to the safety of his master and he that could advertise others of things that should befall them Num. 24. 14. could not advertise himselfe of the danger of death w ch was before him So God destroyeth the wisedome of the wise and bringeth to nought the understanding of the prudent 1 Cor. 1. 19. When visions appeared the Prophets were wont to see them and others in their company saw them not as in Dan. 10. 7. Act. 9. 7. here the Prophet seeth nothing but the beast under him hath the eyes opened to see the apparition his sword drawne a signe of wrath and vengeance so David saw the Angell that plagued Israel with a drawne sword in his hand 1 Chron. 21. 16. and Iosua the like in that Angels hand who as captaine of the Lords host was to destroy the Canaanites Ios. 5. 13. 14. Balaam went with a purpose to curse Israel and after to have them killed with the sword his curses would have been like the piercings of a sword Prov. 12. 18. he had whetted his tongue as a sword and bent his arrow even a bitter word Ps. 64. 4. the Lord to reward him according to his works sendeth out a sword against him the Asse turned aside The beasts and fowles and other brutish creatures are often taken to teach convince men Iob 12. 7 8. Esay 1. 3. Ier. 8. 7. Balaams folly was reproved here by the action of this dumbe beast as after it was by words Nū 22. 28 30. 2 Pet. 2. 16. Balaams way was perverse before the Lord v. 32. he had forsaken the right way went astray 2 Pet. 2. 15. the asse turning aside out of the way might have taught him to have desisted from his evill course The Asse avoideth the danger evill before his eyes the master being blinded with ambition and covetousnes seeth it not but would goe on to destruction v. 33. smote the asse the Greek here addeth with his rod or staffe which is taken from v. 27. As he that judgeth another condemneth himselfe doing the same things Rom. 2. 1. so the Prophet in smiting his beast sheweth himselfe to bee worthy of moe stripes doing much worse than it A whip for the horse a bridle for the asse and a rod for the fooles backe Prov. 26. 3. V. 24. and a wall in Chaldee and another wall The Angell needed not have chosen such places but these things hapned unto Balaam for ensamples and are written for our admonition for when men goe on in a way not good if they escape one perill they fall into another greater and at last into inevitable danger as the Prophet signifieth by feare and pit and snare Hee that fleeth from the feare shall fall into the pit and hee that getteth up out of the pit shall be taken in the snare Ier. 48. 43 44. Vers. 25. and thrust Balaams foot or pressed crushed his foot This word is used in 2 Kings 6. 32. where the Kings messenger who was sent to take away Elishaes head was pressed or crusht in the doore God by this second signe came neerer unto Balaam who went on in
in the Annotations on Gen. 18. 10. and 25. 31. what hath God wrought that is how wonderfull things God hath wrought for them The Greeke translateth it What God shall performe He teacheth that all the valiant acts of Israel should not be done by themselves but by God for them as it is shewed in Psal. 44. 1 2 c. Wherefore it is written Lord thou wilt ordaine peace for us for thou also hast wrought all our workes in us Esay 26. 12. And so the Apostle saith It is God which worketh in you both to will and to doe of his good pleasure Philip. 2. 13. and he which hath begun a good worke in you will performe it untill the day of Iesus Christ Phil. 1. 6. Vers. 24. as a couragious Lion Of these names of Lions see the Annotations on Gen. 49. 9. Of the Lions nature Solomon saith it is strongest among beasts and turneth not away for any Prov. 30. 30. Here the blessing which was specially given to the tribe of Iudah Gen. 49. is applied to all Israel which were in Christ the Lion of the tribe of Iudah Rev. 5. 5. for just men are bold as a Lion Prov. 28. 1. lift up himselfe a signe of stoutnesse courage and Majestie By this and the former rising up is meant the valiant onset which they should make upon their enemies the Canaanites whereof the booke of Iosua is a testimony and under them were figured the spirituall enemies of the salvation of Israel Satan sinne the world c. which the Church of Christ should resist and overcome by faith 1 Pet. 5. 9. and 2. 11. 1 Ioh. 5. 4. untill he cat the prey that is as the Chaldee and Targum Ionathan expound it untill he have killed his enemies Signifying hereby Israels constant fighting of the Lords battels not lying downe or giving themselves rest till they had gotten a full victory This was in part fulfilled in the conquest of Canaan at the end whereof the two tribes and an halfe returned with much riches cattell silver gold c. to divide the spoile of their enemies with their brethren Ios. 22. 3 4 8. And when David having fought the battels of the Lord sang unto his praise I have pursued mine enemies and destroyed them and turned not againe untill I had consumed them 2 Sam. 22. 38. But chiefly it is performed by the grace of God in Christ against the enemies of our soules whereof it is thus prophesâ—ed And the remnant of Iakob shall be among the nations in the middest of many peoples as a renting Lion among the beasts of the forrest as a young Lion among the flockes of sheepe who if he goe thorow both treadeth downe and teareth in pecces and none can deliver Thine hand shall be lifted up upon thine adversaries and all thine enemies shall be cut off Mic. 5. 8 9. And this spirituall warfare is not like the battels of the world with confused noise and garments rolled in bloud Esay 9. 5. but with the sword of the Spirit which is the word of God Ephes. 6. 17. in much patience in afflictions in necessities in distresses in stripes in imprisonments in tossings to and fro in labours in watchings in fastings by purenesse by knowledge by long-suffering by kindnesse by the holy Ghost by love unfeigned by the word of truth by the power of God by the armour of righteousnesse on the right hand and on the left c. 2 Cor. 6. 4. 7. For even Christ himselfe wheÌ„ he was called the Lion of the tribe of Iuda appeared like a Lamb as it had been slaine Revel 5. 5 6. and his people for his sake are killed all the day long are counted as sâ—â—epe for 〈◊〉 〈…〉 ghter and yet in all these things are more than 〈…〉 qutrours through him that loved them Rom. 8. 36 37. Vers. 25. Neither cursing curse him in Greeke Neither curse mee him with curses neither blessing blesse him that is neither curse Israel at all nor blesse him at all Here Balaks indignation against Balaam and sinne against God is increased rejecting his owne Prophet resisting the word of the Lord now the second time and when hee could doe no evill to Israel he would hinder them from good Vers. 27. per adventure it will be right in the eyes of God that is it will please God as the Chaldee expoundeth it and so the Greeke saith if it may please God This is Balaks third and last attempt against the Church of Christ in another place as Satan tempted Christ himselfe thrice in three severall places which not succeeding he then left him Matth. 4. 1 11. And whereas before the King supposed that Balaams seeing of the whole multitude was the let why hee did not curse them hee now perceiveth God to be the cause and therefore by sacrifices in a place idolatrous he seeketh to obtaine his favour Vers. 28. the top of Peâ—r the name of a mountaine called in Greeke Phogor and in Chaldee the top of the high-place of Peor where the Moabites used to sacrifice unto their idoll called Baal peor Num. 25. 2. 3. 18. and there they had a temple called Beth-peor or the house of Peor Deut. 3. 29. and neare it was a citie called Beth-peor which the Israelites had taken from King Sihon and it was after given for a possession to the Reubenites Ios. 13. 15 20. In this idolatrous mountaine the King hoping to be heard of God maketh supplication with new altars and sacrifices so continuing the abuse of his religion bent against the wil of God and to the destruction of his people CHAP. XXIV 1 Balaam leaving inchantments prophesieth by the Spirit of God the happinesse of Israel 10 Balak in anger dismisseth him 14 but before his departure he prophesieth of the Starre of Iakob and the distruction of some nations ANd Balaam saw that it was good in the eyes of Iehovah to blesse Israel and he went not as at other times to meet with inchantments but he set his face toward the wildernesse And Balaam lifted up his eies and he saw Israel abiding in tents according to their tribes and the Spirit of God was upon him And he tooke up his parable and said Balaam the sonne of Beor assuredly saith and the man whose eye is open assuredly saith Hee assuredly saith which heard the oracles of God which saw the vision of the Almightie falling and having his eyes uncovered How goodly are thy tents O Iakob thy tabernacles O Israel As the valleyes are they spread forth as gardens by the river side as Lign-aloes-trees which Iehovah hath planted as Cedar trees beside the waters He shall poure waters out of his buckets and his seed shall be in many waters and his King shall be higher than Agag and his kingdom shal be exalted God brought him forth out of Aegypt hee hath as the strengths of an Vnicorne he shall â—at up the nations his distressers and shall breake their bones and pierce them thorow with
for a continuall Burnt-offering yee shall make ready these After this manner ye shall make ready for every day seven daies the bread of the Fire offering of a savour of rest unto Iehovah it shall be made ready beside the continuall Burnt-offering and his Drinke-offering And in the seventh day yee shall have a convocation of holinesse yee shall not doe any servile worke And in the day of the First-fruits when ye offer a new Meat-offering unto Iehovah after your weekes ye shall have a convocation of holinesse ye shall not doe any servile worke And yee shall offer a Burnt-offering for a savour of rest unto Iehovah two bullocks younglings of the herd one ramme seven hee-lambes of the first yeare And their Meat-offering fine flower mingled with oile three tenth parts for one bullocke two tenth parts for one ramme A severall tenth part for one lambe throughout the seven lambes One goat-buck of the goats to make atonement for you Yee shall make them ready beside the continuall Burnt-offering and his Meat-offering perfect shall they be unto you and their Drinke-offerings Annotations COmmand the sonnes of Israel After that God had numbred the people and appointed them their inheritance he now repeateth and explaineth former lawes concerning his service which they should doe unto him in that their inheritance daily weekely monethly and at their solemne Feasts as they fell every yeare for he therefore would give unto them the lands of the heathens and they should inherit the labour of the peoples that they might observe his statutes and keepe his lawes Psal. 105. 44 45. And because they had omitted the solemnizing of these feasts now 38. yeares from the keeping of the Passeover in the wildernesse in the second yeare Num. 9. untill the Circumcision and Passeover at Gilgal Ios. 5. by reason of their travels wherein the Sanctuary Altar and holy things were folden up and removed from place to place and the generation which had beene before mustered was dead Numb 26. 64 65. therefore lest the ordinances formerly given should be forgotten or neglected and the people continue to doe as now they did every man whatsoever was right in his own eyes Deut. 12. 8. the Lord causeth the law of sacrificing to be againe commanded Which sacrifices being all figures of Christ and our service of God by him as hath beene shewed in the booke of Leviticus teach us to serve the Lord under the Gospel of his Sonne in spirit and truth for thereof were these legall feasts a figure Esay 66. 23. Zach. 14. 16 19. 1 Cor. 5. 7 8. Coloss. 2. 16 17. Heb. 13. 15. Mine oblation that is mine oblations in Greek my gifts Hebr. my Korban which is an offering or gift by which men drew nigh unto God through faith in Christ. See the notes on Levit. 1. 2. my bread for my Fire-offerings the Chaldee expoundeth it the bread ordained for my oblations Vnder the name of bread all food is implied and the flesh it selfe or fat of the sacrifices as is noted on Levit. 3. 11. the savour of my rest the savour or odour of sacrifices which may quiet or pacifie my spirit and anger and make you and your service pleasing and acceptable to me The Greeke translateth it for a savour of sweet smell the Chaldee to be accepted with favour See Lev. 1. 9. in his appointed time every one in the time appointed therefore of God the Greeke saith in my feasts for the same word which signifieth an appointed time is also used for a solemne feast appointed of God Levit. 23. 2. Hereby God limiteth every sacrifice his proper day and time which if it were let slip that oblation might not be offered in another day or time This is further manifested in vers 10. where he saith The Burnt-offering of the Sabbath in his Sabbath which the Hebrewes expound thus and not the Burnt-offering of one Sabbath in another Sabbath Maimony tom 3. in Tamidin chap. 1. s. 7. And it is a common proverbe among them Gnabar Zeman gnabar korban If the time be past the oblation is past and it is prophesied of Antiochus the wicked that he should thinke to change the times and the lawes Dan. 7. 25. And Ieroboam king of Israel who kept the feast of the seventh moneth in the eighth moneth is taxed for it in the Scripture which calleth it the moneth which he had devised of his owne heart 1 King 12. 32 33. Vers. 3. the Fire-offering the sacrifices to be burned with fire unto the Lord which Fire signified both the worke of Gods Spirit and the fiery trials and afflictions through which Christ and his children should be consecrated unto God Matth. 3. 11. Hebr. 9. 14. 1 Pet. 4. 12 13 14. of the first yeare Hebr. sonne of the yeare so after often in this and the next chapter of which phrase see the Annotations on Exod. 12. 5. perfect that is perfect lambes without blemish or corruption what this meant is shewed on Lev. 1. 3. and 22. 21. day by day or for a day that is daily a continuall Burnt-offering Hebr. a Burnt-offering of continuation which should be offered without intermission See the notes on Exod. 29. 42. and Levit 1. Vers. 4. make ready or doe that is kill sprinkle the bloud cut in peeces burne on the Altar and all other rites pertaining to sacrificing shewed in Levit. 1. betweene the two evenings that is in the after-noone of which phrase see the Annotations on Exod. 12. 6. God setteth no houres for the morning or evening sacrifices because they might occasionally be changed By the Hebrew Canons the ordinary time of killing the morning sacrifice was before Sun-rising after that the face of all the East was inlightned that is betweene day-breaking and Sun-rising The time of killing the evening sacrifice though it might be all the after-noone yet they used not to kill it till halfe an houre after two of the clocke and this they did by reason of the sacrifices of particular persons or of the congregation because it was unlawfull to offer any oblation at all before the continuall Burnt-offering of the morning neither killed they any oblation after the continuall evening sacrifice save the oblation of the Passeover only for it was unpossible for all Israel to offer their Passeovers in two houres So they killed not the Passeover but after the daily evening sacrifice Maimony in Tamidin chap. 1. sect 3 4. By this daily sacrifice morning and evening was signified the reconciliation of the Church unto God by faith in Christ notwithstanding their continuall infirmities which they fell into night and day as one end of the Burnt-offering was to make atonement for sinnes Iob 1. 5. and that being reconciled they should both shew their thankfulnesse for it unto God and expect from him a blessing upon them their labours and their rest Wherefore at such times speciall favours were shewed of God unto his people as in the morning when the Meat-offering
fell to be on the Sabbath then besides all the former oblations they offered also the two lambes which were added for the Sabbath Numb 28. 9 10. The Order of offering is said to be thus After the daily morning sacrifice was offered the addition of the Sabbath was first and after that the addition of the new-moone and after it the addition of this good day or seast Maimony in Tamidin chap. 9. sect 2. Vers. 6. their manner Hebr. their judgement that is the law and ordinance prescribed of God So in vers 18. 21. 24. c. Vnder this word manner or judgement the Hebrews understand the order also hâ—â—e set downe for whereas sometimes the Sin-offering was offered first before the Burnt-offering Leo. 5. 7 8 10. in the oblations of the feast they say it was not so but they offered according to the order that is written as it is said According to their maner As first the Bullocks and after them the Rams and after them the Lambs and after them the Goat-buckes although the Goat-buckes were Sin-offerings and all those before them were Burnt-offerings Maimony in Tamidin chap. 9. sect 7. Vers. 7. the tenth day which was the day of Atonements Lev. 23. 27. called the Fast Act. 27. 9. The manner of Atonement and the service on that day is described at large in Levit. 16. afflict your soules with fasting and abstinence see the Annotations on Lev. 16. 29. Vers. 11. beside the Sin-offering of Atonements that Goat-bucke whose bloud was carried into the Holy place the body burned without the camp Lev. 16. 9. 29. besides it this sacrifice here coÌ„manded was to be offered and besides the daily Burnt-offering On Atonement day they offer an addition according to the addition of the beginning of the yeare which was the first day of the seventh month fore-mentioned in vers 1 2. a bullock a ram and this ram is called the peoples ram and seven lambes all of them for Burnt-offerings and a goat-buck for a Sin-offering that was eaten at evening Moreover the congregation offered a goat-bucke for a Sin-offering which was burnt the fellow wherof was sent away for a Scape-goat Lev. 16. 9 10. Maim in Tamidin c. 10. s. 1 2. This Atonement was a lively figure of our reconciliation unto God by the death of Christ as is shewed on Levit. 16. the afflicting of their soules figured repentance and humiliation for sins with our fellowship in the afflictions of Christ Rom. 6. 3 4 6. 1 Pet. 2. 21. The sacrifices added here signified the faith that Gods people should have in Christ sacrificed and thankfulnesse unto God therefore 1 Ioh. 2. 1 2. Hebr. 10. 10. 19. 22. c. Rom. 12. 1 2. Vers. 12. the fifteenth day when the feast of Booths or of Tabernacles did begin which lasted seveÌ„ daies Lev. 23. 34 35 36 c. the signification of which feast is shewed in the Annotations on that place Vers. 13. thirteene bullockes Whereas at the other feasts forementioned they offered but two bullocks one ram and seven lambs in a day at this they were to offer thirteene bullocks two rams and fourteene lambs both because the solemnity was greater and at this time they had gathered in their corne and wine and had seene the blessing of God in all their increase and in all the workes of their hands Deut. 16. 13 15. therefore the Lord required moe sacrifices in signe of thankfulnesse But Ezekiel prophesying of the daies of Christ under whom we keepe this feast in spirit and truth Zach. 14. 16. 19. appointeth like sacrifices as were to be offered at the Passeover as that the Prince should prepare seven bullocks and seven rammes daily for a Burnt-offering c. Ezek. 45. 23 25. Vers. 17. twelve bullocks in every of the seven daies of this feast one bullocke is abated as on the second day twelve on the third day eleven vers 20. on the fourth day ten vers 23. and so forward till on the seventh day they were to offer seven bullocks vers 32. all which in seven dayes amounted to seventie bullockes but the rammes and lambes were every day alike By this diminishing of one bullocke every day the Holy Ghost might teach their duty to grow in grace and increase in sanctification that their sinnes decreasing the number of their sacrifices whereby Atonement was made for their sinnes should also decrease daily Or it might signifie a diminishing and wearing away of the legal offerings to lead them unto the spirituall and reasonable service by presenting their owne bodies a living sacrifice holy acceptable unto God Rom. 12. 1. Vers. 18. and for the lambes the Hebrewes say that the Meat and Drink-offerings of these severall sacrifices were never to be mixed together but the Meat and Drinke-offerings of the bullockes were by themselves and the Meat and Drink-offerings of the rams by themselves and of the lambes by themselves whether they were the oblations of the congregation or the oblations of a particular person Maimony in Tamidin chap. 10. sect 15. Vers. 35. In the eighth day Chazkuni here observeth that it is not said as was of the former daies And in the eighth day to teach that it was a good day or feast by it selfe a solemne assembly or generall assembly See the notes on Lev. 23. 36. Vers. 36. one bullocke though this was the last and the great day of the feast Ioh. 7. 37. yet were the sacrifices fewer than on any other day as if God would call them from the multitude of outward oblations to his spiritual worship as is noted on vers 17. And our Saviour on that day called the people from their many carnall observations some whereof are noted on Levit. 23. 40. unto himselfe to drinke the waters of his Spirit Ioh. 7. 38 39. Vers. 39. beside your vowes c. of the difference betweene Vowes and Voluntary offerings see the Annotations on Lev. 7. 16. The sacrifices fore-mentioned the congregation of Israel was bound to offer every thing in his day but all men as they had either vowed or voluntarily would brought their sacrifices at the feasts especially Peace-offerings which the owners did eat before the Lord that according to the blessing of God upon them they their children and their servants the Levites the stranger the fatherlesse and the widow with them might eat and drinke and rejoyce before the Lord Deut. 16. 10 11. 14 15. The truth and complement of all which solemnities are now fulfilled unto us by Christ who by once offering of him-selfe hath reconciled us unto God and wrought our eternall redemption and hath given us of his Spirit whereby we know that he abideth in us and hath placed in us the kingdome of God which consisteth in righteousnesse and peace and joy in the holy Ghost That by him we should offer the sacrifice of praise to God continually that is the fruit of our lips confessing to his Name and should not forget to doe good
of God which is the maine argument to strengthen faith Numb 14. 9. Psal. 56. 4 5. and 60. 13 14. 〈◊〉 consuming Hebr. eating so Deut. 4. 24. The Chaldee translateth his word is a consuming fire suddenly or quickly hostily see the notes on Deut. 7. 22. Vers. 4. For my justice The Hebrew In is by the Greeke also here translated For and it often noteth the cause of a thing as Hos. 12. 13. in that is for 〈◊〉 So in Psal. 1. 2. Deut. 2â— 16. Here he opposeth the second evill pride of heart against which he dealeth in all the rest of this Chapter Vers. 5. righteousnesse or uprightnes straitnesse equitie the Greeke translateth it here piety the Chaldee truth By naming iustice hee excludeth all merit of workes Deut. 6. 25. and by righteousnesse of heart all inward affections and purposes which men might plead notwithstanding that they faile in action Yet these two are the chiefe things which God respecteth in men Psal. 15. 1 2. 1 Chron. 29. 17. for the wickednesse Two causes are here shewed of this worke of God justice against the wicked inhabitants which should perish for their sinnes and mercie towards Israel whom he would doe good unto of grace Thus also hee dealeth concerning the heavenly inheritance the wicked are shut out for their evill works Iude v. 14. 15. But the Saints are saved by grace through faith not of workes lest any man should boast Ephes. 2. 8 9. the word the Greeke translateth stablish the covenant or testament hereby he calleth them wholly to Gods word and promise as Paul doth us in Gal. 3. 18. Rom. 15. 8. shewing that Iesus Christ was a minister of the circumcision for the truth of God to constrant the fathers promises and that the Gentiles might glorifie God for mercie Vers. 6. this good land a figure of heavenly blessings as is shewed on Gen. 12. 5. stiffe-necked or of a hard necke that is stubborne and rebellious see the notes on Exod. 32. 9. to which place Moses hath reference and from Gods testimonie there and their sinnes then and at other times convinceth them as being altogether unworthy that as another Prophet saith they might remember their wayes and all their doings wherein they had beene defiled and might loath themselves in their own eyes for all their evils that they had committed and might know that he was Iehovah when he had wroug 〈…〉 it with them for his names sake not according to their wicked wayes nor according to their corrupt doings Ezek. 20. 43 44. and 36. 31 32. Vers. 7. Remember forget not an earnest and effectuall manner of speaking to move unto carefull remembrance see the notes on Deut. 33. 6. against Hebr. with Iehovah which the Chaldee translateth before the Lord the Greeke yee have rebelliously performed things pertaining to the Lord. This generall charge he proveth by many particular instances following Vers. 8. Hâ—reb or 〈◊〉 the mountaine where the Law was given their rebellion there is described in Exod. 32. destroyed you for there God said to Moses let me alone c. and I will consume them Exod. 32. 10. Vers. 9. 〈◊〉 the mount called up thither of God to receive the tables of the covenant and other ordinances Exod. 24. 12. 18. The time place occasion end and all circumstances greatly aggravated the peoples sinne Vers. 10. of stone the signification whereof is noted on Exod. 31. 18. finger signifying the Spirit as I with the finger of God cast out devils Luke 11. 20. that is with the Spirit of God Matt. 12. 28. So it figured the worke of God in our hearts writing there his Law as Yee are manifestly declared to be the Epistle of Christ ministred by us written not with inke but with the spirit of the living God not in tables of stone but in fleshie tables of the heart 2 Cor. 3. 3. Vers. 12. corrupted This word meaneth the corruption of Gods service and religion see the notes on Exod. 32. 7. and Gen. 6. 11 12 13. molten calfe the word calfe is expressed in v. 16. This molten calfe they worshipped and Moses said Oh this people have sinned a great sinne and have made them gods of gold Exod. 32. 8. 31. Vers. 13. saying Here the Greeke version addeth I have spoken unto thee once and twise saying I have seene c. I have seene by the Lords seeing and hearing of sinners is often meant a due regard of their sinnes to punish them in his anger Deut. 32. 19. Psal. 78. 21. and 90. 8. But when he pardoneth sinners he is said to hide his face from their sinnes and not to see them Psal. 51. 11. Num. 23. 21. Vers. 14. Let me alone which the Chaldee expounds Leave off thy prayer before me So in Exod 32. 10. Vers. 15. burned Hebr. burning the terrour of which sight onely might have kept them from this sinne in that the signes of Gods presence were not yet departed from their eyes See Exod. 19. 18. and 20. 18. two hands both hands full with blessings of the Lord for them if their unworthinesse had not turned them away Vers. 17. I took a the originall word signifieth a purposed taking hold and â—â—ndling of a thing as they that goe to warre are said to take or handle the shield Ier. 46. 9. and they that expound the Law are said to handle it Ier. 2. 8. So Moses did this advisedly guided by Gods Spirit signifying that the covenant betweene God and them was now disaâ—ulled and broken and that the Law pertained not to them except to their condemnation for breaking the same See Exod. 32. 19. Vers. 18. I fell downe the Greeke expoundeth it I prayed before the Lord the second time as at the first Here Moses repeateth how by his humble intercession they escaped destruction and were reconciled againe unto God See the historie at large in Exod. 32. 31. c. fortie dayes the number of dayes and of yeeres sundry times mentioned in the Scripture 〈…〉 tion 〈◊〉 judgement See the 〈◊〉 7. 4. sinne the Greeke transleteth sinne respecting the manifold evill in this and their other â—â—ansgressions Vers. 19. For I was the Greeke applying this to the time present also saith And I am afraid For the Lord though he pardoned it then reserved vengeance till another opportunity Exod. 32. 34. hearkened unto me that is as the Chaldee explaineth it accepted my prayer Vers. 20. with Aaron who made the calfe for them and would have excused himselfe but was guilty of death see Exod. 32. 21 24. Vers. 21. your sinne the Calfe is so called as being the thing wherein they sinned So Idols are called a sinne in Esa. 31. 7. the brooke that came out of the Rock Horeb which Rocke in figure was Christ 1 Cor. 10. 4. of which they drunke to signifie the abolishing of their sinne by Christ upon their repentance and faith see the notes on Exod. 32. 20. Vers. 22. at Taberah or in Taberah that is as both Greeke and
Chaldee do interpret it the Burning a place so called because the people complaining there the fire of the Lord was kindled and consumed some of them See the historie in Num. 11. 1 2 3. Massah in English the tentation and so the Greek and Chaldee translate it A place at Rephidim in the wildernesse before they came to Horeb ten stations from Egypt in the first yeere of their travell where wanting water they tempted God saying Is the Lord amongst us or no and there he gave them water out of the Rocke Exod. 17. See the annotations there and Psal. 95. 8 9. Heb. 3. 8. c. Deut. 6. 16. Kibroth-hattaavah in English the Graves of lust so translated also by the Greeke Here a little from Taberah forementioned they loathed Manna and lusted for flesh God gave them Quailes but they died of a plague 〈◊〉 the flesh was yet betweene their teeth and 〈◊〉 buried there occasioned this name of the 〈◊〉 for a perpetuall memoriall See Num. 11. 4 34. and the annotations there Also Psal. 78. 〈◊〉 31. and 106. 14 15. Vers. 23. Kadesh-barnea where being come thorow the wildernesse of Pharan to the border of the land of Canaan they were commanded of God to goe take possession Then they sent spies who discouraged the people so through want of 〈◊〉 they durst not enter and were for it condem 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 40. yeeres wandring in the wildernesse and 〈◊〉 ended their dayes See Numb 13. and 14. 〈◊〉 against the mouth that is against the 〈◊〉 or commandement in Greeke yee disobeyed 〈◊〉 word Vers. 24. that I knew you the Greeke expounds 〈…〉 the day that he was knowne unto you So he 〈…〉 deth with a generall charge of rebellion upon them shewing hereby the impossibility of the law and ministery thereof to bring men unto God for it causeth sinne and wrath to abound as 〈◊〉 4. 15. and 8 3. Gal. 3. 19 22. For besides these 〈…〉 lars they sinned many other times in the 〈…〉 nesse as is noted on Num. 14. 22. and in Psa. 〈◊〉 and 106. Vers. 25. I fell downe in Greeke I prayed Hee 〈…〉 th to speake of their reconciliation to God which was by the prayer of Moses as a mediatour 〈◊〉 figure of Christ by whom and not by our own deserts we have entrance into the kingdome of God Gal. 3. 22. 24. Rom. 3. 20 22. and 5. 1 2 c. as I fell downe to wit at the first as v. 18. or which I fell downe that is which I said before that I fell downe But the Hebrew asher which is sometimes used for as as in Ier. 48. 8. said for to destroy that is said that he would destroy you See the like phrases so expounded in Esay 49. 6. with Acts 13. 47. 1 Chron. 17. 4. with 2 Sam. 7. 5. Matt. 20. 19. with Mark 10. 33 34. Vers. 26. Lord Iehovoh in Greeke Lord Lord in Chaldee Lord God See the annotations on Gen. 15. 2. thy people this respecteth their adoption in Christ and justification 1 Pet. 2. 9 10. inheritance this implyeth their sanctification unto the obedience and service of God by the Spirit See Exod. 34. 9. through thy greatnes in Greek through thy great strength as v. 29. it implyeth also his great goodnesse and therefore is often spoken of his gracious workes for his people 1 Chron. 17. 19. Luke 1 49. Vers. 27. thy servants Hee meaneth Gods oath unto them to multiply their seed and to give them the land for an eternall inheritance as is expressed in this prayer before Exod. 32. 13. So the Greeke addeth here unto whom thou swarest by thy selfe hardnesse the naturall corruption whereby the heart is hardned that it cannot repent and beleeve the word of God from which the two evils following doe flow Rom. 2. 5. Vers. 28. the land that is as the Greeke and Chaldee both explaine the inhabitants of the land This reason is also alleaged in Exod. 32. 12. and Numb 14. 16. CHAP. X. 1 A rehearsall of Gods mercies in renuing the two tables of the Covenant 6 in leading the people forward towards Canaan and continuing the priest-hood after Aarons death 8 in separating the tribe of Levi unto the ministerie 10 in hearkning unto Moses his suit for the people 12 An exhortation unto obedience 14 because of Gods glorie 15 love unto Israel 17 justice towards all 21 his fearefull workes 22 and multiplication of his people AT that time Iehovah said unto mee Hew thee two tables of stone like the first and come up unto me into the mount and thou shalt make thee an Arke of wood And I will write on the tables the words which were on the first tables which thou brakest and thou shalt put them in the Arke And I made an Arke of Shittim wood and hewed two tables of stone like the first went up into the mount and the two tables in my hand And he wrote on the tables according to the first writing the ten words which Iehovah had spoken unto you in the mount out of the midst of the fire in the day of the assembly and Iehovah gave them unto me And I turned my self and came downe from the mount and I put the tables in the Arke which I had made and there they be as Iehovah commanded me And the sonnes of Israel journeyed from Beeroth of the sonnes of Iaakan from Moserah there Aaron dyed and was buried there and Eleazar his sonne administred the Priests office in his stead From thence they journeyed to Gudgodah and from Gudgodah to Iot-bath a land of rivers of waters At that time Iehovah separated the tribe of Levi to beare the Arke of the covenant of Iehovah to stand before Iehovah to minister unto him and to blesse in his name unto this day Therefore Levi hath no part or inheritance with his brethren Iehovah he is his inheritance as Iehovah thy God spake unto him And I stood in the mount according to the former dayes fortie dayes and fortie nights and Iehovah hearkened unto me at that time also Iehovah would not destroy thee And Iehovah said unto me Arise goe in journey before the people that they may goe in and possesse the land which I sware unto their fathers to give unto them And now Israel what doth Iehovah thy God aske of thee but to feare Iehovah thy God to walke in all his waies and to love him and to serve Iehovah thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soule To keepe the commandements of Iehovah and his statutes which I command thee this day for good unto thee Behold unto Iehovah thy God belong the heavens and the heavens of heavens the earth and all that therein is Onely in thy fathers Iehovah had a delight to love them and he chose their seed after them even you above all peoples as it is this day Circumcise therefore the super fluous foreskinne of your heart and make not your necke stiffe any more For Iehovah your God
or inherit the land a figure of the kingdome of Gods grace and glory which the righteous shall possesse by inheritance Esay 60. 21. and 65. 9. Vers. 9. and honey which signified the great fertility of that land and figured out spirituall graces and comforts as is noted on Exod. 3. 8. Vers. 10. thou sowedst and so all the inhabitants as the Greeke translateth they sâ—w In Egypt from whence Israel came they had no raine but by the over-flowing of the river Nilus the land was watered and by the labour of the husbandman beckes were derived to moysten the ground And that there they had no raine is testified both by the Prophets Zach. 14. 18. and by humane histories Pomp. Mela li. 1. Herodotus in Euterpe Nec pluvio supplicat herba Iovi Tibul. lib. 1. Eleg. 8. with thy foot that is with thy diligent labour signified sometime by the hand Psal. 128. 2. sometime by the foot as Gen. 30. 30. This condition of the land of Egypt the house of bondage figured the estate of men naturally corrupted which they labour to releeve by their own works and with the muddy waters which are from beneath proceeding from earthly wisedome and carnall understanding 1 Cor. 1. 20 31. and 2. 4. 5. Ezek. 34. 19. Ier. 2. 13. Verse 11. mountaines c. hereby is meant the commodious healthfull and pleasant situation of the land farre exceeding Egypt Wherefore sometime the whole land is signified under the name of a mountaine Exod. 15. 17. And because it was hills and vallies it could not be watered with the over-flowing of any river as Egypt which was a plaine but must otherwise bee moystened with the raine of heaven or else remaine barren and fruitlesse the raine this as it is most kinde causeth the earth to be fruitfull in nature so it figured heavenly graces the doctrine of Gods word spirit wherewith the soules of men are made fruitfull in good works Esay 45. 8. Mica 5. 7. See the notes on Gen. 27. 28. Deut. 32. 2. The want of raine is on the contrary a signe of curse Zach. 14. 17 18. Rev. 11. 6. Vers. 12. careth for Hebr. seeketh that is carefully seeth unto it and as the Greeke translateth visiteth According to this phrase Sion is called a citie sought that is cared for or regarded and not forsaken Esay 62. 12. And of Gods gracious providence towards the land of Israel David singeth how the Lord visited the land and plenteously moystened it very much enriched it softned it with showers blessed the bud of it crowned the yeere of his goodnesse and his pathes the clouds dropped fatnesse Psal. 65. 10 11 12. the eyes this also signifieth Gods care and providence for good as in the like speeches Ier. 40. 4. Ezra 5. 5. Psal. 34. 16. Though Gods providence be towards all peoples and hee giveth to all life and breath and all things Acts 17. 25. doing good giving us raine from heaven and fruitfull seasons Acts 14. 17. causing it to raine on the earth where no man is on the wildernesse wherein there is no man Iob 38. 26. yet other peoples have not the word and promise of God whereon to depend as Israel had whereby they might live not by bread onely but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of the Lord Deut. 8. 3. Vers. 13. if hearkening yee shall hearken that is if yee shall diligently hearken and obey This passage of Scripture following the Iewes read daily in their families as is noted on Deut. 6. 4. Vers. 14. the first raine c. or the early raine Twise in a yeere there fell store of raine in Israel in the beginning of the yeere about September or October and halfe a yeere after which was in Abib or March which ecclesiastically began the yeere unto Israel as is noted on Exod 12. 2. whereupon it is called the latter raine in the first moneth Ioâ—l 2. 23. The first raine fell after the â—owing of their corne that it might take rooting in the earth the latter raine was a little before harvest that the eare might be full Of these the Scriptures sundry times speake but so as that they depended upon God to whom Israel should obey and of whom they should aske raine in the time of the latter raine Zach. 10. 1. and then hee would come unto them with his blessings as the raine as the latter and former raine unto the earth Hosea 6. 3. So for the fruits the husbandman waited and had long patience untill hee received the early raine and the latter raine I am 5. 7. Which raine as it figured heavenly blessings in Christ Deut. 32. 2. Psal. 72. 6. so they led Israel to the feare of God but when they revolted from him they said not in their heart Let us now feare the Lord our God that giveth raine both the former and the latter raine in his season Ier. 5. 24. If these raines were seasonable and moderate the land was fruitfull as Moses in the next words sheweth if they failed then the drought as â—ire devoured the pastures if they fell immoderately the graines rotted under their clods Ioel 1. 19 17. new oyle These three were for the use of man and the grasse after mentioned for beasts as David also sheweth in Psal. 104. 13 14 15. By these earthly promises God drew his people to obedience but David had more gladnesse in his heart in the light of the Lords countenance than when corne and wine increased Psal. 4. 6 7. Vers. 16. deceived or inticed and drawen away by riches pleasures or false perswasions of which Iob saith If my heart hath beene secretly inticed or deceived Iob 31. 27. other gods that is Idols falsly reputed Gods so the Chaldee translateth Idols or Errours of the peoples Vers. 17. shut-up the heavens this phrase is used both for restraining the naturall raine for mens sins 1 Kings 8. 35. and the spirituall raine of Gods word and blessings Revel 11. 6. perish quickly or speedily suddenly The wicked heathens God suffered with much patience and would not have them destroyed suddenly Deut. 7. 22. but his owne people are threatned for their sinnes to perish suddenly for judgement must beginne at the house of God 1 Pet. 4. 17. he warneth his Church to repent c. or else he will come unto her quickly Revel 2. 5. Vers. 18. phylacteries or frontlets written in parchments and tyed to the forehead as the former were to the hand or arme of these see the annotations on Exod. 13. 9. 16. and Deut. 6. 4 8. Vers. 19. teach them your children cause your children Hebr. your sonnes to Iearne them this explaineth the former precept Thou shalt whet them on thy children Deut. 6. 7. Abraham the father of the faithfull is commended for this that he would command his children and his honshold after him to keepe the way of the LORD Gen. 18. 19. and Solomons parents taught him the Law Prov. 4. 3 4. and 31.
For meats and drinkes and divers washings and carnall ordinances were imposed on the Iewes untill the time of reformation Hebr. 9. 10. But now it is said Let no man judge you in meat or in drinke c. which are a shadow of things to come but the body is of Christ Coloss. 2. 16 17. not seeth a Kid this Law is twice given before in Exod. 23. 19. and 34. 26. see the annotations there Vnder the name of a Kid the Hebrewes understand a Lamb also and Calfe or other beast and by seething they imply also eating or making any profit or use of flesh so boyled The Chald. translateth thou shalt not eat flesh with milke Vers. 22. Tithing thou shalt tithe that is shalt in any wise carefully faithfully separate the tithe meaning the second tithe which themselves were to eat vers 23. for there was a first tithe which was given to the Levites out of which the Levites paid a tenth part again to the Priests Num. 18. 24. 28. Nehem. 10. 37 38. Then of that which remained the owners separated a second tithe which themselves did eat before the Lord the first and second yeare in the third yeare it was given to the Levites and to the poore Deut. 14. 28 29. In the fourth and fiâ—t yeares it was eaten againe by the owners and in the sixt yeare was given to the poore The seventh yeare was a rest and Sabbath to the land then all things were common Exod. 23. 10 11. And this course they were constantly to follow in Israel Hereof it is written by the Hebrewes thus After that they have separated the first tithe every yeare they separate a second tithe Deut. 14. 22. and in the third yeare and in the sixt they separate the tithe of the poore in stead of the second tithe In the first day of Tisri or September is the beginning of the yeare for the tithe of corne and of pulse and of herbes and whersoever the beginning of the yeare is mentioned it is the first of Tisri And the fifteenth of Shebat that is the eleventh moneth which wee call Ianuary is the beginning of the yeare for the tithe of trees fruit Maimony tom 3. in Maaser sheni or treat of the second tithe chap. 1. sect 1 2. See also the annotations on Levit. 27. 30. c. all the revenue or all the in-come that is fruits or increase which are gathered and brought in for food the reason of the name appeareth in 2 Sam. 9. 10. thou shalt till the land for him and thou shalt bring in the fruits that thy Masters sonne may have food to eat The Hebrewes say All mans meat that is kept which groweth out of the ground oweth an heave-offering and it is commanded to separate out of it the first-fruits for the Priest c. and likewise the tithes Maimony in Trumoth chap. 2. sect 1. And whereas the Scripture sometime speaketh of Revenue sometime of Corne as after in vers 23. sometime of a Morsell of bread as in Iudg. 19. 5. they say the graine when it is cared is called Tebuah Revenue every where and after that it is threshed and fanned it is called Dagan Corne and when it is ground kneaded and baked it is called path a Morsell or Bread Maim in Beracoth chap. 3. sect 1. that the field bringeth forth or that commeth out of the field in Greeke the generation or increase of thy field yeare by yeare so the Greeke also interpreteth the Hebrew phrase yeare yeare which is elsewhere written yeare by yeare Nehem. 10. 35. and Ionathan in his Thargum explaineth it every yeare and yeare whereto hee addeth and not the fruits of one yeare with the fruits of another yeare meaning that they must separate their tithes yearely and not put two yeares tithe into one Vers. 23. shalt eat in Greeke shalt eat it speaking of the tithe which the owners should eat and so Ionathan in his Thargum saith Yee shall eat the second tithe before the LORD before Iehovah the tithes which were given to the Priests they might eat in every place Num. 18. 31. this second tithe was holy and might not be eaten but where Gods sanctuary was as within Ierusalem when the Temple was there built The second tithe is eaten by the owners within the walls of Ierusalem Deut. 14. 23. Whosoever eateth so much as an olive of the second tithe or drinketh of it the fourth part of a Log of wine without the wall of Ierusalem is to be beaten as it is written in Deut. 12. 17. thou maiest not eat within thy gates the tithe of thy corne or of thy wine or of thine oyle c. and hee is to bee beaten for every one in particular therefore if hee eat of them all three without the wall hee is beaten three times Maim in Maaser sheni chap. 2. sect 1. 5. This is meant they say if he eat thereof without the walls of Ierusalem after it is once brought in thither But if he eat of it before it commeth within the wall of Ierusalem hee is chastised with stripes ibid. sect 6. Of beating see Deut. 25. 2 3. and of the holy manner of eating it see Deut. 26. 14. his name in Chaldee his divine presence Shecinah whereby Gods presence with his Church in Christ and by his Spirit is meant see the notes on Exod. 34. 9. firstlings these were given to the Priests Num. 18. 15. Nehem. 10. 36. who had many other gifts of which some might not bee eaten but in the court of the sanctuary some of which number these firstlings were might not bee eaten but in the holy Citie and some might bee eaten every where See the annotations on Numb 18. to feare this is the end of this ordinance that the people might be enured with the feare religion and service of God for feare is sometime used generally for Gods worship Esay 29. 13. with Matt. 15. 8 9. And this feare they learned both by the action it selfe eating the tithe of all their fruits with joy and thankfulnesse to him that so blessed their land and labours the tenth whereof they consecrated unto him and by beholding the other holy things and religious actions performed by all Israel at their solemne feasts In this latter sense Chazkuni here expoundeth it thus That when thou goest up to the feast to eat thy second tithe and shalt see the Priests in their service and the Levites in their singing and the Israelites in their standing and the Synedrion or Magistrates fitting and judging the judgments of Israel and the Doctors teaching for from thence doctrine went forth unto all Israel thou maiest learne to feare the Lord thy God Vers. 24. too much for thee that is as the Greeke explaineth it be far away from thee to carry it in Greeke to carry them meaning the tithes fore-mentioned hath blessed thee that is hath given thee so great an increase that the tenth of them is more than thou canst carry to the
presence or Majestie Vers. 12. and thou shalt and may here imply the reason therefore thou shalt observe For they came out of Egypt to keepe a feast to the Lord in the wildernesse Exod. 5. 1 3. which they kept at mount Sinai where the Law was given at this time of Pentecost or of Weekes Exod. 19. 1. 11. and 24. 5. 11. In memoriall whereof this day was kept holy every yeere And when they were come into Canaan they brought two loaves of the first-fruits of their wheat harvest with many sacrifices unto them adjoyned Lev. 23. 17. 20. which increased the solemnity Last of all the Law of Christ was given by the Spirit in fiery tongues to his Apostles on this festivall day Act. 2. Vers. 13. Boothes or Tabernacles made with the boughes of trees Lev. 23. 34 40. See the Annotations there of thy floore and of thy winepresse that is thy fruits the corne which is threshed in the floore and the wine pressed out of the fat therfore it is called the feast of ingathering in the going out of the yeere when thou gatherest in thy labours out of the field Exod. 23. 16. Ver. 14. rejoyce in thy feast this is meant both of inward joy for the mercies of God past present to come by Christ and of outward manifestation of their joy by sacrifices of thanksgiving unto God and holy banquetting with the poore and ministers of the Lord as after he commandeth Verse 15. keepe a feast by offering of sacrifices in thankfulnesse to God for his blessings upon them and their land surely joyfull or onely joyfull with spirituall mirth serving the Lord. So the Apostle saith Rejoyce in the Lord alwaies againe I say rejoyce Phil. 4. 4. Vers. 16. Three times the times before and after mentioned the Passeover or vnleavened cakes the Feast of Weekes or Pentecost and the Feast of Boothes or Tabernacles see Exod. 23. 14. 17. and 34. 22 23. Of the speciall sacrifices of these Feasts see Levit. 23. and Numb 28. and 29. chapt he shall not appeare that is no man of Israel the Greeke saith as before thou shalt not appeare in Exod. 23. 15. it was said they shall not appeare before me emptie Thus here are three things required appearing keeping a feast vers 15. and rejoycing vers 14. every of which implied a sacrifice as is noted on Exod. 23. 15. Vers. 17. according to the gift of his hand that is Let every man appeare with a gift or oblation as he is willing and his hand can give which the Greeke explaineth Every one according to the ability of your hands Here beginneth the 48. section 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the Law See Genes 6. 9. and 28. 10. Vers. 18. Iudges and Officers in Chaldee Iudges and Avengers These were to judge causes and to execute the judgements the Officers are called in Hebrew Shotrim in Greeke Grammateis and Grammatoeisagogeis that is Scribes and as Hierom calleth them in Latine Masters Their worke was to speake and proclaime unto the people what they ought to doe Deut. 20. 5. 9. Ios. 1. 10 11. and 3. 2 3. and as the Hebrewes generally hold to see good orders kept lawes executed malefactors punished and the like Therefore they carried rods and weapons to execute justice as Praetors and Lictors in the ancient Romane Common-wealth and as Sheriffes and Constables in England There were both Iudges and Officers of all tribes and of the Levites 1 Chron. 23. 4. The Officers Shotrim had staves and whips and they stood before the Iudges and went about in the streets and into shops for to looke to right weights and measures and to smite all that did wrong and all that they did was by the mouth or commandement of the Iudges And in whomsoever they saw any foule matter they brought him to the Iudgement Hall where he was judged according to his wickednesse Maimony in Sanhedrin cha 1. sect 1. shalt thou give that is shalt make or constitute as the Greeke translateth The manner of making them is shewed in Deut. 1. 13 15. and what manner of persons were to be chosen is declared on Exod. 18. 21. thy gates the Greeke and Chaldee expound it thy cities But according to the bignesse of every citie so they appointed in Israel Courts of judgement the Hebrewes reckon three 1 The great Court in the Sanctuary called the great Synedrion where they set seventy Iudges and one as in Numb 11. 16. c. where seventy were added unto Moses 2 The Court of three and twenty of which they say there were two about the Temple the one at the Court-doore of the Sanctuary and the other at the doore of the mountaine of the Temple And in every citie of Israel wherein were 120. men or moe the lesser Synedrion of 23. sate in the gate of the citie 3 A citie wherein there were not 120. men they set therein three Iudges for there is no Court of lesse than three as Maimony sheweth in Sanhedrin ch 1. sect 3 4. giveth unto thee so within their owne Land Israel had this charge but not without the same as when they were dispersed into other nations Wee are not bound say they to constitute Iudgement Hâ—lls or Courts in every countrey and in everie citie but in the land of Israel onely c. as it is said in all thy gates which the Lord thy God giveth unto thee Maimony in Sanhedrin chap. 1. sect 2. judgement of justice that is as the Greeke translateth it just judgement which is when there is an equall and indifferent course of proceeding when the truth of the cause is discerned and when judgment passeth according to the Law Psal. 82. and 58. 2 3. So Christ saith Iudge not according to the appearance but judge just judgement Ioh. 7. 24. The Hebrewes say that the justice of judgement is an equality towards both parties in every matter that they let not the one speake so much as he seeth needfull and say to the other Be briefe in your speech and that they shew not a friendly countenance to the one and speake gently to him and frowne upon the other and speake roughly unto him That the one doe not sit and the other stand but both of them stand or if the Iudges please that they both sit and that the one sit not on high and the other below but one besides another It is unlawfull for the Iudge to heare the words of one of the parties before his fellow be come or out of the presence of his fellow and so the one partie is to be admonished that he relate not his cause to the Iudge before his fellow the other party be come c. Maim in Sanhedrin ch 21. Vers. 19. not wrest judgement not decline or pervert turne aside judgement not give wrong judgement for any cause as did Samuels sonnes who turned aside after lucre and tooke bribes and wrested or perverted judgement 1 Sam. 8. 3. See Deut. 24. 17. respect persons or
calleth it aberration This sinne Ieremy often imputeth to this people Ier. 3. 17. and 7. 24. and 9. 14. and 11. 8. and 16. 12. and 18. 12. and 23. 17. to adde the drunken to wit the drunken soule to the thirsty or the moist to the dry meaning to adde sinne unto sinne in abundance as in Esay 30. 1. The soule that desireth is said to thirst Psal. 63. 1 and as the godly doe hunger and thirst after righteousnesse Matt. 5. 6. so doe the wicked after unrighteousnesse and drinke it up like water Iob 34. 7. which when he hath glutted himselfe therewith hee may be said to have added drunkennesse to his thirst Some understand it also of punishment for sinne which the Chaldee favoureth translating that I may adde unto him the sinnes of ignorance unto the sinnes of presumption The Hebrew Sephoth to adde is sometime used for to consume or destroy as in Psal. 40. 15. in which sense the Greeke Interpreters tooke it here saying that the sinner destroy not also him that is without sinne Vers. 20. not spare or not forgive him in mercy For if wee walke in the light as God is in the light the bloud of Iesus Christ his Sonne cleanseth us from all sinne 1 Ioh. 1. 7. But God will not bee mercifull to any that unfaithfully commit iniquity Psal. 59. 6. jealousie which is the rage of a man that he will not spare in the day of vengeance Prov. 6. 34. applied here unto the Lord as in Exod. 20. 5. smoke in Greeke burne a signe of great displeasure as in Psal. 74. 1. shall lie upon him the Greeke and Chaldee translate shall cleave unto him See this word in Gen. 4. 7. Vers. 21. out of all the tribes in Greeke from all the sonnes of Israel that is from the communion of the Church whereto hee addeth daily such as shall be saved Act. 2. 47. even as before in v. 20. the man was separated from communion with God So he threatneth against the false Prophets they shall not be in the secret of my people neither shall they be writtē in the writing of the house of Israel neither shal they enter into the land of Israel Ezek. 13. 9. And this is a separation unto evill or for his hurt as on the contrary the Levites were separated for their good when they were designed to stand before the LORD to minister unto him c. Deut. 10. 8. that is written in Chaldee that are written meaning all and every one Vers. 22. made it sicke in Greeke which he hath sent upon it God here signifieth such a certainty of his judgments as all peoples within the Church and without should be witnesses of them Vers. 23. and salt which maketh the land barren as saltnesse is used for barrennesse in Psal. 107. 34. So Abimelech sowed the city with salt which hee made utterly desolate Iudg. 9. 45. and the wicked man shall dwell in a salt land and not inhabited Ier. 17. 6. and of mytie places which should not be healed it is said they shall bee given to salt Ezek. 47. 11. any grasse or any herbe in Greeke any greene thing which phrase is used in Rev. 9. 4. This signified a spirituall barrennesse in mens hearts that they should not bringforth the fruits of the Spirit Heb. 6 7 8. overthrow of Sodom whereof see Gen. 19. 24 25. with the Annotations Zebojim by the letters Zebiim but read Zebojim as is noted on Gen. 14. 〈◊〉 in Greeke Sebocim These two cities were destroyed with Sodom and Gomorrhe and so another Prophet saith unto Israel How shall I make thee as Admah shall I set thee as Zebojim Hos. 11. 8. in his anger to their condemnation 2 Pet. 2. 6. he overthrew them and repented not Ier. 20. 16. Vers. 24. shall say every man to his neighbour as Ier. 22. 8. that is one to another Vers. 25. stroke Hebr. cut that is made with them which the Greeke translateth covenanted or disposed with their fathers For things done to the fathers are applied to the children see v. 14 15. The like speech is in 1 King 9. 8 9. they shall say Why hath Iehovah done thus unto this land and to this house And they shall answer Because they have forsaken Iehovah their God who brought forth their fathers out of the land of Egypt c. which another Prophet recordeth thus Because they have forsaken Iehovah the God of their fathers who brought them forth out of the land of Egypt 2 Chron. 7. 22. So in Ier. 22. 8 9. Vers. 26. other gods in Chaldee the idols of the peoples gods whom they knew not or gods which knew not them and he had not imparted that is and hee to wit any of those gods had not imparted or bestowed any good thing upon them Thus the Chaldee Paraphrast expounds it and they had not done good unto them and Ionathan in Tharg and they had not divided unto them Or it may be referred to the true God that he had not imparted that is taught them to have any part or fellowship with those gods or their services The Greeke translateth neither had hee distributed unto them And whereas it is said of the Sunne Moone and Stars that God hath imparted them unto all nations Deut. 4. 19. this here may aggravate their idolatry that not onely worshipped such but even the fictions also of the heathens gods which they never saw knew or had any manner of benefit by them whereby their sinne was the moreodious Vers. 27. every curse the Greeke paraphraseth according to all the curses of the covenant which are written in the booke of this Law The accomplishment of this was acknowledged by Daniel The curse is powred upon us and the oath that is written in the Law of Moses the servant of God because we have sinned against him Dan. 9. 11. c. Vers. 28. rooted them out or plucked them up which is contrary to planting Ier. 24. 6. and 42. 10. and 45. 4. Thus the Law of Moses leaveth sinners under the curse and rooted out of the Lords land but grace in Christ towards repentant and beleeving sinners planteth them upon the land and they shall no more be plucked up Amos. 9. 15. for they are kept by the power of God through faith unto salvation 1 Pet. 1. 5. and cast them or sent them in the Hebrew the word cast hath an extraordinary great letter to signifie the greatnesse of this punishment And Baal Hatturim noteth upon it there is a great Lamed and a want of Iod to teach that there is no casting away like that of the ten tribes Whereof see 2 King 17. 18 23. Vers. 29. The secret things belong or hidden things are to be left unto Iehovah This is to be understood generally of all secret things which God hath not revealed in his word as the times or seasons which the father hath put in his owne power Act. 1. 7. the day and houre of judgment Matt. 24. 36.
thee c. So in Esay 46. 8. Shew your selves men make it returne to heart O yee transgressors and in Lam. 3. 21. This I make to returne to my heart therefore have I hope A like phrase is of the prodigall sonne in Luk. 15. 17. that hee came to himselfe Vers. 2. unto Iehovah the Chaldee expoundeth it unto the feare of the LORD This is true repentance both to leave the evill and to turne unto the good from which they departed So in Lament 3. 40. Let us search and try our waies and turne againe to the Lord. The contrary is complained of in Hos. 7. 16. they returne but not to the most high And here faith also is implyed for as to come unto Christ is to beleeve in him Ioh. 6. 35. so to turne unto the Lord with all the heart is to beleeve in him for with the heart man beleeveth unto righteousnesse Rom. 10. 10. and by faith the heart is purified Act. 15. 9. unto which obedience and good workes are adjoyned Iam. 2. 14 26. Vers. 3. will returne thy captivity will bring thee againe out of bondage under thine enemies which figured the bondage under sinne 2 Pet. 2. 19 20. Therefore the Greeke translateth it will heale thy sinnes that is will forgive them as healing in Matth. 13. 15. is expounded forgiving of sinnes Mark 4. 12. This is a promise of grace to be performed by Christ who preached deliverance to the captives Luk. 4. 18. and it is the joy of his people Psal. 14. 7. and 126. 1 2. and a figure of their salvation Esay 10. 22. compared with Rom. 9. 27. Him hath God exalted with his right hand to bee a Prince and Saviour for to give repentance to Israel and forgivenesse of sinnes Act. 5. 31. have compassion or shew tender mercie this is the cause of the former grace deliverance It is of Iehovahs mercies that we are not consumed because his compassions faile not Lament 3. 22. So the father of the Prodigall sonne seeing him a far off had compussion Luk. 15. 20. And this compassion or mercy respecteth mans misery Matth. 9. 36. and 14. 14. and gather thee So after the captivity of Babylon God promiseth He that scattered Israel will gather him and keepe him as a shepherd doth his flocke Ier. 31. 10. This worke Christ hath spiritually accomplished of whom it is said that hee should die not for the nation of the Iewes only but that also he should gather together in one the children of God that were scattered abroad Ioh. 11. 51 52. Therefore this gathering is often celebrated as in Psal. 107. 1 2 3. and 147. 1 2. and 106. 47 48. Vers. 4. If any of thine bee driven Hebr. If thy driven out speaking of every particular person and of all as one man The Greeke translateth If thy dispersion be that is thy dispersed which word is used in this sense in Ioh. 7. 35. 1 Pet. 1. 1. outmost part of the heavens that is of the world which seemeth to bee bounded by the heavens The Greeke translateth it from the end or outmost part of heaven unto the end of heaven which phrase Christ useth of gathering together his Elect at the last day Matt. 24. 31. See the notes on Deut. 4. 32. This promise Nehemias looked unto in his praier alleaging Gods words If yee transgresse I will scatter you abroad among the nations But if yee turne unto me and keepe my commandements and doe them though any of thine were driven out unto the outmost part of the heavens yet will I gather them from thence and bring them unto the place that I have chosen to set my name there Neh. 1. 8 9. thy God gather thee The Thargum called Ionathans expoundeth this to be the Word of the LORD and the performance to be by the hand of Elias and by the hand of the King Christ. Respecting as it seemeth the promise of Elias Mal. 4. 5 6. which was Iohn the Baptist the fore-runner of Christ Luk. 1. 16 17. Vers. 5. shalt possesse or shalt inherit it This is a promise of restoring them unto his Church figured by the land of Canaan Psal. 69. 36 37. Ezek. 36. 8 11 12 24 28 c. Vers. 6. will circumcise thine heart the Greeke translateth will purge or cleanse round about thine heart and both the Chaldee Paraphrasts expound it will take away the foolishnesse of thine heart and the foolishnesse of the heart of thy sonnes This is a promise of spirituall blessings in regeneration and sanctification by Christ in whom we are circumcised with the circumcision made without hands in putting off the body of the sinnes of the flesh by the circumcision of Christ buried with him in baptisme c. Col. 2. 11 12. And of this it is said Circumcision is that of the heart in the spirit not in the letter whose praise is not of men but of God Rom. 2. 29. See the Annot. on Gen. 17. The Hebrew Doctors in the Midrash or Commentary on Song 2. 12. from these words The time of pruning or of cutting the vines is come give this exposition For the time is come that Israel shall bee redeemed the time is come that the superfluous foreskin shall bee cut off which is spoken of in Deut. 30. 6. and the Lord thy God will circumcise thine heart c. where they apply this worke of grace unto Christ whom they looked for to love this is the effect of Christs circumcision that it taketh from us evill and giveth good Love being the fulfilling of the Law Rom. 13. 10. and implying all other graces as it is said I will give them one heart and one way that they may feare me all daies c. Ier. 32. 39. And I will give them one heart and I will put a new spirit within you and I will take the stony heart out of their flesh and will give them an heart of flesh that they may walke in my statutes and keepe my ordinances and doe them c. Ezek. 11. 19 20. that thou maist live so the Greeke translateth the Hebrew phrase for thy life meaning the life of God here by saith and holinesse Rom. 6. 11 13. and hereafter for ever in heaven as to enter into life Matt. 18. 9. is expounded to enter into the kingdome of God Mark 9. 47. Vers. 7. will put Hebr. will give Here follow earthly blessings which God of his grace will adde unto the former spirituall Of which one is the curses upon their enemies concerning which it is said Thou wilt render unto them a recompence O LORD according to the worke of their hands thou wilt give them sorrow of heart thy curse unto them thou wilt persecute in anger and destroy them from under the heavens of the LORD Lam. 3. 64 65 66. Vers. 8. hearken to or obey the voice which the Chaldee interpreteth receive the Word of the LORD so in vers 10. The condition of obedience is set before the temporall blessings for
their foolish despising of the Lord forementioned v. 15. The Iewes understand these things of the Chaldeans which caried them captive and so grieved them because it is written Behold the land of the Chaldeans this was not a people c. Esay 23. 13. But the Apostles exposition is heavenly shewing therejection of the Iewes for refusing Christ and calling of the Gentiles esteemed of them fooles for which the Iewes were angry as appeareth by Rom. 11. 14. 1 Thess. 2. 15 16. which Gentiles are called foolish because they were carried away after dumbe idols 1 Cor. 12. 2. Whereupon it is said They are altogether brutish and foolish the stocke is a doctrine of vanities Ier. 10. 8. They became vaine in their imaginations and their foolish heart was darkened professing themselves to be wise they became fooles Rom. 1. 21 22. Vers. 22. kindled in mine anger or burneth from mine anger or through my nostrill that is by the breath thereof By fire is meant Gods fiery judgments which by the enemy drought blasting and otherwaies he would bring upon their land Amos 2. 2 5. So in Ezek. 30. 8. God saith hee will set a fire in Egypt which the Chaldee there expoundeth peoples strong as fire but here the Chaldee translateth For an East winde strong as fire commeth forth from before me in anger As before God withdrew his good things from them so now hee threatneth to inflict evils upon their land and upon their persons the lowest hell or the hell of lownesse that is the lowest part of the earth for so Sheol or Hell here and often meaneth as Num. 16. 30 32 33. See the Annotations on Gen. 37. 35. This meaneth a most vehement fire which should burne downeward even to the middest of the earth the earth or the land wherein Israel dwelt which should be wasted with war drought c. that no man should dwel no fruits should grow thereon for God turneth springs of waters into dry ground a fruitfull land into saltnesse or barrennesse for the wickednesse of them that dwell therein Psal. 107. 33 34. So upon the famine in Israel the Prophet complaineth The fire hath devoured the pastures of the wildernesse and the flame hath burnt all the trees of the field Ioel 1. 4 19. foundations of the mounts that is the strongest places of the land Ierusalem it selfe founded on the holy mountaines was destroyed by the fire of Gods wrath Amos 2. 5. Lament 2. 1 2 3. So it is said The Lord hath kindled a fire in Sion and it hath devoured the foundations thereof Lam. 4. 11. Vers. 23. I will heap or will adde I will consume will spend evils on them the Greeke saith I will gather together evils against them These plagues concerne the people as the former did their land arrowes that is plagues that shall come suddenly and swiftly Zach. 9. 14. Arrowes meane plagues of all sorts as the Scriptures mention the evill arrowes of famine Ezek. 5. 16. of pestilence Psal. 91. 5. and other sicknesses Psal. 38. 2 3. Iob 6. 4. of warres Ier. 50. 14. of thunder lightning c. 2 Sam. 22. 14 15. And among the Gentiles this phrase was used as the pestilence is called an evill arrow by Homer in Iliad 1. Vers. 24. burnt in Greeke consumed Moses useth a word not elsewhere found in Hebrew but in the Chaldee it signifieth to heat or burne and so it may intimate their destruction by the Chaldeans at what time they were so burnt with famine that their visages were blacke as a cole their skin clave to their bones Lament 4. 8. Others translate it filled or mested so it answereth to their sinne who had filled themselves and kicked vers 15. and now for a punishment should bee filled with hunger This the Chaldee favoureth translating it blowne up or swollen with famine And this is the first evill arrow of famine as Ezek. 5. 16. the burning cole hereby the lightning or hot thunderbolt seemeth to be meant as in Psal. 78. 48. or the burning carbuncle a fiery ulcer on the body as in Habak 3. 5. this word is joyned with the pestilence Properly the word signifieth fiery coles Song 8. 6. figuratively it is applied to arrowes that flie Psal. 76. 4. The Greeke and Chaldee here expound it devoured with fowles bitter in Greeke incurable stinging plague in Hebrew Keteb which is the name of a deadly stinging disease joyned with the pestilence in Psal. 91. 6. which the Apostle translateth a sting in 1 Cor. 15. 55. from Hos. 13. 14. and so the Greeke there expoūdeth it But here the Greek calleth it the disease Opisthotonos which is a strange vehement disease in the necke when by the stiffenesse of the nerves or sinewes the necke is strained backward to the shoulders and killeth a man within foure daies as Cornel. Celsus sheweth in l. 4. c. 3. But it seemeth here to be more generall for the pest and other terrible sicknesses wherby God soone cutteth off the life of man with bitternesse The Chaldee expoundeth it evill spirits the teeth Hebr. the tooth of beasts wild beasts to devoure men and cattell see Levit. 26. 22. Ezek. 5. 17. and 14. 21. serpents or creeping things wormes the Chaldee translateth it dragons that creepe in the dust The wild beasts kill by force wormes and serpents by secret subtilty Vers. 25. Without abroad out of the cities the sword of the enemy by warres bereave or rob to wit all sorts and sexes as after followeth Thus God threatneth his foure sore judgments mentioned in Ezek. 14. 21. Revel 6. 8. the sword and the famine and the evill beasts and the pestilence to cut off from them man and beast terrour inward terrours of conscience whereof see Iob 15. 20 24. terrours of death as Psal. 55. 5. and so the Chaldee translateth it dread of death meaning that they should even die through feare both the young man to wit shall be bereaved so all sorts shall be cut off with these judgements Vers. 26. scatter them into corners or drive them from corner to corner in Greeke disperse them in Chaldee destroy them Here God sheweth the measure of their punishments which though they deserved to have in all extremity yet hee would moderate in mercy Vers. 27. Were it not or but that I feare the wrath or provocation of the enemie God speaketh these things after the manner of men and in regard of his glory that the enemy should not blaspheme he would spare Israel from utter destruction So God pleadeth also with them in Ezek. 20. 13 14 21 22 44. behave themselves strangely or make strange of the matter deny and dissemble the truth of the thing which the Chaldee expoundeth magnifie themselves Compare Psal. 140. 8. Or it may meane the strange and inhumane dealing of the enemies against Israel Vers. 28. For they that is the Israelites as the next verse sheweth and it is a reason of the destruction which God thought to have brought upon
20. with his next friend or his neighbour his friend with whom he is associate Sometime this word is used for a speciall friend 2 Sam. 13. 3. Psal. 35. 14. Prov. 17. 17. but often generally for a neighbour or next as the new Testament translateth it in Greeke Mat. 19. 19. from Levit. 19. 18. And who is our neighbour our Lord teacheth us Luke 10. 29 36. with lip of flatteries that is smooth deceitfull speeches as the Greeke translateth deceitfull lips a lip being sometime put for a speech or language Gen. 11. 1. Of such deceivers that had taught their tongues to speake lies Ieremy also complaineth Chap. 9. vers 4 5. a heart and a heart that is a double heart and deceitfull So stone and stone Ephah and Ephah Deut. 23. 13. 14. meaning double and deceitfull weights and measures The men of Zabulun are commended for that they were not thus of a heart and a heart 1 Chron. 12. 33. The Greeke translateth with a heart and a heart he speaketh evill things Vers. 5. our lips are with us or are ours that is we have skill power and liberty to speake who shall controll us Vers. 6. I will rise up the Chaldee addeth will rise up to judgement set in salvation that is deliver out of all misery and safely settle in health and prosperous estate he shall have breathing or he meaning God will give breathing or respiration to him that is to every poore man as after in vers 8. or hee will breath out that is speake plainly to him The Greeke changing the person translateth parrhesiásomai that is I will speake plainly with him So it noteth the bold assured comfort which God by promise giveth to the afflicted whose faithfull word is therefore commended in the verse following This word sometime is used for plaine and confident breathing out or uttering of the truth Habak 2. 3. Prov. 12. 17. Or we may understand it of the wicked thus I will set in salvation him whom he puffeth at that is whom the wicked boldly defieth as this word was used before Psal. 10. 5. or whom he hath insâ—ared The Chaldee expoundeth it I will appoint salvation for my people but against the wicked I will testifie evill Vers. 7. The sayings or the words promises tried examined fined as in fire The like praise of Gods pure word is in Psalm 18. 31. and 119. 140. Prov. 30. 5. a subliming furnace of earth This furnace called Ghnalil a sublimatorie of subliming or causing to ascend upward is the best and choisest vessell for trying and subliming of metall called therefore in Greeke Dokimion a Triall And the Apostle hath the like word for a Triall of faith better than gold 1 Pet. 1. 7. seven times or seven fold that is many times fully and sufficiently Seven is a perfect number used for many 1 Sam. 2. 5. Prov. 24. 16. and 26. 25. Vers. 8. preserve him that is every one of them so before in the end of the sixt verse and often in the Scripture like sudden change of number may be observed It may also be read prayer-wise keepe them preserve him The Greeke changeth person also saying wilt keepe us and preserve us from this generation that is from the men of this generation as when Christ said Whereto shall I liken this generation Mat. 11. 16. he meant Whereto shall I liken the men of this generation Luke 7. 31. The like may be seene in Mat. 12. 42. compared with Luke 11. 31. The originall word Dor that is generation race or age hath the signification of durance or durable dwelling and abiding Psal. 84. 11. and so noteth the whole age or time that a man dureth in this world Eccles. 1. 4. and so consequently for a multitude of men that live together in any age as here and Deut. 1. 35. and in many other places Vers. 9. vilenesse or vile luxuriousnesse riotize The word Zulluth here used is derived from Zolel that is a rioter glutton or luxurious person Deut. 21. 20. Prov. 23. 21. and consequently one vile contemptible and nought worth opposed unto the precious Ier. 15. 19. And here vilenesse or riotize may either be meant of the vice it selfe or of vicious doctrine opposed to Gods precious word before spoken of vers 7. or a vile and riotous person may so be called for more vehemencie sake as Pride for the proud man Psalm 36. 12. The Greeke translateth thus according to thine highnesse thou hast much increased or made abundant the sons of men The Chaldee thus the wicked walke round about as an horsleech that sucketh the bloud of the sonnes of men PSAL. XIII David complaineth of delay in helpe 4 prayeth for mercy 6 and glorieth therein To the Master of the Musicke a Psalme of David HOw long Iehovah wilt thou forget me for ever how long wilt thou hide thy face from me How long shal I set counsels in my soule sorrow in my heart by day how long shall my enemie be exalted above me Behold answer thou me Iehovah my God lighten thou mine eyes lest I sleepe the death Lest my enemy say I have prevailed against him my distressers be glad when I am moved But I in thy mercy doe I trust my heart shall be glad in thy salvation I will sing to Iehovah for he hath bounteously rewarded unto me Annotations HIde thy face that is withdraw thy favourable countenance and comfort which the Chaldee expoundeth the brightnesse of thy face This is contrary to the lifting up of the light of Gods face Psal. 4. 7. and importeth trouble and griefe and is caused by sinne and is the cause of many adversities and discomforts Deut. 31. 17. 18. Isa. 59. 2. Ezek. 39. 23 24 29. therefore this Prophet doth often complaine hereof and pray against iâ— Psalm 30. 8. and 104. 29. and 88. 15. and 69. 18. and 102. 3. and 143. 7. and 27. 9. Vers. 3. set counsels that is consult and devise with my selfe how to escape by day that is daily in Greeke day and night Vers. 4. lighten my eyes that is make them see cleare and consequently make me joyfull for the light of the eyes rejoyceth the heart Prov. 15. 30. Or keepe me alive which sense the words following seeme to imply and the like speeches in Prov. 29. 13. Eccles. 11. 7 8. The eyes are said to be inlightened when penurie sorrow sicknesse or other affliction whereby they were dulled is done away and the senses by some meanes refreshed 1 Sam. 14. 27. 29. Esr. 9. 8. also when ignorance is by Gods Word and Spirit done out of the minde Psal 19. 9. Ephes. 1. 18. See also Psal. 38. 11. left I sleepe or that I sleepe not the death meaning the sleepe of death that is lest I die For death is often called sleepe in the Scripture Psal. 76. 6. Iob 3. 13. and 14. 12. Act. 7. 60. and 13. â—6 the sleepe of eâ—ernitie Ier. 51. 39. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus Enlighten mine eyes in
secret in the secret place of his tent on a rocke he will exalt me And now shall mine head be lifted up above my enemies round about me and I will sacrifice in his tent sacrifices of shouting I will sing and sing Psalme to Iehovah Heare Iehovah my voice when I call and be gracious to me and answer me To thee said my heart seeke yee my face thy face Iehovah I doe seeke Hide thou not thy face from me turne not aside in anger thy servant thou hast been my succour leave me not neither forsake me O God of my salvation Though my father and my mother should forsake me yet Iehovah would gather me Teach me Iehovah thy way and lead me in the path of righteousnesse because of my enviers Give me not to the soule of my distressers for witnesses of falshood doe stand up against me and he that breatheth violent wrong Except I had beleeved to see the goodnesse of Iehovah in the land of the living Earnestly expect thou for Iehovah be confirmed and let thine heart wax strong and earnestly expect thou for Iehovah Annotations OF David the Greeke addeth before hee was anointed my light that is my comfort joy c. So God and Christ are often called the light or illumination of his people Mic. 7. 8. Esas 16. 19 20. and 10. 17. Luk. 1. 79. and 2. 32. Rev. 21. 23. Ioh. 1. 4. and 8. 12. The Chaldee expoundeth it The word of the Lord is my light the strength or strong fort fortification see Psal. 28. 8. Vers. 2. made battell or came neere against me to wit in fight So this word is used for battell Psal. 55. 19 22. my enemies to me a vehement manner of speech as 2 Sam. 22. 2. my deliverer to me noting against whom in speciall their hatred was bent Vers. 3. if war that is warriers or an-armie as the word is used Iosh. 8. 11. See also Psal. 76. 4. Vers. 4. One thing or One request as is expressed 1 King 2. 20. 1 Sam. 2. 20. For such want of words to be supplied see the notes on Psal. 10. 10. that I may sit that is dwell or abide to view the pleasantnesse to see the pleasantnesse or amenitie of Iehovah and consequently to enjoy it The Tabernacle had the figure and patterne of heavenly things in Christ Hebr. 8. 5. which David in spirit here desireth to contemplate The Hebrew phrase is view in the pleasantnesse and after in the 13. vers see in the goodnesse which signifieth to have the fruition use and enjoying of pleasure and goodnesse Eccles. 2. 1. And as to seeke in Iehovah 2 Chron. 34. 26. is to seeke Ichovah 2 King 22. 18. so to see in the good is to see the good and enjoy it So in Psal. 106. 5. and 128. 5. and 50. 23. to inquire or seeke early that is diligently Vers. 5. will keepe privily or hide me that is keepe me safe as in the most holy of his Sanctuary into which none might enter Levit. 16. 2. called therefore Gods hidden place Ezek. 7. 22. and his Saints are his hidden ones Psal. 83. 4. Vers. 6. sacrifices of shouting or of triumph of joyfull sounding and alarme This hath respect to the law which appointed over the sacrifices trumpets to be sounded Numb 10. 10. whose chiefest most loud joyfull and triumphant sound was called Trughnah Triumph alarme or Iubilation Numb 10. 5 6 7. So to other instruments this triumphant noise is adjoyned Psal. 33. 3. and is applied sometime to mans voice or shouting Ios. 6. 5. 1 Sam. 4. 5. Ezra 3. 11. See also Psal. 89. 16. and 47. 6. and 81. 2. and 100. 1. Vers. 8. seeke yee my face an unperfect speech which wee may supply and explaine thus thou saidest seeke yee my face and this thy commandement my heart minded and spake of to thee in my tentations and I made it a ground of my action and request following See a much like defect of a word in 1 King 20. 34. To seeke the face is of desire to see heare and know 1 King 10. 24. and to pray and aske counsell in doubts and distresses c. 2 Sam. 21. 1. Hos. 5. 15. So Psal. 105. 4. Vers. 10. Though my father c. should see the like in Esay 49. 15. Or For my father c. have forsaken me but Iehovah will gather me that is receive and take me to him So the word gathering is also used Judg. 19. 15. Ios. 20. 4. Mat. 23. 37. He meaneth that God would be a father unto him Vers. 12. to the soule that is to the will lust or desire So Soule is for will Psal. 41. 3. and 105 22. Ezek. 16. 27. and for lust Psal. 78. 18. the Chaldee expoundeth it the will that breatheth or puffeth out See Psal. 10. 5. Vers. 13. Except I had beleeved an unperfect speech where we may understand I should have fainted or They had overthrowne me if I had not beleeved but the Greeke saith I beleeve to see the good things of the Lord. Land of the living that is where men live in this world and in speciall the land of Canaan the seat of Gods Church Ezek. 26. 20. So Psal. 52. 7. and 116 9. and 142. 6. Iob 28. 13. For by death men are said to be cut out of the land of the living Esay 53. 8. and 38. 11. Jer. 11. 19. but the Chaldee expounds it the land of life eternall and that was figured by the land of Canaan Vers. 14. be confirmed be comfortable hold fast as the Greeke hath be manly or quit thee as a man which word the Apostle useth 1 Cor. 16. 13. These are the words of incouragement against remisnesse feare faintnesse of heart or other infirmities as Deut. 31. 6 7. Ios. 10. 25. 1 Chron. 22. 13. Dan. 10. 19. let thy heart wax strong so also the Greeke turneth it or we may reade it he will strengthen thy heart So after in Psal. 31. 25. PSAL. XXVIII David prayeth for deliverance from his enemies 6 He blesseth God for hearing and helping him 9 He prayeth for the Lords people APsalme of David Vnto thee Iehovah doe I call my rocke cease not as deafe from me lest thou be silent from me and I be made like to them that go downe the pit Heare thou the voice of my supplications for grace when I cry out unto thee whē I lift up my hands unto the oracle of thine holinesse Draw me not with the wicked and with the workers of iniquitie that speake peace with their neighbours and malice is in their heart Give thou to them according to their worke and according to the evill of their practises according to the deed of their hands give thou to them tender their reward unto them Because they will not discreetly attend unto the workes of Iehovah and to the deed of his hands he will breake them down and will not build them up Blessed be Iehovah for he hath heard the voice of my
the same Vers. 5. to the remembrance or for it that is that his holinesse may be had in remembrance as Isa. 26. 17. So Psal. 97. 12. Vers. 6. a moment or little while For Gods anger towards his and their affliction is short and moment any as Isa. 54. 7 8. 2 Cor. 4. 17. life or lives meaning a blessing and the continuance of it as Psal. 133. 3. and 21. 5. Life is here opposed to a moment So yeares of life meane many good yeares Prov. 3. 2. and the Chaldee here for life saith life eternall lodgeth that is abideth or he meaning God causeth weeping to lodge as if it should be an abiding guest So another Prophet saith At even tide loe there is trouble but afore the morning it is gone Isa. 17. 14. The Chaldee here translateth the latter part thus in the morning he raiseth up with song Vers. 7. in my safe quietnesse or tranquillitie Gods children have so great infirmities that in prosperity they are too secure as David sheweth here and Iob in chap. 29. 18 19 20. and in adversitie they are too fearefull as David elsewhere doth confesse Psal. 31. 23. and 116. 11. Vers. 8. setled or made stand that is reared up constituted and stablished sure So this phrase importeth Psal. 107. 25. and 31. 9. to my mountaine that is mount Sion where Davids house or court was or figuratively he meaneth his kingdome as Isa. 2. 2. Dan. 2. 35 44. See Psal. 65. 7. thy face thy favourable countenance the Chaldee calleth it Shecinah the divine Majestie of God Vers. 10. what profit what gaine or use will there be in my bloud which here may meane his violent death as in Psal. 72. 14. unto corruption the grave or place where the body rotteth See Psal. 16. 10. shall dust that is my body when it is turned to dust The Chaldeesaith they that lie in the dust See the like in Psal. 6. 6. and 88. 11. and 115. 17. Isa. 38. 18. Vers. 12. to a dance which is a signe of joy Ier. 31. 4 13. therefore the Greeke turneth it here joy The contrary is in Lam. 5. 15. where their dance is turned into mourning loosed my sacke or done off my sackcloth which was wont to be worne in time of sorrow Esth. 4. 1. Ion. 3. 6. Psal. 35. 13. Vers. 13. my glory so the Greeke putteth to the word my by glory meaning the tongue or soule See Psal. 16. 9. But the Chaldee translateth That the glorious ones of the world may praise thee silenced or made silent which is when men are cut off by death as Psal. 31. 18. PSAL. XXXI David shewing his confidence in God craveth his helpe 8 rejoyceth in his mercies 10 prayeth in his calamities 20 professeth Gods goodnesse to such as feare him 22 blesseth him for the mercies that hee had found 24 and encourageth all the Saints To the Master of the Musicke a Psalme of David IN thee Iehovah doe I hope for safety let me not be abashed for ever in thy justice deliver mee Bow unto mee thine eare speedily rid me be thou to me for a rocke of firme strength for a house of fortresses to save me For thou art my firme rocke and my fortresse and for thy Names sake wilt guide me and lead me Thou wilt bring me forth out of the net that they have hid for me for thou art my firme strength Into thy hand doe I commit my spirit thou hast redeemed me Iehovah God of truth I have hated them that observe vanities of vaine falshood and I unto Iehovah doe I trust I will be glad and rejoyce in thy mercie which hast seene my affliction hast knowne my soule in distresses And hast not shut me up in the hand of the enemie hast made my feet stand in a large roomth Be gracious to me Iehovah for distresse is on me gnawne is with indignation mine eye my soule and my belly For my life is quite spent with pensivenesse and my yeares with sighing my able strength is decayed mith my iniquity and my bones are gnawne With all my distressers I am a reproach and to my neighbours vehemently and a dread to my knowne acquaintance seeing mee in the street they fled from mc. I am forgotten as a dead man out of heart I am as a vessell of perdition For I heare the infamie of many fearfulnesse from every side when they plot together against me they craftily purpose to take my soule But I unto thee doe I trust Iehovah I said thou art my God In thy hand are my times rid thou me from the hand of my enemies and from my persecutours Make thy face to shine upon thy servant save me through thy mercy Iehovah let me not be abashed for I doe call upon thee let the wicked be abashed let them be silenced to hell Let the lips of falshood be mute that speake against the just an hard word in haughtinesse and despight How much is thy goodnesse which thou hast laid up for them that feare thee hast wrought for them that hope for safety in thee before the sonnes of Adam Thou keepest them secret in the secret of thy face from the rough prides of man dost lay them up in a pavilion from the strife of tongues Blessed be Ichovah for hee hath made marvellous his mercy to mee in a citie of strong defence And I said in my hastening away I am cut downe from before thine eyes yet certainly thou heardest the voice of my supplications for grace when I cried out unto thee Love ye Iehovah all his gracious Saints Iehovah keepeth the faithful and repayeth abundantly him that doth haughtinesse Be ye confirmed and let your heart wax strong all that hopefully wait for Iehovah Annotations IN thee the Chaldee saith in thy word Vers. 3. a house of fortresses a place of defences a most safe hold David being often forced to take such forts for his safetie did not make them but God his strength See 1 Sam. 22. 4. and 23. 14 19. and 24. 1 23. 2 Sam. 5. 7. 9. Vers. 6. commit my spirit or commend depose of trust to be kept Such words our Lord Christ uttered on the Crosse to his Father Luke 23. 46. Vers. 7. I have hated in Greeke Thou hast hated Compare Psal. 139. 21. Vanities of vaine falshood that is most vaine false and lying vanities The word vanitie Hebel here used besides vaine worldly things against which Solomon writeth Eccles. 1 c. meaneth in speciall idolatry for Idols are often called vanities as being light vile and things of nought Deut. 32. 21. 1 King 16. 26. 2 King 17. 15. Ier. 2. 5. and 8. 19. and 10. 15. and 14. 22 c. They that observe lying vanities forsake their owne mercy Ionas 2. 8. Vers. 8. hast knowne my soule that is acknowledged cared for and as the Greeke translateth saved it See Psal. 1. 6. Vers. 9. not shut me up or closed me that is not given me into their power So
Iehovah 13. Who is the man that willeth life that loveth dayes to see good 14. Keepe thy tongue from evill and thy lips from speaking guile 15. Eschew evill and doe good seeke peace and pursue it 16. The eyes of Iehovah are unto the just and his eares unto their outcrie 17. The face of Iehovah is against them that do evill to cut off their memoriall from the earth 18. They cried and Iehovah heard and rid them free out of all their distresses 19. Iehovah is neere to the broken of heart and the contrite of spirit hee will save 20. Many are the evils of the just and out of them all Iehovah will rid him free 21. He keepeth all his bones one of them is not broken 22. Evill shall slay the wicked and they that hate the just shall be condemned as guiltie 23. Iehovah redeemeth the soule of his servants and they shall not be condemned as guiltie all that hope for safetie in him Annotations HIs behaviour or his sense reason properly the taste as in verse 9. Iob 6. 6. and often other-where which is used both for ones inward sense or reason and outward gesture and demeanour as the Greeke here translateth it face because by it a man is discerned and judged to be wise or foolish as meats are discerned by the taste David when he was afraid of the King of Gath changed his behaviour before them and sained himselfe mad in their hands scrabbled on the doores of the gate and let his spittle fall downe upon his beard 1 Sam. 21. 12 13. Abimelech whose proper name was Achish King of Gath a citie of the Philistims 1 Sam. 21. 10. and as every King of Egypt was called Pharaoh Gen. 41. 1. Exod. 5. 1. 1 King 11. 18. so every King of the Philistims was called Abimelech that is Father King Gen. 20. 2. and 26. 1. had driven or expelled For Achish said to his servants which had taken and brought David to him Loe ye see the man is beside himselfe wherefore have ye brought him to me have I need of mad men c. So David departed thence 1 Sam. 21. 14 15. and 22. 1. Vpon that he made this Psalme Vers. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or in every seasoâ— See Psal. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 T 〈…〉 〈◊〉 is also composed according to the order 〈◊〉 the Hebr eâ—â— Alphabet as it observed on Psal. 25. 1. Vers. 3 shall glgrie or joyfully boast For so the Apostie expoundeth this word which properly signifieth to praise ones selfe 1 Cor. 1. 31. from Ier. 9. 23 24. So in Psal. 52. 3. and 97. 7. and 105. 3. and 106. 5. Vers. 4. Magnifie or Make grâ—at to wit by praising So Deut. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 3. Give ye greatnesse unto our God Vers. 6. They looked to wit the meeke mentioned before vers 3. or generally they that looke and flow unto him flowed ran as a river the like similitude is Isa. 2. 2. and 60. 5. Ier. 31. 12. and 51. 44. be not ashamed or shall not be ashamed which word in the originall signifieth digging as Psal. 35. 7. applied to shame which causeth men to seeke to hide themselves as is lively described Rev. 6. 15 16. Vers. 8. The Angel that is the Angels for hee speaketh of an host And often in the Hebrew one is put for a muititude as the inhabitant for the inhabitants 2 Sam. 5. 6. with 1 Chron. 11. 4. So frog for 〈◊〉 Psal. 78. 45. tree for troes quaile for quailes Psal. 105. 33. 40. See the note on Psal. 8. 9. pitcheth a campe a similitude taken from warres as Psal. 27. 3. So Iakob when the Angels of God met him said This is Gods campe or host Gen. 32. 1 2. Likewise about Elishah the mountaine was full of horses and chariots of fire 2 Kings 6. 17. See also Psal. 91. 11 12. Vers. 9. Taste and see that is make triall and you shall find that God is good sweet and delectable and you will the more desire him Thus the Apostle applieth these words saying as new borne babes desire yee the sincere milke of the word that yee may grow thereby if so be ye have tasted that the Lord is good 1 Pet. 2. 2 3. 〈◊〉 in him The Chaldee expoundeth it in his word Vers. 10. Feare Iehovah under this word Feare is comprehended Gods whole worship as is shewed on Psal. 19. 10. and the walking in his wayes as it is expounded in 2 Chr. 6. 31. compared with 1 King 8. 40. and Psal. 128. 1. Vers. 11. Lions Lurking lions whereof see Psal. 7. 3. which are lusty strong toothed fierce roaring ravenous as appeareth by Psal. 58. 7. and 104. 21. Mic. 5. 8. Ezek. 19. 3. 5 6. 7. Iob â—9 1 2. And hereby may be meant the rich and mighty of the world whom God often bringeth to miserie and so the Greeke for Lions putteth here the rich Tyrants and strong men are sometime called Lions Ier. 2. 15. 1. Chr. 11. 22. Nahum 2. 13. See Luke 1. 53. are impoverished or suffer penurie See Iob 4. 10 11. Prov. 10. 3. that seeke Iehovah Chaldee that seeke the doctrine of the Lord. Vers. 13. that willeth that is faine would have and delighteth dayes to see good that is to enjoy good many dayes which the Apostle following the Seventie expresseth thus to see good daies 1 Pet. 3. 10. that is dayes of prosperitie pleasure comfort Vers. 14. Keepe thy tongue to wit by restraining and making it cease from evill as the Apostle teacheth 1 Pet. 3. 10. Vers. 16. their outcrie or their deprecation their prayer for need as the Greeke which the Apostle followeth expresseth it Vers. 17. The face that is open anger Lev. 17. 10. So the Chaldee expoundeth it The face of the Lord is angry against evill doers See Psalm 21. 10. Vers. 18. They cried that is as the Greeke faith The just cried and the Chaldee the just prayed Vers. 19. the broken of heart them that have their hearts broken and their spirits contrite or humble for their sinnes See the like speeches Psal. 51. 19. and 147. 3. Isa. 57. 15. and 61. 1. Ier. 23. 9. Luke 4. 18. Vers. 20. the evils that is griefes and afflictions as Deut. 31. 17. Psal. 27. 5. and 88. 4. Mat. 6. 34. the word also may import sinnes and vices as Psal. 28. 3. and 94. 23. So after in verse 22. Vers. 22. slay the wicked or doe him die kill him because he shall not be delivered there-from as the just man is vers 20. The Greeke and Chaldee expound it The death of sinners of the wicked is evill condemned as guilty and consequently perish See Psal. 5. 11. Vers. 23. all that hope that is any one of them So all is used for any Psal. 147. 20. PSAL. XXXV David prayeth for his owne safety and his enemies confusion 11 He complaineth of their wrongfull dealing and sheweth his contrary carriage 22 Therby he inciteth God against them A Psalme of David PLead thou Iehovah with them that plead with me
Halelujah The fifth unto the 150 Psalme ended with Halelujah Vers. 1. Korach this was the Levite that rose up and rebelled against Moses and Aaron for which God destroyed him and his family and all that took part with him Numb 16. Howbeit there were of his sons that died not Numb 26. 11. departing as it seemeth from their fathers tents as all were counselled Numb 16. 24 26. Of his race came Samuel the Prophet and Heman his nephew was a singer 1 Chron. 6. 33. To those sons of Korah this and sundrie other Psalmes are commended which for the most part are songs of comfort against afflictions and sorrowes The Chaldee expoundeth the title thus To laud with good understanding by the hands of the sons of Korah Vers. 2. As the Hinde or the Hart a beast thirstie by nature and whose thirst is increased when shee is hunted The Hinde the female is here meant as the word annexed she brayeth and the Greeke article hee l 〈…〉 manifest And in females the passions are stronger than in males desirously brayeth in Greeke desireth This word is used but here and in Joel 1. 20. O Lord the beasts of the field bray also unto thee Vers. 3. thirsteth that is earnestly desireth So Psal. 63. 2. Of thirst for Gods grace and spirit see Isa. 55. 1. Ioh. 7. 37. Rev. 22. 17. the living God so called here because he is the well of living that is of continuall springing waters Ier. 17. 13. abundantly refreshing those that come to him Or living is opposed to the dead that is false Gods Psal. 106. 28. 1 Thess. 1. 9. yee turned from idols to serve the living and true God Or living that is lively powerfull effectuall as Psalm 38. 20. Hebr. 10. 31. the Chaldee saith living and permanent before the face of God that is before his Arke or Tabernacle wherein he dwelt among men So that which in 1 Chron. 13. 10. is before God in 2 Sam. 6. 7. is with the Arke of God And there all men were bound to appeare or be seene before God three times a yeare Exod. 23. 17. and 34. 23 24. And here the word before or unto is to be understood as often in the Hebrew which sometime is supplied as may be seene by comparing 2 Sam. 10. 2. with 1 Chron. 19. 2. and 1 King 22. 29. with 2 Chron. 18. 28. The Chaldee expoundeth it when shall I goe in to see the brightnesse of the Majesty or Divine presence of the LORD Vers. 4. to me bread that is my bread my food So bread of teares Psal. 80. 6. they say my foes as vers 11. or while it is said all the day or every day as the Greeke turneth it Vers. 5. These things namely my absence from Gods face vers 3. and my adversaries reproach vers 4. The Chaldee addeth These signes I remember powre out upon me or shed within me or by my selfe This noteth exceeding sorrow or fainting like that in Iob 30. 16. And now my soule powreth out it selfe upon mee and the daies of affliction have tooke bold on me So 1 Sam. 1. 15. Lam. 2. 12. throng a multitude preasing to goe before God the Chaldee expoundeth it a shadow saying When shall I goe under the shadow shall I together be strengthned in the tents of the just in the house of the Sanctuary of the Lord c. keeping festivitie or with a multitude dancing or keeping a feast For at their solemne assemblies they kept feasts Exod. 23. 14. with dancing eating drinking and joy Exod. 32. 5 6 19. Iudg. 21. 19 21. Deu. 16. 14 15. Vers. 6. Why lowest thou downe to wit with sorrow and therefore the Greeke turneth it why art thou sorrowfull For Sorrow or Care in a mans heart boweth it downe but a good word rejoyceth it Prov. 12. 25. the salvations understand and or for the salvations that is the full salvation or perfect deliverance So the Chaldee saith for the redemption which is from his face of his face that is which his face favour and gracious presence giveth unto me The Greeke readeth thus the salvation of my face and my God transplacing the Hebrew letters as in the last verse Compare Psal. 59. 10 18. Vers. 7. for that I remember and cannot come before thee as vers 3. or therefore I will minde thee seeing I have no way else to comfort mee in my absence from thee The Chaldee referreth it to others therefore they remember thee which dwell on the other side of Iordan the land of Jordan which lay eastward from Ierusalem where Gods Sanctuary was and Hermonim that is the inhabitants or the mountaines of Hermon which was a high mount in the North parts of the land called also mount Shirjon See Psal. 29. 6. the little mount so is the Greeke others make it a proper name Mount Mitsar Hee may meane the southerne mountaines that were small in respect of Hermon Mount being put for mounts as chariot for chariots Psal. 20. 8. But the Chaldee much differeth saying and the people which received the law at mount Sinai wich is low and little But that seemeth not to be meant here Vers. 8. Deepe unto deepe calleth that is one Affliction or temptation followeth and occasioneth another without intermission of trouble A deepe abisme or Gulfe is a place of many waters signifying great afflictions Ezek. 26. 19. Ion. 2. 5. The Chaldee translateth the higher deepe calleth the lower deepe billowes such are most dangerous to drowne they have their name of breaking as the next word waves of wallowing or tumbling both signifie afflictions So Psal. 88. 8. Ion. 2. 3. Vers. 9. command his mercy that is appoint or send it with speed power and authoritie a phrase taken from the Law and often used for more vehemencie or because God by his Angels procureth good to his people Deut. 28. 8. Levit. 25. 21. 2 Sam. 17. 14. So after in Psal. 44. 5. and 133. 3. and 71. 3. and 68. 29. and 7. 7. and 91. 11. his song that is cause and matter for me to sing him praise So God is said to give songs in the night Iob 35. 10. See also Isa. 30. 29. a prayer to wit I shall make a prayer And some Psalmes are intituled prayers as Psal. 17. 1. and 90. 1. and 102. 1. and 142. 1. Habak 3. 1. Vers. 10. sad mournfull See Psal. 35. 14. Vers. 11. with a murdering weapon Retsach murder seemeth here to be a sword or weapon of murdering as pride is a proud person Psalm 36. 12. meaning that his adversaries words did sorely affect and grieve him as if a dagger had beene thrust into his bones For reproachfull words are piercing like swords Psal. 57. 5. and 59. 8. Vers. 12. salvations of my face that is he which giveth me full manifest and apparant salvation or present deliverance See before vers 6. according to which the Chaldee translateth it here for the redemption which is from his face PSAL. XLIII He prayeth to be delivered
world to come Vers. 17. Feare thou not that is be not dismayed or overcome with feare The Hebrew phrase usually when it counselleth or prayeth against a thing meaneth the height full measure of it So feare not Gen. 50. 19. and grieve not Gen. 45. 5. that is be not overcome with griefe So lead us not into temptation Mat. 6. 13. that is let us not be overcome with temptation 1 Cor. 10. 13. Therefore that which one Evangelist writeth Feare not Mat. 28. 5. another writeth be not astonied Mark 16. 6. nothing the excesse of feare Vers. 18. take any thing Hebr. take of all that is ought of all that he hath For we brought nothing into the world and it is certaine that we can carry nothing out 1 Tim. 6. 7. Iob 1. 21. Vers. 19. Though in his life that is whiles he liveth So Psal. 63. 5. and 104. 33. and 146. 2. he blesseth his soule that is himselfe as it is written Soule thou hast much goods laid up for many yeares live at ease eat drinke and take thy pastime Luke 12. 19. will confesse thee will commend laud and celebrate thee doest good to thy selfe that is makest much of cherishest pamperest thy selfe So good is used for worldly pleasure and emoluments Psal. 4. 7. Vers. 20. It shall come to wit the soule forespoken of or the person or Thou shalt come to the generation of his fathers that is to his wicked predecessors that are dead and gone as the godly also at their death are gathered to their fathers and people Iudg. 2. 10. Deut. 32. 50. Or to the habitation of his fathers their house or lodge for so Dor is used for an habitation Esa. 38. 12. The Chaldee applieth this first branch to the just the latter to the wicked The memorie of the just shall come to the generation of the fathers but the wicked for ever and ever shall not see the light to continuall aye they shall not see or which for ever shall not see the light to wit the light of the living here on earth as Psal. 56. 14. Iob 33. 28 30. nor the light of joy in the world to come being cast out into the utter darkenesse Matth. 8. 12. Vers. 21. understandeth not or discerneth not wanting prudence A repetition of the 13. verse with a little change of jalin lodgeth into jabin understandeth which the Chaldee openeth thus A man a sinner when he is in honour and understandeth not when his honour is taken away he is like a beast and brought to nothing PSAL. L. The Majestie of God in the Church 5 His order to gather Saints 7. The pleasure of God is not in in legall sacrifices 14 but in sinceritie of obedience 16 The wicked are shut out from Gods Covenant 21 They abuse Gods patience to their destruction 23 but the godly shall see his salvation A Psalme of Asaph THe God of gods Iehovah speaketh and calleth the earth from the rising up of the Sun unto the going downe thereof Out of Sion the whole perfection of beauty God shineth clearely Our God come and not keepe silence a fire shall eat before him and round about him shall a storme be moved vehemently He will call to the heavens from above and to the earth to judge his people Gather yee to me my gracious Saints that have stricken my covenant with sacrifice And the heavens shall openly shew his justice for God he is judge Selah Heare O my people and I will speake O Israel and I will testifie to thee I am God thy God I will not reprove thee for thy sacrifices for thy burnt offerings are before me continually I will not take a bullocke out of thine house goat buckes out of thy folds For every wilde beast of the wood is mine the beasts that bee on a thousand mountaines I know all the fowle of the mountaines and the store of beasts of the field is with me If I were hungry I would not tell it thee for mine is the world and the plenty thereof Will I eat the flesh of mightie buls and drinke the bloud of goat-bucks Sacrifice thou to God a confession and pay thy vowes to the most high And call on me in day of distresse I will release thee and thou shalt glorifie mee But to the wicked saith God what hast thou to doe to tell my statutes and that thou shouldest take up my covenant on thy mouth And thou hatest nurture and castest my words behind thee If thou seest a theefe then thou runnest with him and thy part is with the adulterers Thy mouth thou sendest out in evill and thy tongue joyneth together deceit Thou sittest thou speakest against thy brother against thy mothers sonne thou givest ill report These things thou hast done and I kept silence thou didst thinke that I was surely like thee I will reprove thee and set in order to thine eies O now consider this ye that forget God lest I teare and there be no reskewer Hee that sacrificeth confession honoureth me and hee that disposeth his way I will cause him to see the salvation of God Annotations A Psalme of Asaph that is made by him as the Chaldee saith An hymne by the hand of Asaph or to Asaph that is committed vnto him to sing For Asaph was a Seer or Prophet which made Psalms as did David 2 Chron. 29. 30. Also he and his sons were singers in Israel 1 Chron. 25. 2. The God of Gods that is God of all Angels Iudges and Rulers of the world or as the Chaldee saith The mighty God the God of Iehovah Three titles of God here used together Ael Aelohim Iehovah So in Iosh. 22. 22. the going downe that is the West where the Sunne setteth or after the Hebrew phrase goeth in as at the rising it is said to goe out or come forth Gen. 19. 23. Vers. 2. Out of Sion the state of the Church under the Gospell Heb. 12. 18. 22. Psal. 2. 6. therefore in this Psalme the legall sacrifices appointed at mount Sinai are reproved and the worship of God in spirit and truth commended the whole perfection or the Vniversality of beautie that is which is wholly and perfectly beautifull See the like praise of Sion Psal. 48. 3. Lam. 2. 15. shineth clearly as the Sunne shineth in his strength that is appeareth in glorious majestie This also is a signe of favour Iob 10. 3. Psal. 80. 2. So God shined from mount Paran Deut. 33. 3. Vers. 3. Our God come a praier to hasten his comming as in Rev. 22. 20. or as the former our God will come So the Chaldee paraphraseth The just shall say In the day of the great judgement our God will come and not silent to execute the vengeance of his people fire shall eat that is consume devoure So God is called an eating fire Deut. 4. 24. that is as the Apostle expoundeth it a consuming fire Heb. 12. 29. and the sight of his glory on mount Sinai was like eating
which proceedeth from thy salvation and deliverance of me from sinne a free spirit a voluntary free willing spirit or a princely ruling spirit as the Greeke turneth it See this word Psal. 47. 10. by a free or princely spirit he meaneth a spirit not in bondage to sinne called elsewhere the spirit of adoption Rom. 8. 15 16. whereby a man is made willing to obey the Lord as Exod. 35. 21. Vers. 16. from blouds that is from the guilt of my murder in shedding the bloud of Vriah as the Chaldee saith from the judgement of murder or from my native corruption See the note on Isal. 5. 7. shall shout or shrill sing joyfully and proclaime thy justice such as Paul speaketh of Phil. 3. 9. Vers. 17. shalt open my lips shalt give me occasion to speake freely and boldly the Chaldee addeth in thy law This phrase is used Iob 11. 5. and 32. 20. Vers. 18. else I would give it or for else I would give it as the Greeke turneth it if thou wouldest sacrifice I had given it Vers. 19. The sacrifices of God that is which please God or as the Chaldee saith holy to God So the workes of God Ioh. 6. 28. heart broken to wit with sorrow for sinne So Isa. 61. 1. Luke 4. 18. Compare with this Rom. 12. 1. also Isa. 57. 15. and 66. 2. Vers. 20. Doe well or Doe good deale bounteously it comprehendeth all things needfull for profit or pleasure unto Sion the Church and place of publike worship See Psal. 2. 6. walls of Ierusalem or of Ierushalaim as the Hebrew writeth it in the duall forme as it were the double Ierusalem to wit the higher and the lower from which the Apostle gathereth an allegorie Gal. 4. 25 26. This citie was first called Salem that is Peace where Melchisedek was King Gen. 14. 18. Heb. 7. 2. It was named also Iebus Iudg. 19. 10. of one Iebusi son of Canaan Gen. 10. 16. and was possessed by his seed the Iebusites who held therein the fort of Sion till David wanne it from them 1 Chron. 11. 4 5 7. Here also was the mount Morijah whereon Solomon built the Temple 2 Chron. 3. 1. where Abraham offered his sonne Isaak Gen. 22. 2. And because there Gods providence was seene he named the place Iehovah-jireh Gen. 22. 14. which Iireh put to the former name Salem maketh it Ierusalem where Peace is seene and as the citie was inlarged by taking in mount Iireh or Morijah so is the name yet sometime though very rare it is called by the first name Salem as Psal. 76. 3. This citie God chose to be the place of his publike worship and there to dwell 2 Chron. 7. 12. Psal. 132. 13 14. and honourable things are spoken of this citie Psal. 87. 3. and of the wals thereof which in the Ierusalem from above are of Iasper stone with 12 foundations garnished with all manner precious stones and having the names of the Lambes 12 Apostles Rev. 21. 10. 14 18 19. c. the wals are called Salvation and the gates Praise and they are ever in Gods sight Isa. 60. 18. and 49. 16. For the building up of these doth David here pray Vers. 21. Then shalt thou accept when the place is builded which thou hast chosen for be for bade his people to offer in every place Levit. 17. 5 8 9. Deut. 12. 11 13. and promised to accept their sacrifices on his holy mountaine Ezek. 20. 40. Therefore Israel was in great affliction and reproach when the wals of Ierusalem were unbuilded Neb. 1. 3. and the peoples negligence in building Gods house was sharply blamed Hag. 1. 2 4 8 9. and 2. 15. c. of justice that is sacrifices offered in faith and according to the will of God See Psal. 4. 6. the whole oblation the Calil a kinde of oblation that was wholly and every whit given up in fire unto God and differed from the Gnolah or Burnt-offering which was only of beasts or birds Lev. 1. whereas the Calil was also of flower called the Meat-offering but burned all together which the common Meat-offerings were not Lev. 6. 20 22 23. It was also of beasts 1 Sam. 7. 9. PSAL. LII David condemning the shightfulnesse of Doeg prophesieth his destruction 8 at which the just shall rejoyce 10 David upon confidence of Gods mercy giveth thanks To the master of the musicke an instructing Psalme of David When Doeg the Adomite came and shewed to Saul and said to him David came unto the house of Achimelech WHy boastest thou in evill O mighty man the mercie of God endureth all the day Thy tongue thinketh wofull evils as a sharpe rasour doing deceit Thou lovest evill more than good falshood more than to speake justice Selah Thou lovest all words of swallowing the tongue of deceit Also God will destroy thee to perpetuitie hee will pull thee away and plucke thee out of the tent and will root thee up out of the land of the living Selah And the just shall see and feare and shall laugh at him Behold the man that put not God for his strength but trusted in the multitude of his riches hee was strong in his wofull evill But I as a greene Olive in the house of God I trust in the mercy of God ever and aye I will confesse thee for ever for thou hast done this and will patiently expect thy name for it is good before thy gracious Saints Annotations DOeg a servant of King Saul and master of his herdmen 1 Sam. 21. 7. the Adomite that is an Aedomite or Idumean as the Greeke here translateth or a man of Adamah a citie of the tribe of Naphtali Ios. 19. 36. of Acbimelech David flying from Sauls tyranny came for comfort to the house of God in Nob where Achimelech the Priest administred He gave unto David and his company the showbread â—o 〈◊〉 armed him with the sword of Goljath the Philistian and asked counsell of the Lord for him DoeÌ„g saw this and told King Saul and after when no other man would himselfe at the Kings commandement ran upon Achimelech and the Priests and killed 85 persons and Nob the citie of the Priests he smote with the edge of the sword both man woman childe and beast But Abjâ—thar Achimelechs sonne escaped unto David and told him who there upon made this Psalme See 1 Sam. 21. and 22. Matth. 12. 3 4. Vers. 3. in evill the Chaldee expounds it in an evill tongue O mighty man or Potentate Doëg is thus named for his chiefe place over King Sauls herdmen 1 Sam. 21. 7 and his killing of so many Priests of the Lord 1 Sam. 22. 18. 19. in which mischievous prowesse he vaunted himselfe Vers. 4. thinketh or understand Why thinketh thy tongue that is uttereth the evils thought and premeditated doing deceit that is as a rasour which in stead of cutting the haire cutteth the throat Or it may be referred to the man O doer of deceit as the Greeke saith thou hast done
1. The Chaldee paraphraseth from the foolish King Vers. 23. ascendeth that is commeth up unto thee it is so great as Iona. 1. 2. or it increaseth as the battle is said to ascend when it increased 1 Kin. 22. 35. PSAL. LXXV A confession to God and promise to judge uprightly 5 A rebuke of the proud by consideration of Gods providence To the Master of the Musicke Corrupt not a Psalme of Asaph a Song WE confesse to thee O God we confesse neere is thy name they tell thy wondrous works When I shal receive the appointment I will judge righteousnesses Dissolved is the earth and all the inhabitants thereof I have set sure the pillars therof Selah I said to the vain-glorious fools be not vain-gloriously foolish and to the wicked lift not up the horne Lift not up your horne to on high nor speake with a stiffe neck For not from the East or from the West neither from the desart commeth promotion But God is the judge he abaseth one and exalteth another For a cup is in the hand of Iehovah and the wine is red it is full of mixture and hee powreth out of the same but the dregs thereof wring out and drinke shall all the wicked of the earth And I will shew for ever will sing Psalme to the God of Iakob And will hew off all the hornes of the wicked the hornes of the just man shall be advanced Annotations COrrupt not or Destroy not see Psal. 57. 1. The Chaldee addeth in the time when David said destroy not the people of Asaph or to Asaph in Chaldee by the hand of Asaph see Psal. 50. 1. Vers. 2. and neere is to wit neere in our mouths and hearts to celebrate it Thus Gods word is said to be neere Rom. 10. 8. and thou art neere in their mouth Ier. 12. 2. In this sense the Greeke also explaineth it and wee will call on thy name they tell that is I and others with me so the Greeke saith I will tell Vers. 3. receive the appointment or take the appointed thing or time as the Chaldee translateth it that is the office appointed and promised They seeme to be the words of the Psalmist as appeareth more plainly by vers 10. and 11. in person of Christ to whom the kingdome of Israel was appointed in due time whom David was a figure of in taking and administring the kingdome when it was distracted with troubles See 2 Sam. 3. 17. 19. and 5. 1 2 3. righteousnesses that is most righteously Vers. 4. dissolved or melted that is faint with troubles feares c. as Ios. 2. 9. set sure or will fitly fasten artificially stablish as by line and measure that they fall not Pillars the mountaines which may also meane Governours for great personages are likened to Pillars Gal. 2 9. Vers. 5. the horne the signe of power and glorie Ps. 112. 9. and 89. 18. 25. Lu. 1. 69. In 1 Chr. 25. 5. mention is made of prophesies to lift up the horne Vers. 6. to on high that is aloft or against the high God with a stiffe necke like untamed oxen shaking off the yoke of obedience Or speake not a hard thing as Psal. 31. 19. with a necke stretched out that is arrogantly or with one necke that is with joynt force as heart in Psal. 83. 6. is for one heart Vers. 7. the desart that is the South or North for desarts were on both ends of the land of Canaan promotion or exaltation or as the Greeke translateth desart of the mountaines that is the mountainy desart meaning that preferment or deliverance comes not from any of the nations round about The Hebrew Harim is ambiguous signifying both exaltation and mountaines The Chaldee maketh this paraphrase For there is none besides me from East to West from the North the place of the desart or from the South the place of the mountaines Ver. 8. abaseth one Hebr. this man another Hebr. this man It may also be read He this God abaseth and he advanceth Vers. 9. a cup to measure out afflictions as Psa. 11. 6. a similitude often used see Hab. 2. 16. Ezr. 23. 31 32. Ier. 25. 28. The Chaldee saith a cup of curse wine that is wrath or indignation as is expressed Ier. 25. 15. Iob 21. 20. Revel 14. 10. red or thicke troubled muddie noting fierce indignation The Greeke turneth it acratou more meaning strong wine not allaied So in Revel 14. 10. where mere or pure wine meaneth great afflictions The Greeke there is taken frō this Psalme of mixture that is of liquor mixed ready to be drunke as wisdome is said to have mixed her wine Prov. 9 2. that is tempered it ready So Rev. 14 10. The Chaldee addeth mixture of bitternesse he powreth out to wit unto his owne people afflicting them as is expressed Ier. 25. 17 18 28 29. the dregs the most grievous afflictions as Esai 51. 17. 22. wring out or sucke up that is feele and be affected with it So Ezek. 23. 34. Esa. 51. 17. Vers. 10. will shew to wit this worke of God his mercy and judgement The Chaldee explaineth it will shew thy miracles hornes of the wicked their power dominion and pride whereby they afflict and scatter Gods people Ier. 48. 25. Lam. 2. 3. Zach. 1. 21. Rev. 17. 12 13. as by hornes of the just man is meant his power dominion glory Psal. 132. 17. and 92. 11. and 148. 14. 1 Sam. 2. 10. So the Chaldee openeth it And I will humble all kingdomes the high strength of the wicked PSAL. LXXVI A declaration of Gods majestie in the Church against her enemies 12 An exhortation to serve him reverently To the Master of the Musicke on Neginoth a Psalme of Asaph a Song GOd is knowne in Iudah his name is great in Israel And in Shalem is his tabernacle his dwelling in Sion There brake hee the burning arrowes of the bow the shield the sword the war Selah Bright wondrous excellent art thou more than the mountains of prey The mighty of heart have yeelded themselves to the spoile they have slumbred their sleep none of the men of power have found their hands At thy rebuke O God of Iakob both chariot and horse hath beene cast asleepe Thou thou art fearefull and who shall stand before thee when thou art angry From the heavens thou causedst judgement to be heard the earth feared was still When God arose to judgement to save all the meeke of the earth Selah Surely the wrathfull heat of men shall confesse thee the remnant of the wrathfull heats thou wilt gird Vow ye and pay to Iehovah your God all they that be round about him let them bring a present to the FEAR To him that gathereth as grapes the spirit of the Governours that is fearefull to the Kings of the earth Annotations ON Neginoth or with stringed instruments see Psal. 4. 1. of Asaph or to Asaph see Psal. 50. 1. Vers. 3. Shalem or Salem the City of
26. 42. captivitie that is the company of captives or prisoners as Psal. 68. 19. See also Psal. 14. 7. Vers. 4. gathered away that is withdrawne ceased or asswaged as the Greeke interpreteth it So in Ioel 2. 10. the starres gather away that is withdraw their shining Vers. 5. Turne us to our former estate cause to cease or dissipate as Psal. 33. 10. Vers. 6. wilt thou draw that is continue see Ps. 36. 11. Vers. 7. wilt not thou turne and revive that is againe revive us See Psal. 71. 20. The Greeke saith O God thou turning wilt revive us For halo they read ha-al the letters transplaced Vers. 8. Shew us or Let us see that is enjoy Sâ— Psal. 50. 23. Vers. 9. the God or the Almightie Ael and let them not or that they turne not to folly that is to sinne see Psal. 125. 3. The Greeke saith and to them that turne the heart to him Vers. 10. that glory may dwell or glory shall dwell meaning that glory of God which we are destitute of by sinne Rom. 3. 23. shall be restored by grace in Christ and God will dwell among men and communicate with them his glory Rev. 21. 3 11. Isa. 60. 1. they are changed into the same image from glory to glory as by the Spirit of the Lord 2 Cor. 3. 18. Or by glory is meant Christ the salvation of God who dwelt in our land when the word was made flesh and men saw the glory thereof as the glory of the onely begotten of the Father full of grace and truth Ioh. 1. 14. Vers. 11. are met that is come together which before seemed asunder and they have mutuall societie so meeting importeth Prov. 22. 2. Isa. 34. 14. The truth of Gods promises are in Christ fulfilled Luke 1. 68 69 c. Act. 13. 32 33. have kissed as friends use when they meet Exod. 4. 27. and 18. 7. a signe of concord love and joy So Christ is King of justice and of peace Heb. 7. 2. and the worke of justice by him is peace Isa. 32. 17. for being justified by faith men have peace towards God Rom. 5. 1. Luke 2. 14. Vers. 12. Faithfulnesse springeth or Truth buddeth out of the earth or land that is the land bringeth forth faithfull increase answerable to Gods blessings upon it The land figuring the minds of men Hebr. 6. 6 7 8. which by faith apprehend Gods mercy in Christ. from heaven the justice of God through faith not our owne justice which is of the Law Philip. 3. 9. Vers. 13. the good or good things that is the good gift of the holy Ghost to sanctifie his people as Luk. 11. 13. compared with Matth. 7. 11. See also the Note on Psal. 65. 5. our land our earthly nature sanctified brings forth good fruits in Christ Mat. 13. 23. See Psal. 67. 7. Vers. 14. Iustice shall goe or He will cause justice to goe before him will put her footsteps or will set her in the way of his footsteps which seemeth to meane a setled course of walking in vertue Or when he shall put his footsteps into the way PSAL. LXXXVI David strengtheneth his prayer by the conscience of his religion 5 by the goodnesse and power of God 11 Her desireth the continuance of former grace 14 Complaining of the proud he craveth some token of Gods goodnesse A Prayer of David BOw downe thine eare Iehovah answer me for I am poore afflicted and needy Keepe my soule for I am mercifull thou my God save thy servant that trusleth unto thee Be gracious unto me Iehovah for unto thee doe I call all the day Rejoyce the soule of thy servant for unto thee Lord lift I up my soule For thou Iehovah art good and mercifully pardonest and much of mercie to all that call upon thee Give eare Iehovah to my prayer and attend to the voyce of my supplications for grace In the day of my distresse will I call unto thee for thou wilt answer me There is none like thee among the gods O Lord and none like thy works All nations whom thou hast made shall come and bow downe themselves before thee O Lord shall glorifie thy Name For great art thou and dost marvellous things thou art God thy selfe alone Teach me O Iehovah thy way I will walke in thy truth unite my heart for to feare thy Name I will confesse thee O Lord my God with all my heart and will glorifie thy Name for ever For thy mercy is great toward me and thou hast delivered my soule from the lowest hell O God the proud are risen up against me and the assembly of violent men seeke my soule and they have not set thee before them But thou Lord art a God pittifull and gracious long suffering and much of mercie and truth Turne the face unto me and be gracious to me give thy strength to thy servant and save the son of thine handmaid Doe with mee a signe for good and let my haters see and be abashed because thou Iehovah hast holpen mee and comforted me Annotations A Prayer the like title is of Psalme 17. To Christ may this Psalme fitly be applied Vers. 2. mercifull or a gracious Saint pious holy See Psal. 4. 4. This tiâ—e God taketh to himselfe Ier. 3. 12. Vers. 4. Lift I up See the Notes on Psal. 25. 1. The Chaldee saith lift I up my soule in prayer Vers. 5. mercifully pardonest or art propitious a forgiver the Chaldee addeth of them which turne to the Law See Psal. 25. 11. Vers. 8. among the gods Though there be that are called Gods whether in heaven or in earth as there be many gods and many Lords yet unto us there is but one God c. 1 Cor. 8. 5 6. all the gods of the peoples are idols Psal. 96. 5. Or by gods may be meant Angels as the Chaldee here explaineth it and the Princes of the world and none to wit can doe workes like thine or no workes are like thy works Psal. 13 6. 4. Vers. 11. Vnite my heart apply and knit it to thy feare onely and that with simplicitie Vers. 13. hell or grave the state of death see Ps. 16. 10. Vers. 14. the proud Compare this with Psalm 54. 5. Vers. 15. pitifull or full of ruth mercie and tender love When Gods name was proclaimed before Moses this title with other was in it Exo. 34. 5 6. long suffering Hebr. long of nostrils that is of anger long ere thou be angry The nose and anger have one name in Hebrew see Psalm 2. 5. Vers. 16. son of thine handmaid that is borne thy servant of godly parents that were thy servitors Of Christ this also was true the sonne of Mary the Virgin the handmaid of the Lord Luk. 1. 48. See the like speech Psal. 116. 16. Vers. 17. Doe with me a signe or Shew it me that is So deale with me in my deliverance and preservation that I may have my selfe and may be to others a signe for
the stinging plague the murreine or pest that suddenly pricketh and destroyeth Deut. 32. 24. The Apostle in Greeke calleth it a sting or pricke 1 Cor. 15. 55. from Hos. 13. 14. as there the Lxx. turned it The Chaldee here expounds it the company of Devils at noone-day that is openly So Ier. 15. 8. Vers. 8. shalt thou behold or regard consider as the Greeke turneth it Vers. 9. Because thou Iehovah an unperfect speech as in vers 2. understand Because thou sayest thou Iehovah art c. or because thou hast put Jehovah who is my covert even the most high hast thou put for thy mansion or dwelling place Vers. 10. befall unto thee or occasionally be sent be thrust upon thee or caused to come unto thee so Prov. 12. 21. Vers. 12. upon their hands or their palmes which the Chaldee expoundeth their strength This Scripture the Devill alleaged when he tempted Christ to throw downe himselfe head-long Matt. 4. 6. Luke 4. 10 11. but some of these words are there omitted lest thou dash or that thou dash or hurt not The Angels are all ministring spirits sent forth to minister for their sakes which shall be heires of salvation Heb. 1. 14. See also Psal. 34. 8. a stone the Chaldee interprets it evill concupiscence which is like unto a stone Vers. 13. the fierce Lion or Libbard in Hebrew Shachal Of Lions there be divers kinds see Psal. 7. 3. aspe or Cockatrice Basiliske as the Greeke Here turneth it See Psal. 58. 5. under these names are meant all other things dangerous or adverse to the life of man which by faith are overcome as Mark. 16. 17 18. Heb. 11. 33 34. Vers. 14. He cleaveth to me or is fastned that is affected to me in faith hope love delight c. The Chaldee expounds it to my word God cleaveth in love to his people Deut. 7. 7. so they also unto him The Greeke here turneth it he hoped in me Else-where it is commonly used for fast-love and pleasure Gen. 34. 8. Esay 38. 17. Deut. 21. 11. seâ— him on high to wit in a safe defenced place as the word importeth therefore the Greeke saith I will protect him See the notes on Psal. 20. 2. Vers. 15. honour him give him honour or glory Else-where his people are said to honour or glorifie him Psal. 50. 15. See 1 Sam. 2. 30. Vers. 16. satisfie or give him his fill So Abraham Isâ—ak David Iob c. are said to be full or sa 〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 Gen. 25. 8. and 35. 29. 1 Chron. â—3 〈◊〉 Iob 42. 17. make him to see that is to enjoy or shew him See Psal. 50. 23. PSAL. XCII The Prophet teacheth how good it is to praise God 5. for his great workes 7 for his judgements on the wicked 11 and for his goodnesse to the godly A Psalme a song for the day of Sabbath IT is good to confesse to Iehovah and to sing Psalme to thy Name O most high To shew forth thy mercy in the morning and thy faithfulnesse in the nights Vpon the ten-stringed instrument and upon the Psaltery with meditation upon the Harp For thou hast rejoyced me O Iehovah with thy worke in the acts of thy hands will I shout How great are thine acts Iehovah very deepe are thy thoughts A brutish man knoweth not and an unconstant foole understandeth not this When wicked men spring up as the grasse and all that worke iniquitie doe flourish that they shall be abolished unto perpetuitie But thou art high for ever Iehovah For loe thine enemies Iehovah for loe thine enemies shall perish they shall be scattered all that worke iniquitie And my horne shall be exalted as the Vnicornes mine old age shall be anointed with fresh oile And mine eye shall behold on mine enviers of evill doers that rise up against me mine eares shall heare The just he shall spring up as a Palme-tree as a Cedar in Lebanon shall he grow They that are planted in the house of Iehovah in the courts of our God shall they flourish Yet shall they sprout in grainesse they shall be fat and greene To shew that Iehovah is righteous my Rocke and no injurious evill is in him Annotations OF Sabbath that is of Cessation or Resting to wit from our owne workes wills waies and words Exod. 20. 10. Esay 58. 13. Heb. 4. 10. which day was the seventh from the creation wherein God rested from all his worke and blessed and sanctified it and commanded it to be kept holy unto him Gen. 2. 2 3. Exod. 20. 8. which was a token of his mercy unto and sanctification of his people Nehem. 9. 14. Exod. 31. 13 14. This day was sanctified by an holy convocation or assembly of the people Levit. 23. 3. offering of sacrifices Numb 28. 9 10. singing of Psalmes as this title sheweth with 2 Chron. 29. 26 27. reading and expounding the Scriptures Act. 13. 15. and 15. 21. praying Act. 16. 13. disputing conferring meditating of Gods word and workes Act. 17. 2. and 18. 4. and doing workes oâ— mercy to them that were in need Matth. 12. 2 7 8 11 12. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus An hymne a song which the first man Adam said for the Sabbath day Vers. 3. in the nights see Psal. 134. 1. Vers. 4. with meditation or meditated song or upon Higgajon with the harpe The word signifieth meditation as Psal. 9. 17. Here some thinke it to be the name of an instrument or a solemne sound the Greeke turneth it a song Vers. 5. with thy worke which is all done well and perfectly Gen. 1. 31. and 2. 2 3. Deut. 32. 4. Vers. 10. shall be scattered or shall dispart themselves The Chaldee Paraphrast saith shall be separated from the congregation of the just in the world to come Vers. 11. shall be exalted or thou wilt exalt as the Vnicornes therewith to smite mine enemies as Deut. 33. 17. The horne signifieth kingdome and strength and glory and the Chaldee here translateth it strength See Psal. 75. 5 11. Psal. 22. 22. mine old age so also the Greeke translateth it or when I am old After which seemeth to be understood shall be anointed or as before shall be exalted with oile Oftentimes words are not expressed which are understood as is observed on Psal. 69. 11. and 18. 7 29. Others for mine old age doe turne it I shall be anointed fresh or greene oile Vers. 12. mine eye shall view to wit evill or destruction as the Chaldee explaineth or the reward of my foes See Psal. 54. 9. and 91. 8. shall heare the Chaldee addeth the voice of their breakings Vers. 13. palme-tree or date-tree which groweth not in these cold parts it is a tree of tall and upright stature whereto the Scripture hath reference Song 7. 7. the branches faire and greene wherwith they made boothes at their solemne feasts Levit. 23. 40. the fruit pleasant to eat Song 7. 8. Exod. 15. 27. This tree though loaden and pressed yet endureth and prospereth therefore the
loosed him the ruler of the people and released him He put him Lord of his house and ruler of all his possession To bind his Princes to his soule and make wise his Elders And Israel came into Egypt and Iakob sojourned in the land of Cham. And he increased his people greatly and made them stronger than their distressers He turned their heart to hate his people to deale craftily with his servants Hee sent Moses his servant Aaron whom he had chosen They put among them the words of his signes and wonders in the land of Cham. He sent darknesse and made it darke and they turned not rebellious against his word Hee turned their waters to bloud and slew their fish Their land abundantly brought forth frogs in the privie Chambers of their kings Hee said and there came a mixed swarme lice in all their border He gave their showers to be haile fire of flames in their land And smote their Vine and their Fig-tree and brake the trees of their border He said and the Grashopper came and the Caterpiller even without number And did eat up all the herbes in their land and did eat up the fruit of their ground And he smote all the first-borne in their land the beginning of all their strength And hee brought forth them with silver and gold and none among their Tribes was feeble Egypt rejoyced when they went out for the dread of them had fallen upon them He spred a cloud for a covering and a fire to enlighten the night They asked and he brought the Quaile and with the Bread of Heavens he satisfied them He opened the Rock and the waters flowed out they went in dry places like a river For he remembred the Word of his Holinesse to Abraham his servant And brought forth his people with joy his chosen with shouting joy And gave to them the lands of the Heathens and they possessed the labour of the peoples That they might observe his statutes and keepe his lawes Halelu-jah Annotations CAll on his name or proclaime that is preach his name The first part of this Psalme is part of that which David appointed to laud the Lord with when his Arke was seated in Ierusalem 1 Chron. 16. 7 8 22. Vers. 2. discourse or talke meditate Vers. 3. Glory or Praise your selves see Psal. 34. 3. Vers. 4. his strength that is his Arke from whence God gave his Oracles Numb 7. 89 See Psal. 78. 61. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus Seek ye the doctrine of the Lord and his Law his face his counsell and Oracle see the notes on Psal. 27. 8. Vers. 6. of Abraham in 1 Chron. 16. 13. it is of Israel his servant this is meant of the seed as well as of Abraham as the next words shew therefore the Greeke turneth it servants Vers. 8. He remembreth therefore also Remember ye as it is written 1 Chro. 16. 15. the word or the matter the conditions of the Covenant and so the promises which for the more certainty are said to be commanded as in Psal. 133. 3. Vers. 11. land of Canaan the sonne of Cham the sonne of Noah who was cursed by his Grand-father and made a servant to his brethren Gen. 9. 18 22 25. This Canaan had eleven sonnes heads of their families Gen. 10. 15 20. they seated in the lesser Asia in a goodly Country having the great sea Westward the river Iarden Syria and Arabia Eastward the Wildernesse on the South and the mounts of Lebanon on the North. It was the pleasantest of all lands and flowed with milke and honey Ezek. 20. 6. it had store of rivers and fountaines of Corne and Wine and Oile and Mines of mountaines and vallies watered with the raine of heaven and cared for of God continually Deu. 8. 7 8 9. and 11. 10 11 12. This land God promised Abraham to give unto his seed Gen. 12. 6 7. and 13. 15 17. See also the Notes on Psal. 25. 13. the line that is the portion of your patrimony measured as by line See Psal. 16. 6. Vers. 12. When they were in 1 Chron. 16. 19. it is when ye were men of number that is a few men soone numbred so Gen. 34. 30. Deut. 4. 27. The contrary is without number or innumerable Psal. 147. 5. Vers. 13. from nation to nation up and downe in the land of Canaan where were seven mighty nations Deut. 7. 1. How there the Patriarkes walked as strangers see Gen. 12. 8 9 10. and 13. 18. and 20. 1. and 23. 4. and 26. 1. 23. and 33. 19. and 35. 1 c. Heb. 11. 9 13. Vers. 14. wrong or to oppresse them reproved Kings plaguing Pharaoh Gen. 12. 17. threatning Abimelech Gen. 20. 3. Vers. 15. anointed men consecrated to me by the oile of the spirit see 1 Ioh. 2. 20 27. Prophets so Abraham is called Gen. 20. 7. See Psal. 74. 9. Vers. 16. called famine that is effectually brought it so 2 King 8. 1. The contrary hereof is to call for corne Ezek. 36. 29. the land of Canaan Egypt and other countries Gen. 41. 54 c. staffe or stay stabiliment so bread is called Lev. 26. 26. Ezek. 4. 16. for it upholdeth mans heart Psal. 104. 15. Vers. 17. a man Heb. Ish a noble man see Psal. 49. 3. The Chaldee saith a wise man for a servant for a slave by his brethren to the Ismaelites by them to the Egyptians Gen. 37. 28 36. Vers. 18. his soule entred or as the Greek saith passed thorow the iron that is he his body was laid in irons when he was cast into prison most unjustly Gen. 39. 20. and there he was in perill of his life Of soule see Psal. 16. 10. Vers. 19. his word came that is the word spoken of him was fulfilled which God had shewed Ioseph in a dreame touching his advancement Gen. 36. 5 8 9 10. and 42. 9. So comming is for fulfilling Ier. 17. 15. 1 Sam. 9. 6. Iob 6. 8. tried or fined him by trying as in fire his faith and patience in afflictions as 1 Pet. 1. 7. see Psal. 12. 7. Vers. 20. The King Pharaoh for that Ioseph interpreted his dreame set him out of prison a ruler over the land See Gen. 41. 14 c. and 45. 8. Vers. 22. To bind that is informe and governe as subjects see Psal. 2. 3. to his soule to his will or pleasure as Psal. 27. 12. so as without him no man should lift up his hand or his foot that is attempt to doe any thing in all the land of Egypt Gen. 41. 44 40. Or with his soule that is with him-selfe as the Greeke expoundeth it to nurture his Princes as himselfe which may meane to informe them in vertue wisdome c. wherein himselfe excelled Gen. 41. 38 39. With is sometime used for as Psal. 102. 4. and the soule for ones selfe see Psal. 16. 10. The words following seeme to favour this exposition his elders or Senators the Kings Nobles and Counsellers Gen. 50. 7. Vers.
rock sides or in rockie places Hebr. in the hands of the rocke as Psal. 140. 6. and they shall heare or though they have heard Vers. 7. cutteth and cleaveth to wit wood or the ground with the plough of hell or the grave Compare Ezek. 37. 1 11 12. Iehovih or God see Psal. 68. 21. powre not out my soule to wit unto death as Esa. 53. 12. that is kill mee not or make not my soule bare that is leave it not destitute and helplesse Vers. 10. Let the wicked fall or They shall fall into his net that is every of them into his owne not or flue together namely with their fall or together with them that are with me or altogether wholly passe over and escape the Greeke saith alone I am untill I passe over See this word Psal. 33. 15. PSAL. CXLII David sheweth that in his troubles when his owne heart and all other helpe failed him all his comfort was in faith and praier unto God An instructing Psalme of David a praier when he was in the cave WIth my voice unto Iehovah did I cry with my voice unto Iehovah did I supplicate for grace I powred out before him my meditation my distresse I did shew before him When my spirit was overwhelmed within mee then thou knewest my path in the way that I walked they privily laid a snare for mee I did looke on the right hand and see no man acknowledged me refuge is perished from me no man seeketh for my soule I cried unto thee Jehovah I said thou art my hope for safety my portion in the land of the living Attend unto my shouting for I am brought very low deliver mee from my persecutors for they are stronger than I. Bring forth my soule out of the close prison to confesse thy name the just shall inviron me about for thou wilt bounteously reward unto me Annotations IN the cave fled thither from the persecution of Saul 1 Sam. 24. 4 c. Vers. 4. was overwhelmed or swowned fainted see Psal. 77. 4. then thou Hebr. and thou so And he saith Mark 14. 34. is expounded Then he saith Matth. 26. 38. Vers. 5. I did looke or Looke thou c. continuing his complaint to God But the Greeke turneth it I considered and the Hebrew Looke thou or To looke is often resolved by other definite persons see the notes on Ps. 22. 9. and 49. 15. and 65. 11. 77. 2. 103. 20. and see or and behold to wit on the left hand refuge or flight is perished frō me that is faileth me I have no place to flie unto and escape So Iob 11. 20. Amos 2. 14. seeketh that is careth for so Prov. 29. 10. usually to seeke the soule is in the ill part to destroy it see Ps. 35. 4. Vers. 7. brought low or weakned see Ps. 116. 6. Vers. 8. the prison the cave wherein I am shut up close inviron compasse as Psal. 22. 13. or expect as Iob 36. 2. and so the Greeke translateth the just shall wait for me untill thou reward me See Psa. 13. 6. The Chaldee saith for my sake the just shall make thee a crowne of praise because thou wilt render a good reward unto me PSAL. CXLIII David praieth for favour in judgement 3 Hee complaineth of his griefes 5 Hee strengtheneth his faith by meditation and praier 7 Hee praieth for grace 9 for deliverance 10 for sanctification 12 for destruction of his enemies A Psalme of David IEhovah heare my praier give eare to my supplications for grace in thy faithfulnesse answer me in thy justice And enter not into judgement with thy servant for before thee shall not any living be justified For the enemy persecuteth my soule smiteth downe my life to the earth maketh me sit in darknesses as the dead for ever And my spirit is overwhelmed in me in midst of me my heart is wondrously amazed I remember the daies of old I meditate on all thy worke I muse on the action of thy hands I spread out my hands unto thee my soule as a weary land thirsteth for thee Selah Make speed answer me Iehovah my spirit faileth hide not thy face from me for I shall be made like to them that goe downe the pit Cause me to heare thy mercy in the morning for in thee doe I trust cause me to know the way that I should walke for unto thee doe I lift up my soule Deliver me from mine enemies O Iehovah unto thee I flie for covert Learne me to doe thine acceptable will for thou art my God thy good spirit shall leade me in the land of righteousnesse For thy names sake Iehovah thou wilt quicken me in thy justice wilt bring forth my soule out of distresse And in thy mercy wilt suppresse mine enemies and destroy all them that afflict my soule for I am thy servant Annotations ANd enter not into judgement or but goe not to Law with me by the deeds whereof no flesh shal be justified in thy sight Rom. 3. 20. so Iob 22. 4. 14. 3. Esa. 3. 14. In Chaldee go not into the judgment hall namely to judge with severity not any or not all that is none living so Matth. 24. 22. not all that is no flesh 1 Ioh. 2. 21. every lie is not that is no lie is of the truth so 2 Pet. 1. 20. Ps. 76. 6. Vers. 3. my life or my company the Hebrew signifieth both Iob 33. 18. 22. Psal. 68. 11. darknesses or darke places so Psal. 88. 7 19. and 74. 20. for ever or of eternity of old meaning dead long since and for ever after the word respecteth time past and to come So Lam. 3. 6. Vers. 4. overwhelmed fainteth or is perplexed see Psal. 77. 4. wondrously amazed astonished or desolate Gr. troubled See this word Esa. 59. 16. and 63. 5. Dan. 8. 27. Psal. 40. 16. Vers. 5. of old or of antiquity so Psal. 77. 6. Vers. 6. spread out that is pray as the Chaldee saith spread out my hands in praier See Psal. 44. 21. weary that is drie and thirsty in Greeke waterlesse see Psal. 63. 2. Vers. 7. for I or lest I Hebr. and I which may be supplied thus left I perish and be made like c. See Psal. 28. 1. Vers. 8. in the morning speedily so Psal. 90. 14. Vers. 9. I flie for covert or I cover I hide my selfe flying unto thee or to thee I covertly flie secretly disclosing to thee that which I would hide from others so the Greeke I flie to thee The Chaldee expoundeth it I have made thy Word my redeemer V. 10. thy good spirit shall leade me so the Greeke translateth this and the rest as assured we may also reade it praier-wise let thy good spirit leade me or thy spirit is good let it leade me c. and so the rest Compare Neh. 9. 20. in the land or into the land of righteousnesse in a plaine or even ground see Psal. 26. 12. Esa. 26. 10. Annotations HAlelu-jah that is
Praise ye Iah see Psalm 135. 1. Vers. 2. in my life so long as I live so Psalm 104. 33. Vers. 4. his spirit mans ghost so the soule is said to goe forth Gen. 35. 18. to his earth whereof he was made earth is in Hebrew Adamah hereof man was called Adam Earthly compare Gen. 2. 7. and 3. 19. Ps. 104. 29. his thoughts or purposes the most excellent effects of the minde or spirit of man Vers. 7. the bound or prisoners but here it may be meant more largely for sicknesses also are Satans bonds which our Lord Christ loosed Luke 13. 16. See also Isa. 61. 1. Vers. 8. openeth the eyes or giveth sight to compare Mat. 9. 29 30. Ioh. 9. 6 7 32. uprightneth or maketh strait as Psal. 145. 14. see this fulfilled Luke 13. 13. Vers. 9. setteh upright maketh to continue sure so Psal. 20. 9. and 147. 6. Compare Deut. 10. 18. and 27. 19. Ezod 22. 22 23 24. Psal. 68. 6. overthroweth or turneth up-side downe so Iob 19. 6. see also Psal. 1. 6. PSAL. CXLVII The Prophet exhorteth to praise God for his care of the Church wisedome power mercy and providence unto all 12 To praise him for his blessings upon the kingdome 15 for his works in nature 19 and for his gracious word and ordinances given to his people PRaise yee Iah for it is good to sing Psalmes to our God for it is pleasant praise is comely Iehovah buildeth Ierusalem gathereth together the outcasts of Israel He healeth the broken in heart and bindeth up their griefes Counteth the number of the starres calleth them all by names Great is our Lord and much in able might of his understanding there is no number Iehovah setteth upright the meeke debaseth the wicked unto the earth Sing yee to Iehovah with confession sing Psalmes to our God with the harpe That covereth the heavens with clouds that prepareth raine for the earth that maketh the mountaines to bud forth grasse That giveth to the beast his food to the young ravens which crie Hee delighteth not in the strength of the horse he taketh not pleasure in the legs of man Iehovah taketh pleasure in them that feare him that patiently hope for his mercie Laud Iehovah O Ierusalem praise thy God O Sion For he strengtheneth the barres of thy gates he blesseth thy sonnes within thee He putteth in thy border peace he satisfieth thee with the fat of wheat He sendeth his edict upon earth his word runneth very swiftly He giveth snow like wooll the hoare frost he scattereth abroad like ashes He casteth forth his ice like morsels who can stand before his cold He sendeth his word and melteth them he causeth his wind to blow the waters flow He sheweth his words unto Iakob his statutes and his judgements unto Israel Hee hath not dealt so with any Nation and judgements they have not knowne them Halelu-jah Annotations OVtcasts or driven out in Greeke the dispersions that is the diâ—â—ersed which word the Apostle useth 1 Pet. 1. 1. Iam. 1. 1. Compare Deut. 30. 4. Isa. 11. 12. and 56. 8. Ioh. 11. 52. Vers. 3. bindeth up their griefes that is healeth their wounds as Luke 4. 18. with Isa. 61. 1. Compare also Ezek 34. 16. Vers. 4. Counteth or Telleth numbreth which to man is impossible see Gen. 15. 5. Ier. 33. 22. Isa. 40. 26. Vers. 5. no number nor searching out Isa. 40. 28. Vers. 6. setteth upright conserveth to continue yet see Psal. 146. 9. Vers. 7. Sing or Answer that is Sing by turnes one after another as Exod. 15. 21. Vers. 8. with clouds as in Elias time 1 King 18. 45. the mountaines and desarts where no man is as Iob 38. 26 27. Psal. 104. 14. Vers. 9. food Hebr. bread that is the beasts their food as the Greeke hath it young ravens Hebr. sons that is younglings of the ravens So in Iob 39. 3. who prepareth for the raven his meat when his young ones call unto God wandring for lacke of meat Vers. 13. strengtheneth or hath made strong a signe of Gods favour and Sions safetie see the contrary Lam. 2 9. Ier. 51. 30. Amos 1. 5. Psal. 107. 16. Isa. 45. 2. These graces are to be referred unto the Church under the Gospel called the heavenly Ierusalem Rev. 21. 2. and which is above Gal. 4. 26. So the Hebrew Doctors say It is written Land the Lord O Ierusalem and the Scripture speaketh of the Ierusalem that is above R. Menache on Gen. 3. Vers. 14. putteth in or putteth thy border c. that is maketh peace in thy borders Compare Isa. 60. 17 18. Ier. 12. 12. and 15. 13. and 17. 3. fat that is fine flower so Psal. 81. 17. Vers. 15. his edict or saying that is commandement Vers. 17. ice or frost the frozen haile stones can stand that is endure it so Pro. 27. 4. Nah. 1. 6. V. 19. his words the ten commandements or morall law Exo. 20. 1 called the ten words Deut. 10. 4. statutes decrees constitutions of Gods worship see the note on Psal. 2. 7. judgements the judiciall lawes for punishing offenders Exod. 21. 1. Psal. 19. 10. Vers. 20. any or every but in Hebrew all is often used for any see Psal. 103. 2. and 143. 2. judgements the Greeke saith his judgements he hath not manifested to them which sense the Hebrew also may beare he hath not made knowne to them as the Chaldee also interpreteth it PSAL. CXLVIII The Psalmist exhorteth all the heavenly 7. the earthly 11. and the reasonable creatures to praise God Halelu-jah PRaise yee Iehovah from the heavens praise yee him in the high places Praise ye him all his Angels praise yee him all his hosts Praise yee him Sunne and Moone praise ye him all starres of light Praise yee him heavens of heavens and the waters that be above the heavens Let them praise the name of Iehovah for he commanded and they were created And hee stablished them for aye for ever a statute hee gave and it shall not passe Praise ye Iehovah from the earth Dragons and all deepes Fire and haile snow and vapour stormie wind doing his word Mountaines and all hils fruitfull tree and all cedars The wilde beast and all cattell creeping thing and fethered fowle Kings of the earth and all peoples Princes and all Iudges of the earth Young men and also maidens old men with children Let them praise the name of Iehovah for high advanced is his Name even his alone his glorious Majestie is above earth and heavens And hee hath exalted the horne of his people the praise of all his gracious Saints the sonnes of Israel a people neare him Halelu-jah Annotations FRom the heavens ye heavenly creatures as the Chaldee yee holy creatures of heaven so after from the earth vers 7. is earthly creatures Compare Rev. 5. 13. in the high places which the Chaldee expoundeth high Angels Vers. 3. starres of light bright shining starres which praised God together Iob 38. 7. Vers. 4. above the
here commendeth the graces of Christ which he had being full of the Holy Ghost for his God had anointed him with the oyle of gladnesse above his fellowes Heb. 1. 9. and of him it is said The Spirit of the Lord is upon mee because hee hath anointed mee to preach the Gospell c. Luke 4. 18. Esay 61. 1. And the odour of these graces is smelt when the Gospell preached is by sense or judgement perceived Phil. 1. 9. Luke 9. 45. Heb. 5. 14. thy name is an ointment powred-forth As Messias and Christ is by interpretation Anointed and he is called the Oile or Ointment in Esay 10. 27. so by his Name is meant his Law the doctrine of grace or Law of faith Rom. 3. 27. as it is written The Iles shall wait for his Law Esay 42. 4. which is expounded The Gentiles shall trust in his name Matth. 12. 21. and the preaching of that grace is called the bearing of Christs Name before the Gentilis Acts 9. 15. and as a good Name is better then a good ointment Eccles. 7. 1. so the name and doctrine of Christ excelleth all other that at the name of Iesus every knee should bow Phil. 2. 10. This name is as a precious ointment powred forth by the preaching of the Gospell and by the miracles confirming the same accomplished not onely by Christ himselfe a man approved of God among the Israelites by miracles wonders and signes which God did by him Act. 2. 22. so that there went out a fame of him through all the region round about and he taught in their synagogues being glorified of all Luke 4. 14. 15. but also by his Apostles who were to preach on the house tops that which they heard in the eare Matth. 10. 27. which also they performed Rom. 15. 19. and 16. 25. 26. and therein rejoyced and said Now thankes be unto God which alwayes causeth us to triumph in Christ and maketh manifest the savor of his knowledge by us in every place For we are unto God a sweet-savour in Christ in them that are saved and in them that perish to the one the savour of death unto death and to the other the savour of life unto life 2 Cor. 2. 2. 14. 15. 16. And as the boxe of ointment when it was broken and powred forth on Christs head the house was filled with the savour of it Marke 14. 3. Iohn 12. 3. so when his Name and Gospell is preached abroad it giveth the odour thereof into all Christian hearts so that by the preaching of faith they also receive the Spirit Gal. 3. 2. 5. and are anointed of God 2 Cor. 1. 21. and have an unction from the Holy-one and know all things 1 Iohn 2. 20. that whereas before they mourned for their sinnes and miseries they now are comforced and have the oile of joy given unto them Esay 61. 3. the Uirgins love thee These are the fellow friends of the Spouse Ps. 45. 15. By Uirgins are meant all such as are chosen and called of God and faithfull whether whole Churches as 2 Cor. 11. 2. or particular persons who with chaste and pure minds serve the Lord onely and worship him in spirit and truth and stand with Christ on the mount Sion having his Fathers name written in their foreheads of whom it is said These are they which were not defiled with women for they are virgins these are they which follow the Lambe whither soever he goeth these were bought from among men being the first fruits unto God and to the Lambe and in their mouth was found no guile for they are without fault before the throne of God Rev. 14. 1 4. 5. And these love the Lord for the odour of his good ointments which they perceive by his word and Spirit though they see him not 1 Pet. 1. 8. they love him because he first loved them 1 Iohn 4. 19. and hath shed abroad his love in their hearts by the Holy Ghost which is given unto them Rom. 5. 5. and this is love that they walke after his commandements and keepe them 2 Ioh. v. 6. Iohn 14. 15. Vers. 4. Draw me A second request of the Spouse unto Christ that he would not onely call her outwardly by the voice of his Gospell but forasmuch as the word preached profiteth not if it bee not mixed with faith in them that heare it Heb. 4. 2. and faith is not of our selves it is the gift of God Eph. 2. 8. who worketh in us both to will and to doe of his good pleasure Phil. 2. 13. that he would also open her heart Acts 16. 14. effectually worke in her by his Spirit and continue and increase his grace towards her For drawing implyeth power in him that draweth as Hee draweth the mighty with his power Iob 24. 22. and when it is unto good it argueth grace and good will as I drew them with cords of a man with bands of love Hos. 11. 4. and continuance of grace as O draw that is continue thy loving kindnesse to them that know thee Psal. 26. 10. and in them that are drawne it is a signe of infirmity as No man can come unto me except the Father which hath sent me draw him Iohn 6. 44. And this is a fruit and effect of Christs death as himselfe saith And I if I bee lifted up or taken away from the earth will draw all men unto mee Iohn 12. 32. This drawing is by being effectually taught of God as againe he saith It is written in the Prophets And they shall be all taught of God every man therefore that hath heard and hath learned of the Father commeth to me Iohn 6. 45. and is a signe of Gods everlasting love towards such as it was said unto Israel Yea I have loved thee with an everlasting love therefore with loving kindnesse have I drawne thee Ier. 31. 3. we will runne I and the Virgins fore-mentioned will runne after thee for they follow the Lambe whithersoever he goeth Rev. 14. 4. Christ is our Fore runner gone before us into heaven Heb. 6. 20. Our Christian conversation is called a running Gal. 2. 2. and 5. 7. and our life is likened to a course or race which is runne as Iohn fulfilled his course or race Acts 13. 25. and Paul saith I have finished my course 2 Tim. 4. 7. Running signifieth readinesse of affection and speedy performance in action Hag. 1. 9. 1 King 19. 19. 20. Psal. 147. 15. it argueth also strength in the runner Dan. 8. 6. all which are here implyed as an effect of Christs grace drawing her according to the Prophesie Behold thou shalt call a nation that thou knewest not and nations that knew not thee shall runne unto thee c. Esay 55. 5. And againe They that wait on the Lord shall renew strength c. they shall runne and not be weary they shall walke and not faint Esay 40. 31. Now the way which we are to runne is his commandements of which David saith I
in the eyes of Christ and when she obeyeth the voyce of God and forgetteth and forsaketh her owne naturall corruptions he taketh delight in her beauty as it is said Hearken ô daughter and consider and encline thine eare forget also thine owne people and thy fathers house so shall the King greatly desire thy beauty c. Psal. 45. 10. 11. Thus is the prophesie fulfilled with the joy of the Bridegroome over the Bride thy God will rejoyce over thee Esay 62. 5. doves so in Chap. 4. 1. These doves eyes wherewith the Spouse is beautified doe set forth the simplicity sincerity humility meeknesse but especially the spirituall chastity of the Church whose eyes are unto Christ alone looking unto him for life and salvation Matth. 10. 16. Psalme 123. Philip. 3. 7. 10. Esay 17. 7. 8. Ezekiel 18. 6. and 20. 7. observing his wayes Prov. 23. 26. not beholding evill nor looking on iniquity Habak 1. 13. Contrary to which are the lofty eyes Proverb 30. 13. eyes after idols Ezekiel 20. 24. eyes full of adultery 2 Peter 2. 14. eyes beholding strange women Prov. 23. 33. and the like Vers. 16. Thou art faire The Spouse returneth the prayse of beauty unto her beloved who is much fairer then the sonnes of Adam Psalme 45. 2. 3. from whom all her fairenesse is derived so that the prayse thereof belongeth not to her but unto him Psalme 115. 1. as the Apostle saith I live yet not I but Christ liveth in mee and the life which I now live in the flesh I live by the faith of the Sonne of God who loved me and gave himselfe for me Galat. 2. 20. Howbeit though Christ be most faire and beauty it selfe yet such was his basenesse and sufferings in the flesh as his visage was marred more then any man and his forme more then the sonnes of men Esay 52. 14. and 53. 2. 3. and such he often appeareth unto the world to be in the Church partaker of his afflictions But the eye of faith beholdeth his spirituall beauty through all tribulations and glorieth therein Roman 8. 35. 39. 1 Peter 1. 5. 6 and 4. 12. 13. 14. And when the mysteries of the Gospell are opened and the ordinances of Christ faithfully taught and practised then doth the Spouse behold the King in his beauty Esay 33. 17. And of his fulnesse have we all received and grace for grace Iohn 1. 16. yea pleasant or also pleasant amiable delightfull beautifull This is an addition unto the beauty of Christ in respect of his pleasant and gracious administration of his covenant doctrines reproofes c. For the Lords staffe called Beauty or Pleasantnesse signifieth his Covenant made with the people Zachar. 11 10. and David desired to remaine in the Lords house all the dayes of his life that he might behold the pleasantnesse or beauty of the Lord Psalme 27. 4. and Moses desireth that the pleasantnesse of the Lord might bee upon them in the performance of his covenant and promises Psalme 90. 17. And Solomon sheweth that pleasantnesse shall bee unto them that rebuke the wicked Proverb 24. 24. 25. All which and the like have their accomplishment in Christ teaching admonishing reproving comforting his people with words of grace whose pleasant words are as an honey combe sweet to the soule and health to the bones Prov. 16. 24. our bed or our bedstead Beds were used either to rest and sleepe upon as Psal. 132. 3. 4. or to sit upon when they did eate and banquet as we doe at tables Esth. 1. 5. 6. Amos 6. 4. Ezek. 23. 41. And figuratively the place of offring sacrifices is called a bed Esay 57. 7. greene or flourishing and fruitfull for it is not ment so much of colour as of flourishing growth and increase This word applied unto men meaneth prosperous and flourishing estate as Nebuchadnezar said I was at rest in my house and greene or flourishing in my palace Dan. 4. 4. and David likeneth himselfe to a greene or flourishing olive tree in the house of God Psal. 52. 10. where the Greeke translateth it a fruitfull olive Hereby then the Church signifieth that by her communion with Christ whether by the similitude of bed or board she became flourishing and fruitfull as is said of them that are planted in the Lords house They shall still bring forth fruit in hoary age they shall be fat and green Psal. 92. 13. 14. And this is the nature of the Gospell where it is received by faith that it bringeth forth fruit and maketh men fruitfull in every good worke and increasing in the knowledge of God Colos. 1. 6. 10. It may here also signifie the increase of the children of the Church which are begotten by the immortall seed of the word through the power of Christ giving a blessing to the ministery of the same The Chaldee Paraphrast expoundeth this speech thus The congregation of Israel answered before the Lord of the world how faire is the Majesty of thy holinesse in the time that thou dwellest amongst us and in favourable acceptation receivest our prayers and in the time that thou dwellest in our beloved bed and our children are multiplyed on the earth and we doe grow and multiply like a tree that is planted by a spring of waters whose leafe is faire and whose fruit is abundant Vers. 17. The beames or the rafters it meaneth the timber whereof beames or rafters are made which are called by this name when they are cut downe in the wood as in 2 Kings 6. 2. 5. houses or adifices so named of building Such figured the Churches of Christ as in a Timothy 3. 15. the house of God is expounded the Church of the living God and the faithfull Hebrewes were the house of Christ Hebrewes 3. 6. Cedars trees strong tall and durable the timber whereof is of sweet smell and it rotteth not To such Cedars the Saints of God are compared Psalme 92. 13. and the Tabernacles of Israel are by Balaam likened unto such for goodlinesse Numbers 24. 5. 6. This wood was used in Solomons Temple 1 King 6. 9. 36. and 7. 12. and he made it common in Israel he made Cedars like the Sycomore trees which are in the vale for abundance 1 Kings 10. 27. prefiguring the graces which should abound under Christ. galleries walking places named of running because they runne along by the house sides Elsewhere the word is used for gutters wherein waters runne Genesis 30. 38. 41. Exodus 2. 16. which may also have use here to signifie the pipes and conduits of Gods graces through which the waters of his Spirit are conveyed into their hearts But because she spake of houses this may rather be understood of galleries signifying the meanes of conversing with Christ in the communion of his graces See the notes on Song 7. 5. Brutine trees or Boratine trees The Hebrew Brothim is found onely in this place and seemeth to be that which in Latine is called Brute which is a tree like Cypres
is faire and commendable among the unfruitfull trees and all the world knoweth it so the Lord of the world was faire and commendable among the Angels when he was revealed upon Mount Sinai at the time that hee gave the Law unto his people at that time I desired to sit in the shadow of his Divine majesty and the words of his Law were sweet to my palate and the reward of his precepts is reserved for me in the world that is to come Vers. 4. the house of wine that is either the wine celler the place where wine is kept or rather the banquetting house where wine is drunke For cellars are called the treasuries or store-houses of wine in 1 Chron. 27. 27. Wine besides that it slaketh thrist cheareth also the heart of man Psal. 104. 15. causeth him to forget his sorrow and misery Prov. 31. 6 7. comforteth the sicke by cherishing and augmenting the vitall spirits By this the Church signifieth encrease of grace from Christ as the fruit of the vine excelleth the fruit of the apple tree and is more comfortable unto the heart And as her troubles and tentations were increased so was his grace towards her for spirituall consolations for as the sufferings of Christ abound in us so our consolation also aboundeth by Christ 2 Cor. 1. 5. This house of wine is like that in Prov. 9. 1. 5. where wisedome having builded her house c. inviteth the simple to come and eate of her bread and drinke of the wine which she hath mingled Of the Hebrewes Iarchi expoundeth this wine house to be the Tabernacle of the congregration where the interpretation explanation of the Law is given answerable to which now is the assembly of the Saints though it may also be understood of Gods booke or Scripture the true wine-celler that affordeth spirituall comforts his banner or his standard a flag or ensigne spred abroad a warlike signe as in ch 6. 4. 10. the Church is said to bee terrible as an army with banners And the banner lifted up is a signe of fighting with ioy and victory as in Psal. 20. 6. We will shout-joyfully in thy salvation and in the name of our God we will set up the banner So Christs banner over her signified his defence and the victory which he giveth over all her enemies Sin Satan and the world also the signe that as all souldiers doe camp under their owne standards Num. 2. 2. so shee under the Gospell the ensigne of Christs love towards her love that wherewith Christ hath loved us 1 Iohn 4. 10. wherefore some reade it thus his standard was love toward me By love the Church is redeemed Ephes. 5. 25 by it everlasting consolation is given us and good hope through grace 2 Thess. 2. 16. And hope maketh not ashamed because the love of God is shed abroad in our hearts by the holy Ghost which is given unto us Romanes 5. 5. Vers. 5. Stay or Sustaine Strengthen Uphold ye me The Church in her soule sicknesse speaketh to her friends the Ministers of Christ and other Christians that they with the comfortable doctrines and promises of the Gospell applyed unto her conscience would stay and uphold her ready to fall as into a swowne through trouble of minde because of her owne infirmities and want of feeling of Christs grace and blessing Thus in figure when Isaak had blessed Iakob he saith with corne and wine I have sustained him Gen. 27. 37. Spiritually we are sustained and strengthned by the words and promises of Christ which comfort the heart quicken the spirit and strengthen faith when it is weake as it is said Be ye also patient stablish or strengthen your hearts for the comming of the Lord draweth nigh Iam. 5. 8. and I long to see you that I may impart unto you some spirituall gift to the end you may be established Rom. 1. 11. And example may be seene in Iudah when Ezekias spake unto their heart and said Bee strong and couragious c. for there be moe with us then with him with him is an arme of flesh but with us is Iehovah our God to helpe us and to fight our battels And the people stayed or rested themselves upon the words of Ezekias King of Iudah 2 Chron. 32. 6. 7. 8. Likewise in the Apostles who preaching the Gospell confirmed or stablished the soules of the Disciples Acts 14. 21. 22. and 18. 23. with flagons to weer of wine which at banquets was wont to bee distributed by flagons When David had brought the Arke of God into his place and had offred burnt-offrings and peace-offrings and blessed the people he dealt to every 〈…〉 of Israel both man and woman to every one a loafe of 〈◊〉 and a good peace of flesh and a flagon 1 Chr. 〈…〉 2. 3 meaning a flagons or pot of wine as flagons of grapes that is of wine made of grapes are mentioned in Hos. 3. 1. So here with flagons of the 〈◊〉 of grace and consolation which Gods people have distributed among them in the spirituall banquet of the Gospell doth the Church desire to be sustained Flagon are named for the wine in them as the cup for the wine therein Luk. 22. 20. The Hebrewes after their wonted manner apply this to the doctrine of the Law as the Chaldee paraphrast here saith Receive ye ô Moses and Aaron the voice of the words of the Lord out of the midst of the fire and bring me into the house of doctrine and sustaine me with the words of the Law wherewith the world is delighted But it is the Law which causeth the sicknes of the soule as the Apostle sheweth in Rom. 7. and the Gospell of Christ healeth it Luke 4. 18. strow me a bed or spread mee make me a couch boulster me up The originall Raphad signifieth properly to spread abroad as a bed to lye on Iob 17. 13. and so it is translated by the Greeke Stoibasate which is to strow a bed as they were wont with hearbes or to stuffe and boulfter up Thus it is of like meaning with the former word for they used beds and couches at banquets Amos 6. 4. Esth. 1. 5. 6. or it further signifieth her falling downe as into a swowne and as one not able to stand is to lye down on her couch which she desireth may bee made and boulstred with the apples the comfortable doctrines and fruits of Christ forementioned in verse 3. which the Chaldee explaineth the interpretation of the holy words which are sweet like the apples of the garden of Eden sicke of love in languishing with desire to enjoy the comforts of my beloved The Greek translateth it wounded of love The originall word signifieth also weaknesse as in Iudg. 16. 7. 11. This speech implieth a want of feeling and enioying the presence and comforts of Christ as by her after speech is manifest when she saith I adjure you ô daughters of Ierusalem if ye finde my beloved that ye tell him that
29. called partition because it was parted by the river Iordan from the land of Iudea And on those mountaines as by this Scripture appeareth Hartes and Roes used to runne from whom the similitude is taken CHAPTER III. VPon my bed in the nights I sought him whom my soule loveth I sought him but I found him not I will rise now and goe about in the citie in the streets and in the broad-places I will seeke him whom my soule loveth I sought him but I found him not The watchmen that goe-about in the Citie found mee Saw yee him whom my soule loveth It was but a little that I had passed from them but I found him whom my soule loveth I held him and would not let him goe untill I had brought him into my mothers house and into the chamber of her that conceived mee I adjure you ô daughters of Ierusalem by the Roes or by the Hindes of the field if ye stir and if yee stirre-up the Love untill it please Who is this that commeth up out of the wildernesse like pillars of smoakperfumed with myrrh frankincense with all powder of the Merchant Behold his bed which is Solomons threescore mightie-ones are about it of the mighty ones of Israel They all hold the sword being expert in war every-man hath his sword upon his thigh because of feare in the nights King Solomon made him selfe a charret of the wood of Lebanon He made the pillars therof of silver the bottome thereof of gold the covering thereof of purple the midst thereof being paved with love of the daughters of Ierusalem Goe forth O ye daughters of Zion and see King Solomon with the crowne wherewith his mother crowned him in the day of his espousals and in the day of the gladnes of his heart CHAPTER III. VPon my bed I in the nights him sought Whom my soule loves I sought but found him not Now will I rise and 〈…〉 bout the citie goe Within the streets in places-broad also I will seeke him whom I doe love in minde I did him seeke but him I did not finde The watch that 'bout the Citie goe found me Whom my soule loves said I did ye him see It was but even a little that from them I passed had untill that I found him Whom my soule loveth hold on him I caught And would not let him goe till I him brought Into my mothers house and into the Chamber of her that hath conceived me O daughters of Ierusalem you by The Roes or by Hindes of the field doe I Adjure if that ye stirring-doe disease And if the Love ye stirre-up till it please Who is she this that maketh her egresse Like smoakie pillars from the wildernesse Perfum'd with myrrh and frankincense with all The merchants powder-aromaticall Behold his bed that which is Solomons About the same are threescore mighty-ones Of mighty ones of Israel which are They all doe hold the sword expert in war Ech man his sword upon his thigh he dights Because of fearfull-terrour in the nights A charret of the wood of Lebanon Make for himselfe did the King Salomon Of silver he did pillars of it frame Of gold he made the bottome of the same Of purple was the covering-above The middest of it being pav'd with love Of daughters of Ierusalem that be O Zions daughters get yee forth and see King Solomon with royall diademe Even that wherewith his mother crowned him The day wherein hee his espousals had And in the day wherein his heart was glad Annotations VPon my bed The Church now sheweth greater afflictions into which shee fell through want of feeling the presence and comforts of Christ. Whiles she thought her selfe sure of her Beloved and laid her downe as on the bed of ease supposing him to bee with her she misseth his company and seeking him by solitary meditation found him not Thus may wee understand this place comparing it with Chap. 5. vers 2. 3. c. The bed sometime signifieth tribulation as in Rev. 2. 22. which may be also implyed here that the Church sought and waited for the Lord in the way of his judgements as in Esay 26. 8. the nights the times of solitary earnest meditation as also of effliction are signified by the nights as in Ps 63. 7. and 119. 55. and 77. 3. 4. 7. c. So in Esay 26. 9. With my soul have I desired thee in the night yea with my Spirit within me will I seeke thee earely I sought by prayer study meditation upon repentance of sins negligences in faith of Gods promises c. See Matt. 7. 7. 8. Hoâ—ea 3. 5. and 5. 15. Ieremy 50. 4. 〈◊〉 2. 3. Deu◠〈◊〉 4. 29. my soule loveth Christ whom before shee called her Beloved is here the love of lier soule for by withdrawing the light of his face afflicting the conscience the love zeale and affections of the Christian heart are kindled and increased When he slew them thâ—n they sought him and returned sought God early c. Psal. 78. 34. 35. I found him not to weet presently till afterward v. 4. For neglect of taking hold on grace when it is offered or not keeping it when it is received God often withdraweth the light of his countenance to stirre up zeale and fervency in his children Prov. 1. 24. 28. Mic. 3. 4. Ier. 11. 10. 11. V. 2. I will rise now or Let me rise now This signifieth a stirring up of grace in her an increase of faith love zeale and fervency in spirit Neh. 2. 12. 18. Lam. 2. 19. Psal. 57. 6. Thus afflictions are profitable that we may learn Gods statutes Ps. 119. 17. goe about in the Citie a signe of earnest desire to obtaine that which one seeketh whether it be for evill as in Psal. 55. 11. and 59. 7. 15. or for good as in this place See also Esay 23. 16. By the Citie understand Ierusalem the holy citie where Christ dwelt amongst men and had seated his Temple and the practice of his ordinances wither all Israel repaired thrice every year which was a figure of the Church Eccl. 10. 15. Esa. 26. 1. So amongst the people of God in his word and ordinances she sought Christ for the comfort of her soule streets and broad places or narrow streets and broad streets for both words are used for streets of a city and the latter for such broad places as oftentimes people met together in as in 2 Chron. 32. 6. Neh. 8. 1. 3. 16. Iob â—9 7. So this nâ—teth an exquisite search as in another case it is said Run ye to and fro through the streets of Ierusalem and see now and know and seek in the broad places thereof if ye can find a man if there be any that executeth judgment c Ier. 5. 1. And she therfore seeketh him in the streets because there wisdome uttereth her voice Pro. 1. 20. 22. there Christ teacheth Luk. â—3 â—6 yet now in them she cannot find him Vers. 3.
of Lyons and mountaines of Leopards Shenir and Hermon This Hermon was a goodly mountaine possessed of old by Ogh King of Bashan taken from him by the Israelites and the Amorites called it Shenir the Sidonians Shirion as Moses telleth in Deut. 3. 9. dens of Lyons This openeth the former and sheweth the danger wherein Christs spouse was dwelling as among Lions and Leopards that is among salvage beastly and idolatrous peoples as David complaineth my soule is among Lions Psal. 57. 4. from which estate Christ calleth and delivereth his chosen who being delivered doe see and observe the perils wherein they were and safe estate whereinto the Lord had brought them So the Apostle writing to the converted Gentiles saith Such were some of you but yee are washed but yee are sanctified but ye are justified in the name of the Lord Iesus and by the Spirit of our God 1 Cor. 6. 9. 10. 11. Vers. 9. hast ravished mine-heart or hast-taken-away or hast pierced hast wounded my heart the originall is but one word and used onely in this place twise and meaneth the ravishing or drawing of the heart with love and delight The Chaldee expoundeth it Thy love is fixed in the table of mine heart Christ speaketh here to his spouse as a man overcome with love as it is said With the joy of the Bridegroome over the Bride thy God will rejoyce over thee Esa. 62. 5. my sister so hee calleth her out of his love in respect of her adoption and regeneration being borne of God and of her sanctifications as it is written Both hee that sanctifieth and they that are sanctified are all of one for which cause he is not ashamed to call them brethren Hebr. 2. 11. And whosoever shall doe the will of my Father which is in heaven the same is my brother and sister and mother Matth. 12. 50. one of thine eyes or one looke from thine eyes which eyes were in verse 1. likened to doves simple chast pure meane here her faith and the fruits thereof as prayer c. wherewith Christ is greatly affected and delighted chaine of thy necke Heb. of thy neckes that is which hangeth on both sides of thy necke The eye is a naturall part of the body the chaine is an adjoynt and ornament of the body figuring Gods Lawes and Ordinances Pro. 10. 9. as also the graces of his spirit in his people See the notes on chap. 1. 10. Vers. 10. How faire or how beautifull and consequently how gracious how lovely and delightfull are thy loves By loves are meant not onely the affections but the actions also and fruits of love which the Church manifesteth towards Christ by her worke of faith and labour of love and patience of hope and by keeping his commandements 1 Thes. 1. 3. 1 Ioh. 5. 3. and these are faire and goodly in the eyes of Christ causing him to covet her beauty Psal. 45. 11. 12. how much better or how good are thy loves better than wine the meaning of this speech is opened in Song 1. 2. there the Church preferreth Christs love above wine here he doth the like of her loves towards him signifying how pleasant and acceptable the fruits of his owne graces are in his Church so that the Lord her God delighteth in her and rejoyceth over her Esa. 62. 4. 5. savour of thine ointments that is of the graces of the Spirit wherewith thou art anoynted see the annotations on chap. 1. 3. where the Church extolleth the savour of Christs ointments as here he doth hers spâ—â—es sweet odours or sweet smelling spices for oâ— such the holy anointing oile was made Exod. 30. 23. and with such sometime women were purified Esth. 2. 12. and the dead imbalmed 2 Chro. 16. 14. they were a present for a King 2 Chro. 9 1. 9. Vers. 11. drop the honey combe that is utter sweet words hereby the doctrines and prayers of the Church are commended as sweet and pleasant to the hearers like honey to the taste By this similitude the words of God are praised in Psal. 119. 10. and 119. 103. As grace is powred into the lips of Christ Ps. 45. 2. so by communication of his grace the speech of his people is with grace Colos. 4. 6. honey and milke under thy tongue honey and milke both of them meane the sweet easie comfortable and nourishing words of faith love holinesse c. the sincere milke of the word whereby the babes in Christ may grow 1 Pet. 2. 2. And plenty of grace is promised in Emmanuels daies under the similie of abundance of milke so that every one should eate butter and honey Esa. 7. 22. By under the tongue seemeth to be meant the secret and inward parts as the heart and minde as David exalted God under his tongue Psal. 66. 17. to show her sincerity and difference hereby from the lewd woman whose lippes also drop the honey combe but her end is bitter as wormewood Prov. 5. 3. 4. For some by good words and faire speeches deceive the hearts of the simple Rom. 16. 18. the words of her mouth are smoother then butter but warre is in their heart Psal. 55. 21. and adders poison is under their lippes Psalme 140. 3. the savour or the smell the odour of thy garments these are the beautifull garments oâ— Sâ—on Esa. 52. 1. the fine linnen cleane and bright the righteousnesse of the Saints Revel 19. 8. who have put on the Lord Iesus Christ Rom. 13. 14. Gal. 3. 27. and in their faith doctrine conversation and administration are holy just and righteous and cloathed with salvation Psal. 132. 9. 16. so that the savour the fame and good report hereof is sweet like the smell of Lebanon where pleasant and odoriferous trees herbs and spices grew in abundance God maketh manifest the savour of his knowledge by them in every place for they are unto God a sweet savour in Christ 2 Cor. 2. 14. 15. Thus God promised unto Israel that smell should be as Lebanon through the dew of his grace Hos. 14 5. 6. 7. as when hee first received the blessing the smel of his garments was such that his father compared the smell of his sonne to the smell of a field which the Lord had blessed Gen. 27. 27. Vers. 12. A garden understand from the verses before and after Thou art a garden which is by signification a place closed and fenced and is sowne and planted with hearbs and trees for use and pleasure So in Esa. 5. the Church of Israel is likened to a fenced Vineyard locked or barred that is close shut as the Greeke translateth it shut which is for safetie and defense that no evill should come thereon no enemies should enter For walles doores lockes barres c. are meanes to preserve secure and safe so in figure when the walles of Ierusalem were repaired they were fortified with doores lockes and barres Nehem. 3. 3. 13. But when such fences are wanting or broken downe all things lie open to
is mine he feedeth among the Lilies Thou art faire ô my Love as Tirzah comely as Ierusalem terrible as armies with banners Turne-about thine eyes over-against me for they have lifted mee up thy haire is as a flocke of Goats that appeare from Gilead Thy teeth are as a flocke of sheepe which come-up from the washing which all of them beare-twinnes and none among them is bereaved-of-the-yong As a piece of a pomegranate are thy temples within thy locks There are threescore Queenes and fourescore Concubines and Virgins without number My Dove my perfect-one she is one she is the onely one of her mother she is the choice one of her that bare her The daughters saw her and they blessed her the Queenes and the Concubines and praised her Who is she that looketh-forth as the morning faire as the moone cleare as the Sunne terrible as armies with banners I went-downe to the nut garden to see the fruits of the valley to see whether the vine flourished whether the Pomegranates blossomed I knew not my soule put me the chariots of my willing people Returne returne ô Shulammitesse returne returne that we may looke upon thee what shall we see in the Shulammitesse as the company of two-armies CHAPTER VI. O Whither is thy welbeloved gone Thou that of women art the fairest one O whither may thy Loved turned be Aside that we may seeke for him with thee My Welbeloved he descended is Vnto his garden to the beds of spice Within the gardens that he food may get That also he may gather Lilies sweet I my Beloveds am and my Loved Is mine he doth among the Lilies feed My Love thou art as Tirzah beautifull Comely as is Ierusalem dreadfull As are the warlike-bannered armies Over against me turne about thine eyes For they have lift me up so is thine haire As flocke of goats from Gilead that appeare Thy teeth as flocke of sheepe are which be gone Vp from the washing of which every one Doe bring-forth equall-twinnes and them among Is none that is bereaved-of the-yong The temples-of-thine-head thy lockes within Like to a piece of a pomegranate beene Queenes threescore are and Concubines fourescore Of Virgins eke innumerable store My Dove my undefiled she is one She of her mother is the one alone Of her that bare her she the choice one is The daughters they her saw and did her blisse The Queenes and Concubines and did her praise Who is she that as morne her selfe displayes Faire as the Moone is as the Sun so cleare Dreadfull as armies that doe banners beare To the Nutgarden I went-downe to see The valley fruits to see if the vine-tree Flourisht if blossome did the Pomgranets I knew not my soule put me the charrets Of my free people Turne ô turne I say Shulammitesse turne turne we view thee may What shall you see in the Shulammitesse As company that of two-armies is Annotations TVrned aside or hath he turned his face to wit from thee to others or to another place that we may seeke or and we will seeke him The daughters of Ierusalem Gods elect having heard from his Spouse the praises of Christ are moved earnestly to inquire after him and promise if they know where to seeke him with her that they might bee made partakers of his grace and blessings Such is the effect of the preaching of the Gospell in the hearts of the chosen Acts 2. 37. and 4. 4. and 11. 20. 21. But the watchmen fore-mentioned Song 3. 3. and 5. 7. had no such affection that in them the saying was fulfilled The Pastors are become bruitish and have not sought the Lord therefore they shall not prosper Ier. 10. 21. Vers. 2. is gone-downe to his garden The garden of Christ is his Church as in chap. 4. 16. and 5. 1. The Spouse which before missed and sought him hath now intelligence and informeth others where he is so that this respecteth another time and state and the promise is fulfilled Seeke and ye shall find Mat. 7. 7. If from thence thou shalt seeke the Lord thy God thou shalt find him if thou seeke him with all thine heart and with all thy soule Deut. 4. 29. bed of spice rankes rewes or beds wherein spices were sowne which seemeth to meane companies of beleevers in whose hearts as in good earth the sweet and precious word of the Gospell was sowne Mat. 13. 8. 23. For these beds are by Aquila a Greeke interpreter translated Prasiai which word is used in Marke 6. 40. for rankes of people sitting downe to bee fed of Christ. to feed to associate himselfe and communicate with the graces of his people eating his pleasant fruits as in Song 4. 16. as also to feed his friends and impart unto them the graces of his Spirit in the gardens his particular Churches as in Song 5. 1. to gather Lilies to accept the sweet-smelling fruits of his owne graces growing in his Churches or to gather unto him his faithfull people which are as Lilies among thornes Song 2. 2. The Hebrewes in their Chaldee paraphrase apply this to Gods returning of his people from the captivity of Babylon by Cyrus Ezra Nehemiah Zorobabel c. and the restoring of his worship in the Temple reedified and accepting their service and nourishing them with dainties and as a man that gathereth lilies out of the vallies so gathereth he them out of Babylon Vers. 3. I am my Beloveds The Spouse here glorieth in the peace renewed betweene Christ and her and their mutuall communion by his Spirit and her faith notwithstanding her former infirmities and afflictions The same words but in other order she used before in Song 2. 16. see the annotations there V. 4. Thou art faire The Spouse having found being reconciled to Christ is here cōmended by him for her manifold graces wherewith shee was beautified Compare these her graces with the former in Son 4. 1. c. as Tirzah This was a city in Canaan not far from Samaria wherin one of the 31 Kings whom Iosua conquered did dwell Ios. 12 24. Afterward the Kings of Israel kept their Courts in it 1 King 14. 17. and 15. 21. 33 and 16. 6. 8. 23. By interpretation Tirzah signifieth gratefull well pleasing or acceptable and so the Greek here translateth it Good pleasure or favourable acceptation which sheweth it to be a goodly pleasant place such as Kings delight to dwell in A like beauty is here ascribed to the Spouse being made faire and acceptable by Christ her Beloved as Ephes 1. 6 and 5. 27. Ierusalem a city renowned for glory especially because God himselfe chose to dwell in it having his Temple built there on mount Sion It was faire in situation the joy of all the earth the City of the great King Psal. 48. 2. 3. c. Hereupon the Church under the Gospell the Spouse and Wife of the Lambe Christ is called Ierusalem holy and heavenly whose glory from God and excellent ornaments are described at large in
countrey a place of corne Vines figtrees Pome granat-trees c. as Ioel 11. 12. in the villages or by the Cypresse trees for the Hebrew Cepharim may signifie both but the Greeke also interpreteth it villages and such country villages are distinguished from fenced cities 1 Sam. 6. 18. 1 Chron. 27. 25. The Spouse here desireth of Christ that they may goe together into the field and villages to looke unto their husbandry how it prospered and whether the trees there planted did flourish and fructifie as the next words manifest Hereby their desire and care is signfied for the encrease and propagation of the gospell abroad in the world for the field in the parable is the world Matth. 13. 38. And as Christ himselfe in the dayes of his flesh went about all the cities and villages preaching the gospell Matt. 9. 35. Mark 6. 6. and his disciples went abroad to teach all nations Matt. 28. 19. so afterward both hee in spirit walked among the golden Candlestickes of his Churches looking to their wayes Revel 2. and 3. and his Apostles went againe to visit their brethren in every City where they had preached the word of the Lord and to see how they did Act. 15. 36. Such a cate is here intimated that the Lords field might bee visited where hee had like a wise husband man prepared and fitted his worke Prov. 24. 27. Verse 12. Let us get up early or Let us rise betimes in the morning another act of diligence and care Psal. 127. 2. such as God performed to Israel of old when hee rose up early and sent his Prophets unto them because hee had compassion on them and the Prophets rose-early and spake unto them 2 Chron. 36. 15. Ierem. 25. 3. 4. to the vineyards that is the Churches or places where the Gospell had beene planted so the house of Israel was the Lords Vineyard Esay 5. 7. The Chaldee also expoundeth this of the house or place of assembly for learning Gods Law the tender grape the first small-grape of this see Song 2. 13. 15. open it selfe that is appeare and so give a sweet smell the Greeke interpreteth it flourish it meaneth the first appearance of fruit before the grapes be any thing neere ripe a token that the Spring is come and that Summer is nigh as Song 2. 12. 13. The Chaldee Paraphrast applyeth it to the time of Israels redemption pomegranates or pomegranate-tres such doe signifie the particular persons in the Churches full of grace and good works See Song 4. 13. there will 〈◊〉 give my loves The Spouse promiseth to give unto Christ the fuition of her graces and fruits of her faith confession thankes good workes c. there in the Vineyards of the Churches in the societie of the Saints For the Lord keepeth his Vineyard and watereth it every moment hee causeth them that come of Iakob to take root Israel shall blossome and bud and fill the face of the world with fruit Esay 27. 3. 6. And I will bring forth saith the Lord a seed out of Iakob and out of Iudah an inheritor of my mountaines and mine elect shall inherite it and my servants shall dwell there There shall the house of Israel all of them in the land serve me there will I accept them and there will I require your offrings and the first fruits of your oblations with all your holy things I will accept you with your sweet savour c. Esay 65. 9. Ezek. 20. 40. 41. Vers. 13. The Mandrakes Dudaim which the Greeke also called Mandragoraes or Mandrakes have allusion in name to Dodim loves forementioned and Dod that is Beloved as she after calleth Christ. Mandrakes grew in the field and were found in the daies of wheat harvest as the historie sheweth in Gen. 30. 14. c. It appeareth by 〈◊〉 chels desire there of them by the smell that here they are said to give that they were very lovely and pleasant differing from the Mandrakes that grow in these parts The Chaldee paraphrast calleth it Balsemon Balsam give a smell or an odour that is are fragrant and yeeld a pleasant savour so the Uines are said before to give a smell Song 2. 13. and the Spikenard of the Spouse Song 1. 12. at our-doores or by our doores which seemeth to be opposed unto the fields where Mandrakes grew as after new fruits are opposed unto the old signifying that both at home and abroad neer far the fame and odour of graces in Gods people spread it selfe For a thing is said to be at the doores when it is nigh at hand Mat. 24. 53. precious things or dainties pleasant fruits delightfull graces see the notes on Song 4. 13. 16. new and old signifying here by variety and plenty Lev. 26. 10. and old fruits are oft times better then new as Luk. uk 5 39. So â—ow the state of the Church instructed unto the Kingdome of heaven is like the housholder which bringeth forth out of his treasurie things new and old Matt. 13. 52. laid them up or hidden treasured stored-up to be reserved safely kept The Chaldee paraphraseth thus Now rise O King Christ receive the Kingdome 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 have layd up for thee As the goodnesse of God is great which he hath laid up for them that feare him Psal. 31. 20. so all the goodnesse and fruits of grace that flow from his people are unto his honour and praise consecrated unto him For of him and through him and for him are all things to him 〈◊〉 glory forever Amen Rom 11. 3â— CHAPTER VIII VVHo will give thee as a brother to me sucking the breasts of my mother I would finde thee without I would kisse thee also they shold not despise mee I would leade thee I would bring thee into my mothers house thou shouldest instruct mee I would cause thee to drinke of spiced wine of the juce of my Pomegranate His left hand under mine head and his right hand imbrace mee I adjure you ô daughters of Ierusalem why should yee stirre and why should yee stirre-up the Love untill it please Who is this that commeth-up out of the wildernesse that leaneth upon her Beloved Vnder the apple-tree I stirred up there thy mother painfullybrought thee forth there she painfullybrought forth that bare thee Set me as a seale upon thine heart as a seale upon thine 〈◊〉 for love is strong as death zeale is hard as hell the coales thereof are coales of fire the flame of Iah Many waters cannot quench love neither can the flouds drowne it if a man would give all the substance of his house for love contemning they would contemne it We have a little sister and she hath no breasts what shall wee doe for our sister in the day when she shall bee spoken of If shee bee a wall wee will build upon her a pallace of silver and if shee be a doore wee will inclose her with boards of Cedar I am a wall and my breasts as to w 〈…〉 then was
accompanied with a promise of all carefull and loving duty acceptation and obedience on her part For to finde him without or in the street where the Wisedome of God crieth and teacheth Pro. 1. 20. Luk. 13. 26. signifieth her ready mind to goe forth to meete him as the virgins should to the Bridegroome Matth. 25. 6. and both lovingly boldly to entertaine and welcome him by receiving and obeying his Gospell as the sequell Shew 〈…〉 See also Song 3. 2. 4. would kisse thee a signe of love honour and of obedience as all are exhor 〈…〉 d to kisse the sonne Psal. 2. 12. See Song 1. 2. they should not despise me that is men should not or I should not be despised for so this manner of speech often importeth as is noted on Gen. 16. 4. Persons are despised or contemned when either they doe or are thought to doe that which is not honest or comely Gen. 38. 23. 2 Sam. 6. 16. or when they misse of their purpose and are laughed to 〈◊〉 with contempt Esa. 37. 22. Neither of these should befall her doing but her duty in 〈◊〉 and modest sort and obtaining Christ whom her soule desired What the state of a people is without Christ and how subject they are to shame and reproach the Lord himselfe sheweth in Esa. 54. 1. 4. 6. But them that honour God he will honour and they that despise him shall be lightly-esteemed 1 Sam. 2. 30. and if any man serve Christ 〈◊〉 will the Father honour Ioh. 12. 26. Vers. 2. I would leads thee to weet with honour and solemnity with joy and gladnesse for Kings and great personages are said to be sed brought along Esa. 60. 11. Psal. 45. 15. 16. Here that which the faithfull desire receive of God of Christ to be led and to be brought to his holy mountaine 〈◊〉 43. 3. they promise to doe unto Christ but the Lord doth it by the sight of his Word and Spirit Esa. 63. 14. Psal 143. 10. they doe it unto 〈◊〉 by earnest prayers stirring-up themselves to take hold on him Esa. 64. 1. 7. my mothers house the state of Ecclesiastical policie and publike assembly figured by the house or Temple of God in Ierusalem of old unto which the Chaldee paraphrase here referreth it but is fulfilled in Christian Churches which are Gods house and temple now Heb. 3 6. 2 Cor. 6. 16. especially in that Ierusalem which is the mother of us all Gal. 4. 26. See Song 3. 4. thou should instruct me or shalt teach shalt learne me speaking to Christ whose instruction shee would gladly receive Thus also the Greeke interpreteth it thou shalt teach me and the Chaldee thou shalt teach me to feare before the Lord. It may also bee referred to the mother aforesaid shee that instructeth her but the former seemeth most agreeable and sheweth both her desire and the end of bringing Christ unto her home that shee might be further taught and builded up by the doctrines of his Gospell And thus it is prophesied how in the last daies many people should say Come and let us goe up to the house of the God of Iakob and hee will teach us of his wayes and we will walke in his pathes c. Esa 2. 2. 3. Mich. 4. 1. 2. of spiced wine wine sweeted with a mixture or confection of spices such in the Law were put into the holy incense and oile Exod. 30. 34. 35. 23. 25. such were also used at the buriall of the dead 2 Chronicles 16. 14. and for banquetting as this place sheweth the juyce or the new-liquor the sweet-wine which hath the name of treading or pressing out of the pomegranats or grapes Hereby she signifieth that the word should not be fruitlesse in her but that she would honour Christ with her graces and render unto him such fruits of faith as should bee sweetned spiced with his owne Spirit in her wrung out of her by the same whiles she hath fellowship in his afflictions For when Christ administreth the comforts of his Word and Spirit hee giveth us wine to drinke Prov. 9. 1. 5. Esa. 55. 1. 3. and when wee bring forth the fruits of his Spirit and with them doe glorifie him and edifie our brethren he counteth himselfe refreshed as with wine and taketh pleasure in his people See Song 4. 10. and 5. 1. This juyce and wine spiced with the truth faith grace and spirit of the Lord is contrary to that cup in the womans hand full of abhominations and filthiness of her fornication the heresies idolatries and other fruits of the flesh with which 〈◊〉 the inhabitants of the earth were made drunke Rev. 17. 2. 4. Vers. 3. under mine head understand it prayer-wise as before let it be under or should be under my head The Spouse privy to her owne infirmities and desirous of strength and comfort from Christ 〈…〉 eth that she may be sustained by him and find rest to her soule in the feeling of his love whose grace is sufficient for her whose strength is made per 〈…〉 weakenesse 2 Cor. 12. 9. See before in Song 26. where the like words are used Vers. 4. I adjure you or I charge you by an oath 〈…〉 here injoying Christ desireth the continuance of his grace and chargeth her friends that they should by no means disquiet provoke or grieve him as shee had adjured them twise before Song 2. 7. and 3. 5. See the annotations there why should yee stirre that is doe not stirre for it will not be for your profit before it was said if yee stirre in the like sense and there in Song 2. 7. and 3. 5. the Roes and Hindes of the field were mentioned which are not here Vers. 5. Who is this this woman This either implyeth the springing up of a new Church conducted by Christ through the wildernesse of this world or if it be understood of the former it sheweth the admiration of the daughters of Ierusalem at her increase strong faith patience holy order c. whiles she followeth and relyeth upon Christ. So before in Song 3. 6. the wildernesse the peoples of this world out of which the people of God are chosen and called Ezek. 20. 35. Ioh. 15. 19. It signifieth also her former misery under persecution or under the bondage of sinne and satan from which shee escapeth by Christ for the wildernesse was a dry and thirsty land a land of drought and of the shadow of death Ezek. 19. 13. Ier. 2. 6. that leaneth or leaning cleaving to adjoyning associating her selfe it is a word not elsewhere used in Scripture and is borrowed from the Arabian language the Greeke translateth it confirming or strengthening her selfe It signifieth her weakenesse in her selfe unable to sustaine her steppes but her strength in Christ her beloved on whom she leaning by faith is confirmed against all doubts fears dangers difficulties tentations and by her union with him is made partaker of all grace and comfort for hee
And these are burnt to death He that lyeth with his wives daughter whiles his wife liveth or with her daughters daughter or with her sons daughter or with his wives mother or with her mothers mother or with her fathers mother He that lyeth with his daughter or with his daughters daughter or with his sons daughter Thou hast no unlawfull copulation puniâ—hed with Strangling but for lying with a mans wife onely Levit. 20. 10. And the death which the Law speaketh of absolutely that is without naming what kinde of death it shal be is Strangling And if she be a Priests daughter she is burned Levit. 21. 9. and he that lay with her is strangled and if shee be a betrothed maid they are both of them stoned Deuter. 22. 24. and wheresoever the Law saith Their bloods upon them that is by stoning For all other unlawfull copulations there is cutting-off onely and not death by the Magistrate Therefore if there be witnesses and evidence the Iudges are to beat them for all that deserve cutting-off are to be beaten Maimony in Issurei biah chap. 1. sect 1. 7. Thus by their owne grant this case is singular and there is no other reason of the adulterers strangling then the commanding of their death absolutely Among the heathens also adulterie was punished with death as the King of Babylon rosted Zedekiah and Ahab in the fire because they committed adultery with their neighbours wives c. Ieremie 29. 22. 23. This sinne is a fire that consumeth to destruction and will root out all a mans increase Iob 31. 12. Hee that d 〈…〉 h it destroyeth his owne soule Prov. 6. 32. Vers. 11. their bloods upon them that is they shall be stoned in Greeke both of them are guilty and the Chaldee saith worthy to be killed So in the rest that follow Vers. 12. wrought or done confusion which the Greeke translateth have done-impiously Vers. 13. like copulation with a woman Hebr. with the lyings or copulations of a woman see Levit 18. 22. Vers. 14. wickednesse or a wicked purpose in Chaldee counsell of sinnes in Greeke an unlawfull act See Levit. 18. 17. Vers. 17. impietie or reproach ignominie as the Greeke and Chaldee doe translate it cut-off in Greeke destroyed before the sonnes of their kinne that is soone and openly to weet by the hand of God and to be beaten by the Magistrate as the Hebrewes say See the notes on verse 10. his iniquitie that is the punishment due thereunto as Gen. 19. 15. Vers. 18. having her sicknesse her menstrual-infirmitie for which she was separated as uncleane even from her husband therefore the Greeke translateth it put-apart and the Chaldee uncleane See the annotations on Levit. 12. 2. and 15. 19. 24. the fountaine or well figuratively so called because of the issve as in Levit. 12 7. The Greeke here in the first place keepeth the metaphore hee hath uncovered her fountaine the Chaldee saith her ignominie in the second place the Greeke translateth she hath uncovered the issue of her blood where the Chaldee saith the uncleannesse of her blood The Holy Ghost also explaineth it so for where it is said in Marke 5. 29. the fountaine of her blood was dried up an other Evangelist saith her issue of blood stanched Luke 8. 44. By the Hebrew doctors the wombe wherein the childe is formed is called the Fountaine Maimony in Issureibiah chap. 5. sect 3. Therfore also they exempt virgins from this pollution as is noted on Levit. 15. 19. cut-off in the Greek and Chaldee destroyed to weet by the hand of God for presumptuous doing against this Law Levit. 15. 31. and by the Magistrates if it were knowne she was beaten Maimony in Issureibiah chap. 1. sect 22. And from the Law for washing her in Levit. 15. they teach that the woman which hath her sicknesse or hath an issue or hath borne achilde if shee wash not her selfe in water who so lyeth with any one of them though it be after many yeeres is guilty of cutting-off Maimony ibidem chap. 4. sect 3. But those legall washings figured our better cleansing by the blood of Christ Esa. 4. 4. 1 Ioh. 1. 7. Vers. 20. his aunt which the Chaldee expoundeth his uncles or fathers-brothers wife see Levit 18. 14. childlesse meaning either that God will give them no children or soon take them away if he doe give them For by the Hebrew canons the Magistrates might not put them to death but beat them onely for this sinne See the notes on verse 10. Verse 21. shall be childlesse the Greeke translateth shall dye childlesse as verse 20. Sol. Iarchi hereupon noteth Childlesse meaneth if he have children he shall bury them if he have no children hee shall dye without children therefore the scripture differeth saying in verse 20. they shall dye childlesse and in verse 21. they shall be childlesse They shall die childelesse if he have any at the time of transgression he shall have none at his death for he shall bury them whiles he liveth they shall be childlesse for if hee have none when he transgresseth he shall be all his daies as he now is Vers. 22. And or Therefore ye shall keepe spue or vomit you not out which the Greeke and Chaldee turne loathe or abhorre you See Levit. 18. 25. 26. 28. Verse 23. nation in Greeke nations in Chaldee peoples amyrked or am grieved with and consequently doe abhorre them as the Greeke translateth it and the Chaldee my Word abhorreth them Thus also God was affected with Israel and complained Fortie yeeres I was yrked with that generation Psal. 95. 10. Vers. 24. milke and honey that is all good and comfortable blessings which were also figures of heavenly graces see the notes on Exod. 3. 8. separated in Greeke disparted or disbounded you from all the nations Gods lawes are as a wall and hedge to keepe his people from the statutes and manners of the wicked So Solomon said Thou didst separate them to thy selfe for an inheritance from all the peoples of the earth 1 King 8. 53. Vers. 25. separate betweene the cleane beast that is put difference by eating the cleane and refraining from the uncleane according to the Law in Levit. 11. which thing is here spoken of upon their separation from the peoples because their abstinence from uncleane beasts figured their abstaining from the communion of uncleane peoples as Act. 10. 12. 28. and as is shewed on Levit. 11. The Hebrewes say this is mentioned after the unlawfull copulations aforesaid because who so defileth him-selfe with them degenerateth and is as it were transformed into the nature of uncleane beasts c. R. Menachem on Levit. fol. 151. for uncleane that is that you should count them unclean and abstaine from them The Greeke translateth in uncleannesse Vers. 26. from the peoples in Greâ—ke from all the nations as in verse 24. to be mine or to bee unto me which the Chaldee interpreteth to serve before me Vers. 27. familiar spirit
your land V. 34. injoy accept as v. 41. or pay accomplish her Sabbathes meaning her seventh yeeres which the Chaldee calleth releases or remissions whereof see Lev. 25. 2. Deut. 15. 1. So the word is used for paying or accomplishing as in Ioh 14. 6. till hee accomplish as an hireling his day though there also it may meane a contented-acceptation and injoying of that which was desired V. 35. it shall rest or it shall keep-sabbath both from the people the unworthy inhabitants and from their tillage thereof as the law required Lev. 25. 4. Which being a precept figuring the sanctimonie of the church was not kept whiles they defiled the land by their iniquities as Lev. 18. 27. Wherefore whiles the land lay desolate it should as it were be well pleased and contentedly injoy the rest which God would give it from their sinning upon ii This was fulfilled when they were 70. yeeres captives in Babylon as appeareth by 2 Chron. 36. 21. where it is said Vntill the land had injoyed her Sabbathes as long as she lay desolate she kept Sabbath to fulfill seventie yeeres rested not in your sabbathes This sheweth that it was not the outward rest and intermission of the land which God chiefly intended by that law Lev. 25. for those Rests the land injoyed but the resting from sinne by the people that dwelt thereon even as the Sabbath day was also a signe of their sanctification See the notes on Levit. 25. 4. Vers. 36. a softnesse or tendernesse that is a faintnes or fearefulnesse and as the Chaldee translateth it a breaking or discouragement So softnesse is used for faintnesse or want of courage in Deut. 20. 3. Esa. 7. 4. 2 Chron. 13. 7. a driven-leafe or a tossed leafe which the Greeke translateth caried meaning with the winde and as in Thargum Ionathan it is explained a leafe that is plucked from the tree This judgement in Iob 15. 21. 22. is opened thus A sound of feares is in his eares in peace the destroyer will come upon him he beleeveth not to returne out of darkenesse and he is waited for of the sword c. as fleeing from a sword Hebr. the flight of a sword which the Greeke explaineth as they that flee from batteil and the Chaldee as a flight from before them that kill with the sword So Solomon saith The wicked fleeth where no man pursueth Prov. 28. 1. Vers. 37. shall fall or stumble-downe through weakenesse or through hast as they flee they shall fall one on another before a sword Chaldee before them that kill with sword power-to-stand Heb. standing or uprightnesse contrary to the blessing in verse 13. The Greeke translateth ye shall not be able to withstand your enemies Vers. 38. shall perish c. or shall be lost The fulfilling hereof is shewed in Ier. 50. 6. My people hath beene perishing or lost sheepe their sheepheards have caused them to goe astray c. Vnto this curse of the Law the promise of grace under the Gospell is opposed in Esa. 27. 13. They shall come which are perishing in the land of Assyria and the Outcasts in the land of Egypt and shall worship Iehovah in the 〈◊〉 at Ierusalem eat you up in Chalden conâ—ume you that it ye shall dye in the land of your captivine Vers. 39. pine away in Chaldee melt away to pine in iniquite is to consume and perish in the punishment for iniquitie whereupon this people complained If our transgressions and our sinnes be upon us and we pine away in them how should wee then live Ezek. 33. 10. See also Ezek 24. 23. It may likewise imply the beginning of grace in them that are left the remnant-according to the election of grace Romans 11. 5. who by their chastisements are brought to a sight and sorrow for their sins as in Ezek. 36. 31. ye shall lothe your selves in your own sight for your iniquities of their fathers the Chaldee expoundeth it in the sins of their evill fathers which they retain in their hands they shal melt-away with theÌ„ Vers. 40. And they shall that is And if they shall confesse as the word If is understood in Exod. 4. 23. Mat. 1. 2. and 3. 8. Such a confession Daniel made in Dan. 9. 3. 4. 5. c. and Nehemiah Neh. 1. 4. 5. 6. 7. c. and 9. 1. 2. 29. 30. c. when with fasting and prayer they confessed their owne and their forefathers sinnes And from hence the Hebrewes doe gather that they should humble themselves and fast certain daies in the yeere for the calamities that have befallen their forefathers such dayes as he spoken of in Zach. 7. 3. 5. and 8. 19. and other the like wherein they stir up their hearts unto repentan by memoriall of their owne evill deeds and the deedes of their fathers which caused those diffesses to come upon them Moreover they say W 〈…〉 o seeth the cities of Iudah in their desolation saith Thy holy cities are à wildernesse as in Esa. 64. 10 and re 〈…〉 his clothes If he see Ierusalem in her desolation be faith Ierusalem is a wildernesse c. If hee see the Sanctuarie desolate he saith Our holy and our beautifull house c. as in Esa. 64. 11. and rendeth his clothes Hee rendeth them with his hand all the clothes that are upon him untill he be naked down to the heart And he never soweth up those rent plico 〈…〉 But all their fasts they say shall cease in the â—â—yes of Christ and not so onely but they shall be 〈◊〉 a good day or festivitie and to dayes of joy and 〈…〉 as it is written in Zach. 8. 19. Thus saith the Lord hosts the fast of the fourth moneth and the fast of the fift and the fast of the seventh and the fast of the tenth shall be to the house of Iudah joy and gladnesse and chear full solemne-feasts therefore love the truth and â—â—nce Maim tom 1. in Taanioth chap. 5. sect 1. 16. 19. Thus are the unbeleevers left to mourne and pine away in their iniquities and they fast not 〈◊〉 to the Lord but as he cried and they would 〈…〉 eate so they cry and he will not heare because they have refused Christ who is our Peace and whose glory dwelt amongst us full of grace and truth Zach. 7. 5. 13. Eph. 2. 14. Ioh. 1. 11. 14. against me in Chaldee against my word contrary Hebr. in conntrarietie Chaldee in hardnesse stubbornely as vers 21. 27. Vers. 41. uncircumcised heart which the Chaldee expoundeth grosse or foolish heart and Targum Ionathan their proud heart It meaneth also an unbleeving and disobedient heart which resisted the Spirit of God according to that saying Yee stiffe necked and uncircumcised in heart and earesâ— yee doeâ— alwaies resist the holy Ghost Act. 7. 51. This hee speaketh because the true circumcision is in the liners and in the spirit Romans 2. 29. whereupon the Prophet complaineth all the house of Israel are uncircumcised in heart Ierom.
9. 26. what uncircumcision is see Genes 27. be humbled or be bowed downe which the Greeke translateth be a shamed the Chaldee be broken It is opposed unto pride 2 Chronicles 32. 26. Iob 40. 12. and implieth their repentance and turning to the Lord as in 2 Chronicles 30. 11. Whereupon God saith If my people upon whom my name is called shall humble themselves and pray and seeke my face and turne from their wicked wayes then will I heare from heaven and will for give their sinne c. 2 Chronicles 7. 14. accept of their iniquitie that is of the punishment of their iniquitie as iniquity and sinne is often used for punishment Genesis 19. 15. Leviticus 20. 17. 19. 20. and to accept of that is willingly to beare it and contentedly to injoy it the word before used in verse 34. where the land should injoy her sabbathes or pay for the same This phrase is used in Esa. 40. 2. where Ierusalem is comforted because her iniquitie is accepted of or payed when she hath received of the Lords hand double for all her sinnes Vers. 42. Then will I Hebr. And I will remember This remembrance of God signifieth his performance of the thing promised as hee saith I have remembred my convenant c. and I will bring you out from under the burdens of the Egyptians c. Exod. 6. 5. 6. So our remembring of Gods precepts is expounded for to doe them Psal. 103. 18. And under this promise Gods mercie towards them is implied as Moses elsewhere saith For Iehovah thy God is a mercifull God he will not forsake thee neither destroy thee nor forget the covenant of thy fathers which he sware unto them Deut. 4. 31. And David And he remembred for them his covenant and repented according to the multitude of his mercies Psal. 106. 45. my covenant with Iacob the Greeke translateth the covenant of Iakob c. the Chaldee my covenant that was with Iakob c. The remembring of this covenant with their ancestors meaneth the accomplishment of the gracious promises made in respect of Christ unto forgivenesse of sinnes and Sanctification of the Spirit Therefore when Christ the horne of salvation was raised up in the house of David God is said to doe mercie with our fathers and to remember his holy covenant the oath which hee sware to our father Abraham c. Luke 1. 69. 72. 73. 75. The like grace is promised in Ezekiel 16. 60. c. So whiles Daniel was confessing his sinne and the sinne of his people Israel the Angel Gabriel came and told him of the comming of Christ to finish the transgression and to seale up sinnes and to make atonement for iniquitie and to bring in everlasting righteousnesse Daniel 9. 20. 24. For the Lord will not cast-off for ever but though hee cause griefe yet will he have compassion according to the multitude of his mercias Lamentation 3. 31. 32. This Thai 〈…〉 called Ionathans expoundeth e 〈…〉 is verse thus Then will I remember in mercie the covenant which I covenanted with Iakob at Bethâ—l Gen. 35. and also the covenant which I covenantâ—d with Isaak in mount Morijah Gen. 22. and also the covenant which I covena 〈…〉 d with Abraham but 〈◊〉 the peeces of the sacrifices Gen. 15. Whereas other-where the covenant is usually mentioned once and from Abraham doâ—neward to Isaak and so to Iakob as is to be seene in Exod. 2. 24. and 6. 3. 4. here God mentioneth his covenant thrice for more confirmation and beginning with Iakob goeth upward to Abraham the father of the faithfull so leading them by degrees to his first and most ancient promises and in them to Christ whose Gospell was preached to Abraham and such as be Christs are Abrahams seed and heyres according to the promise Gal. 3. 8. 29. the land which shall againe be inhabited and tilled as it is written In the day that I shall have cleansed you from all your iniquities I will also cause you to dwell in the cities and the wastes shall be builded and the desolate land shall bee tilled whereas it lay desolate in the sight of all that passed by c. Ezek. 36. 33. 34. So another Prophet saith O Lord thou hast beene favourable to thy land thou hast returned the captivity of Iakob and our land shall give her fruit c. Psal. 85. 2. 13. And these promises have also their accomplishment in Christ who pronounced this blessing to the meeke that they shall inherit the laud Matth. 5. 5. But that earthly land wherein they and their fathers so journed was à figure of a better countrie that is an heavenly Heb. 11. 9. 16. Vers. 43. and shall injoy as in verse 34. The Greek translateth then shall the land accept her sabbathes 〈◊〉 because even for because the reason is doubled for the more vehemencie and to imply their often and manifold sinnes in the breaking of his covenant The like phraseis in Ezek. 13. 10. Vers. 44. in the land of their enemies cast out thither for their sinnes and so unworthy of grace being to bee reputed as enemies themselves This commendeth the mercie and free grace of God in Christ for when we were enemies wee were reconciled to God by the death of his Sonne Rom. 5. 10. to consume them This promise was partly fulfilled at their returne out of Babylon as is remembred in Nehem. 9. 31. Neverthelesse for thy great mercies sake thou didst not utterly consume them nor forsake them But chiefly the complement hereof is by the Gospell as the Apostle sheweth in Rom. 11. 26. 28 29. Like promises are made in Dâ—uter 4. 29. 31. Ezek. 24. 22. 23. I am Iehovah or I Iehovah 〈◊〉 their God which on â—his part signifieth his power goodnesse and readinesse to save them and for them it is a signe of blessing for blessed is that people whose God is Iehovah Psal. 144. 15. and 33. 12. Vers. 45. of their 〈…〉 rs or of the first which Targum Ionathan expoundeth the covenant which I 〈◊〉 with their ancient fathers The Greeke translateth it their first covenant when I brought them for 〈…〉 the land of Egypt Which deliverance being a figure of a better by Christ God when hee would assure them of his grace if they turne unâ—o him by faith mentioneth that covenant and redemption For though the covenant of the Gospel be another then that which hee made with them when he brought them out of Egypt as the Apostle sheweth by testimonie of the Prophets Heb. 8. 8. 13. from Ier. 31. yet the covenant or law then given was a Scholemaster unto Christ. Gal. 3. 24. and Christ is the end of the law for righteousnesse to every one that beleeveth Rom. 10. 4. And thus Moses endeth the curses of the Law due to transgressors with promise of grace to the remnant of the Iewes according to the election of grace Rom. 11. 5. which in the latter dayes shall come againe unto him whom he is able to
unto God by him Heb. 7. 11. 12 23 24 25. Vers. 7. From thence namely from Beeroth of the sonnes of Iaakan Numb 33. 32. Gudgodah in the Chaldee Gudgod in Greeke Gadgad before Moses named it Hor-hagidgad that is the Hole of Gidgad see Num. 33. 32 33. Iotbath in Greeke Ietabatha as in Num. 33. 33. Vers. 8. At that time not when they came to Iotbath but long before whiles they were at mount Sina God separated the tribe of Levi see Num. 3. 1 6 c. So the time when God was provoked to wrath commendeth the riches of his grace separated from all other businesse to serve the Lord and his people Exod. 28. 1. Numb 3. 45. and 16. 9. tribe of Levi of which tribe Aaron and all the Priests were so he speaketh here of the whole to beare Hereupon David said It is not for any to beare the Arke of God but for the Levites c. 1 Chron. 15. 2. See also Numb 4. 15. to stand this gesture the Priests and Levites used in all their ministration standing not sitting and it was a signe of service as hee that stood before the King Ier. 52. 12. is in another Scripture called the servant of the King 2 King 25. 8. So after in Deut. 17. 12. and 18. 5. 7. Iudg. 20. 28. In like manner the Prophets are said to stand before the Lord 1 King 17. 1. and 18. 15. 2 King 3. 14. and 5. 16. Likewise also the Angels as Luk. 1. 19. I am Gabriel that stand before God so in 2 Chron. 18. 18. And as the Levites stood before the Lord so they are said also to stand before the people and to serve them Numb 16. 9. 2 Chron. 35. 3. Ezek. 44. 11. to blesse of this duty see the annotations on Num. 6. 23. Thus God provided for the comfort of their soules whiles his ministery was setled among them by which they might daily have accesse unto his throne of grace Vers. 9. no part to wit no part in the spoiles taken by warre no inheritance in the land of Canaan which was divided among the other tribes onely see Num. 18. 20. and 26. 53 57. and 35. 2. Deut. 18. 1. he is for of the first-fruits tithes vowes and oblations of the Lord the Priests and Levites had their livelihood see the annotations on Num. 18. 8 9. 20 21 c. Therefore the Chaldee paraphrast here translateth the gifts that the Lord hath given him they are his inheritance Of which see more in Deut. 12. 19. and 14. 27. and 18. 1 2. Vers. 10. And stood or when I had stood that is both stayed or abidden and in prayer waited upon the Lord for mercy Standing often signifieth prayer as is noted on Gen. 18. 22. and the words following here manifest the same hearkned the Chaldee expounds it accepted my prayer destroy Hebr. corrupt which when it is spoken of God usually meaneth destruction set Gen. 6. 13. Vers. 11. that they may or and they shall which the Greeke translateth and let them goe in These phrases are one in sense as is noted on Gen. 12. 12. and 27. 4. This commandement and promise was a testimony that God now was reconciled unto them by the intercession of Moses Vers. 12. aske of thee This word often used when men aske that is request or desire a thing of God 1 Sam. 1. 17 20 27. Iam. 1. 5 6. is here used for Gods asking obedience of men as if he desired and requested the same and as in Mica 6. 8. he is said to seeke or require the like thing This grace Paul sheweth most effectually saying as though God did beseech you by us wee pray you in Christs stead be yee reconciled to God 2 Cor. 5. 20. to feare see the notes on Deut. 6. 13. This feare is the beginning of wisedome Prov. 1. 7. by which men depart from evill Prov. 16. 6. Vnto which and other holy duties Moses calleth this people as being the end and use of the former rehearsall of their sinnes and of Gods mercies towards them So by other Prophets he calleth men to obedience and humble walking before him rather than to sacrifice see 1 Sam. 15. 22. Ier. 7. 22 23. Mic. 6. 6 7 8. his wayes that is to follow him in his faith and religion and all his commandements for these are the wayes of God Psal. 25. 4 5. Act. 18. 25 26. The Chaldee translateth the wayes which are right before him see the notes on Gen. 18. 19. and 6. 12. to love The summe and end of the Law 1 Tim. 1. 5. See the notes on Exod. 20. 6. serve in outward obedience also that we love not in word neither in tongue but in deed and truth 1 Ioh. 3. 18. What serving implieth see noted on Exod. 20. 5. and Deut. 6. 13. Vers. 13. for good or as the Greeke and Chaldee interpret that it may be well with thee so Deut. 5. 33. In serving the Lord the glory redoundeth unto him the benefit to our selves for them that honour him hee will honour 1 Sam. 2. 30. and godlinesse hath the promise of the life that now is and of that which is to come 1 Tim. 4 8. Vers. 14. unto Iehovah or of Iehovah his they are and of him made preserved and loved generally as his creatures for he saveth man and beast Psal. 36. 7. and is kinde unto the unthankefull and to the evill Luk. 35. So it is acknowledged in Neh. 9. 6. Thou even thou art Lord alone thou hast made the heavens the heavens of heavens with all their hast the earth and all things that are therein the seas and all that is therein and thou preservest them all and the hâ—st of heaven worshippeth thee the heavens of heavens that is the highest heavens as the Apostle mentioneth the third heaven 2 Cor. 12. 2. Hereby â—he Angels also are implied so in Targum Ionathanâ— it is explained the heavens of heavens and companies of Angels which are in them to 〈…〉 ister before him Vers. 15. had a delight which the Greeke translateth fore-chose to love them and this is his speciall grace to his Church in Christ Ephes. 1. 3 4 5 c. their seed their children as the Chaldee explaines it for Gods grace is continued unto the posterity of the faithfull even to thousands of them that love him c. Exod. 20. 6. Vers. 16. the superfluous fore-skinne this the Greeke translateth hardnesse of heart the Chaldee foolishnesse or grossenesse of the heart See the annotations on Gen. 17. 11. Hereby is taught repentance and mortification of the inward man by circumcision of the heart in the spirit Rom. 2. 29. in putting off the body of the sinnes of the flesh Col. 2. 11. For we are the circumcision that worship God in the Spirit Phil. 3. 3. Hereupon God promiseth to circumcise their hearts Deut. 30. 6. and blameth them that were uncircumcised in heart Ier. 9. 26. Acts 7. 51. make not your necke stiffe or harden
not stiffen not your necke see Deut. 9. 6. This is against their outward disobedience as the former was against their inward and teacheth submission unto the yoke of Gods law contrary to their former stubbornnesse Vers. 17. God of Gods that is the chiefest God in respect of all that are called Gods whether in heaven or in earth as there be Gods many and Lords many 1 Cor. 8. 5 6. The Idols of the Heathens the Angels in heaven and Magistrates on earth are called Gods Deut. 7. 25. Psal. 8. 6. with Heb. 2. 7 8 9. Psal. 82. regard persons or respect or accept faces which the Greeke translateth not have in admiration the person or face of any which phrase the Apostle useth Iude v. 16. Of God sundry other Scriptures testifie that hee respecteth no persons as Act. 10. 34. Rom. 2. 11. 2 Chron. 19. 7. Iob 34. 19. 1 Pet. 1. 17. Gal. 2. 6. Ephes 6. 9. Col. 3. 25. nor take reward that is will not pervert judgement by condemning the innocent or justifying the wicked for gifts or rewards as unrighteous Iudges doe 1 Sam. 8. 3. Psal. 15. 5. Esay 5. 23. Vers. 18. doth the judgement that is executeth the rightfull sentence for delivering or avenging them as it is said the Lord hath judged that is delivered him from the hand of his enemies 2 Sam. 18. 19. And he doth judgements to all oppressed Psal. 103. 6. But the fatherlesse and widow are here by name expressed because such are commonly and easily wronged in the world Iob 22. 9. and 24. 3 9. Psal. 94. 6. Ezek. 22. 7. therefore God is said to be the Iudge that is the Patron defender and releever of such Psal. 68. 6. and 10. 14. and 146. 7. 9. and commandeth men to be the like Esay 1. 17. Psal. 82. 3. bread that is as the Chaldee explaineth it food for bread which is the staffe stay of mans life is often used for all meat as is noted on Genes 3. 19. And as God feedeth strangers so he commandeth his people to doe the like Deut. 14. 29. and 16. 11. 14. and 24. 19 20 21. and 26. 11 12. Vers. 19. Love ye therefore or And love ye the stranger to wit as God loveth him that is manifest your love by releeving him see Ia 〈…〉 2. 15 16. yâ— were strangers this remembrance of their former misery is often used to move them unto compassioÌ„ towards others See Exod. 22. 21. Lev. 19. â—3 34. Vers. 20. cleave This word is first used to expresse the union that is betweene man and wiâ—e Gen. 2. 24. applied here to signifie our union with 〈…〉 d in Christ as Paul sheweth it by the same 〈…〉 de of marriage Ephes. 5. 25. 32. But this is spirituall â—as hee saith He that cleaveth to the Lord is one spirit 1 Cor. 6. 17. It is to be done with purpose of heart Act. 11. 23. and with soule Psal. 63. 9. with a continued resolution as Ruth 1. 14. 16. So in other cases cleaving signifieth such an union as will not be parted Iob 41. â—7 Dan. 2. 43. Compare also Deut. 4. 4. and 11. 22. and 13. 4. and 30. 20. sweare hereby Confession is implied 〈◊〉 is before noted on Deut. 6. 13. Vers. 21. thy praise in Greeke thy glorying that is whom thou oughtest to praise continually and in whom thou art to glory So Ieremy said thâ—â— art my praise Ier. 17. 14. and David O God of my praise Psal. 109 1. and the praises of Israel Psal. 22. 4. fearefull things in Greeke glorious things which imply both the good things done unto Israel and the evill unto their enemies as appeareth by Psal. 106. 22. 2 Sam. 7. 23. Esay 64. 3. Vers. 22. seventy soules that is seventy persons some Greeke Copies have seventie five soules other some and as Hierome witnesseth the lxxij Interpreters translate here seventie though elsewhere they have 75. which the Holy Ghost followeth in Act 7. 14. See the annotations on Genes 46. 27. 20. made thee Hebr. put thee as the starres that is made thee innumerable which was a sing 〈…〉 blessing remembred before in Deut. 1. 10. and 〈◊〉 in Neh. 9. 23. and a fulfilling of the promise made unto Abraham Gen. 22. 17. and againe 〈…〉 Geâ— 20. 4. According to this similitude the Israelites are called the host of heaven and 〈…〉 Dan. 8. 10. 24. and in other visions the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Church is called Heaven Rev. 4. 2. 〈…〉 19. and 〈…〉 2. 1. 7. and the chiefe members of the same Starres Rev. 6. 13. and 8. 10. and 〈…〉 4. CHAP. XI An exhortation to love and obedience 2 by 〈…〉 experience of Gods great workes done in 〈…〉 and in the wildernesse 8 by promise of Gods 〈…〉 ngs in the land of Canaan 16. and by 〈…〉 gs 18 Gods words must be laid up in the 〈…〉 and for a signe outwardly 19 taught unto the 〈…〉 20 and written on the doore-posts 22 Vpon 〈…〉 ing of the Law the casting out of the heathens 〈…〉 ssing their land is promised 26 The blessing 〈…〉 is set before them 29. and must after 〈…〉 d on Gerizim and Ebal mounts within 〈…〉 ANd thou shalt love Iehovah thy God and keepe his charge and his statutes and his judgements and his commandements all dayes And know ye this day for I speake not with your children which have not knowne and which have not seene the chastisement of Iehovah your God his greatnesse his strong hand and his stretched-out arme And his signes and his deeds which he did in the midst of Egypt unto Pharaoh the king of Egypt and unto all his land And what he did unto the armie of Egypt unto their horses and to their Chariots how he made the waters of the Red sea to flow over their faces as they pursued after you Iehovah hath destroyed theÌ„ unto this day And what he did unto you in the wildernesse untill ye came unto this place And what he did to Dathan and to Abiram the sonnes of Eliab the sonne of Reuben how the earth opened her mouth and swallowed up them and their houses and their tents and all the substance that was at their feet in the midst of all Israel But your eyes have seene all the great work of Iehovah which he hath done Therefore shall ye keepe all the commandement which I command thee this day that yee may be strong and goe in and possesse the land whither yee are going over to possesse it And that yee may prolong your dayes upon the lâ—nd w ch Iehovah sware unto your fathers to give unto them and to their seed a land flowing with milk hony For the land whither thou goest in to possesse it is not as the land of Egypt from whence yee came out where thou sowedst thy seed and waâ—erâ—dst it with thy foot as a garden of herbs But the land whither ye are going over to possesse it is a land of mountaines and of vallies it drinketh waters of the
of thy salvation and firmly sustain me with a free spirit I wil teach trespassers thy wayes and sinners shall convert unto thee Deliver me from blouds O God the God of my salvation my tongue shall shout thy justice Lord thou shalt open my lips and my mouth shall shew forth thy praise For thou delightest not sacrifice else would I give it burnt offering thou wilt not contentedly accept The sacrifices of God are a broken spirit a heart broken and contrite O God thou wilt not despise Doe well in thy good pleasure unto Sion build thou the wals of Ierusalem Then shalt thou delightfully accept the sacrifices of justice the burnt offering and the whole oblation then shall they offer up bullocks upon thine Altar Annotations HE had gone in to wit into the chamber as Iudg. 15. 1. that is had lien with as the phrase importeth Gen. 6. 4. and is expressed 2 Sam. 11. 4. Bathsheba the daughter of Eliam 2 Sam. 11. 3. called also Bathshua daughter of Ammiel 1 Chron. 3. 5. She was wife to Captaine Urijah the Hittite and whiles her husband was at the leager of Rabbah David lay with her and she being with child he first sought to cover his fault by sending for Vrijah home that he might be esteemed the father which not succeeding he sent him backe with privie letters to Ioab the Generall for to procure his death Which being done David married his wife Bathshebah so thinking to cloake his sinne But God was displeased and sent Nathan to reprove David whereupon he repented and made this Psalme for an example unto and comfort of sinners See the historie at large 2 Sam. 11. and 12. Vers. 4. much wash mee or multiply wash mee that is thorowly wash me againe and againe He applieth the washings used in the Law Lev. 11. 25. 32. Exod. 19. 10. Num. 19. 19. to the spirituall washing from sinne in the bloud of Christ Rev. 7. 14. 1 Ioh. 1. 7. So after in verse 9. and Ier. 4. 14. The Hebrew Hereb or Harbeh multiply is used for much as 2 King 10. 18. where it is opposed to little And that which in one place is written harboh multiply in another is la-rob and rabbah much as 1 King 10. 10. with 2 Chron. 9. 9. 2 Sam. 8. 8. with 1 Chron. 18. 8. Vers. 5. I know or acknowledge So Isa. 59. 12. Ier. 3. 13. Vers. 6. Against thee or Vnto thee onely This is either because he concealed his sinne from men but could not from God 2 Sam. 12. 12. or that onely God could remit the punishment of his sin Isa. 43. 25. So Psal. 41. 5. I have sinned and so am deprived of the glory of God as Rom. 3. 23. that which is evill c. which displeaseth thee This hath reference to 2 Sam. 11. 9. and 11. 27. that thou maiest be just that is thou hast suffered me to fall into sinne that thou maiest be just or justified in whatsoever thou hast spoken for the salvation of thy servant or punishment of my sinne 2 Sam. 12. 10. For the injustice of man commendeth the justice of God Rom. 3. 4 5. or it may have reference to the former words I know and acknowledge my sinne that thou maist be just when thou speakest or in thy speaking that is in thy words as Rom. 3. 4. so after in thy judging maist be pure or cleare sincere unreproveable and consequently maist win the victorin in judgement whereupon the Apostle according to the Greeke version saith maist overcome Rom. 3. 4. The Hebrew Zacah also in the Syriak tongue is used for overcomming Vers. 7. in iniquitie the perversenesse or vitiosity of nature commonly called originall by the Apostle inhabiting sinne Rom. 7. 17. whereby all men are carnall sold under sinne Ioh. 3. 6. Rom. 7. 14. The Chaldee calleth it the sinne of evill concupiscence This David maketh the fountaine of all his actuall sinnes painfully brought forth borne with sorrow The Hebrew signifieth the painfull travell of child-birth Isa. 26. 17 18. and 51. 2. Psal. 29. 9. conceived or was warme in heat as Gen. 30. 38. 39 41. Vers. 8. the inward parts or the covered parts the heart roots where wisdome is seated of God Iob 38. 36. named in Hebrew of covering plaistering or pargetting the secret or the closed place which being referred to the person meaneth the heart which God reneweth Ezek. 36. 26. and wherein he writeth his lawes Heb. 8. 10. And thus the Chaldee expoundeth it the close place of the heart which the Apostle calleth the hid man of the heart 1 Pet. 3. 4. or if it be referred to the thing it meaneth the secrets of wisedome Iob 11. 6. the wisedome of God in a mysterie the hid wisdome manifested by the Gospell 1 Cor. 2. 7. And thus the Greeke applieth it saying the unmanifest and hid things of wisdome thou hast manifested to me hast made or wilt make me know thus he riseth by faith out of his sin being taught wisdome of God Vers. 9. Thou wilt purge me from sinne or prayer-wise Purge thou me from sinne or make me sinlesse expiate or purifie my sinne Prayers are often made in this manner as with assurance that they shall be performed See the note on Psal. 17. 8. Eizop or hyssop of the Hebrew Ezob and Greek hyssopos an herbe or tree growing out of the wall 1 King 4. 33. appointed in the law for to sprinkle and cleanse with Exod. 12. 22. Num. 19. 6. 18. Lev. 14. 4. 6. 49. Heb. 9. 19. and the sprinkling with it was the last part of the purification of the uncleane here used to signifie the ful cleansing from sinne by the bloud of Christ Heb. 9. 13 14. whether it were that herb which we now call eizop or no is uncertaine The Childee paraphraseth Thou wilt sprinkle me like a Priest which sprinkleth the uncleane with the purifying waters with hyssop with the asbes of a heifer and I shall be cleane wash me another legall rite for purifying the uncleane Lev. 14. 8. and 15. 5. 8. 13. 22. figuring our sanctification Heb. 10. 22. Tit. 3. 5. Isa. 4. 4. Vers. 10. to heare joy the joyfull tidings of the forgivenesse of my sins bones that thou hast crushed or brayed nothing hereby the greatnesse of his griefe and affliction Iob 2. 2. 5. and 30. 17. and 33. 19. 21. Psal. 38. 4. Vers. 11. Hide thy face that is regard not my finhes to visit them on me See the contrary Psal. 90. 5. and 109. 14 15. Ier. 16. 17. Vers. 12. firme spirit a spirit ready prepared stedfast and certaine The like is applied to the heart Psal. 11 2. 7. and 57. 8. Vers. 13. from thy face or from thy presence This was an effect of Gods utmost anger against sinners 2 Kings 24. 20. Ier. 7. 15. and 52. 3. Gen. 4. 16. thy spirit of holinesse thy holy Ghost which the Chaldee expoundeth thy holy spirit of Prophesie Vers. 14. the joy of thy salvation the joy
condition our matter and forme the originall word properly is a formed vessell of earth applied to our fraile estate Rom. 9. 20 21. sometime this is spoken of our fictions and sinfull imaginations Gen. 6. 5. Deut. 31. 21. and so the Chaldee interpreteth it here our evill concupiscence which carrieth us into error Vers. 15. as the grasse c. that is few and transitorie though making a faire shew Compare Psal. 90. 5 6. Iob 14. 1 2. Iam. 1. 10 11. 1 Pet. 1. 24. Vers. 16. not know it or know him that is hee shall have no more place here So Iob 7. 10. Vers. 18. to doe them this noteth the outward practise and operation of the Law whereas keeping or observing is with the heart and spirit of man Prov. 3. 1 3. and 4. 4 21. Psal. 78. 8. Vers. 19. prepared his throneâ— or stabâ—â—â—he it a signe of dominion and gover 〈…〉 be administred in heaven whereby the Church is figured Rev. 4. 1. 2. See also Psal. 9. 5 8 9. and 11. 4. Vers. 20. hearkning or to hearken to obey and this noteth a willing and ready minde in the Angels and our Lord teacheth vs to pray for the like Mat. 6. 10. The Hebrew phrase to obey may be Englished obeying as the like in Psal. 104. 15 21. and 105. 11. See also Psal. 49. 15. and 65. 11. Vers. 21. his hosts or armies the thrones principalities powers c. that are in the heavenly places Eph. 3. 10. Col. 1. 16. for they are his hosts 1 King 22. 19. Gen. 32. 2. and generally all creatures are his hosts see Psal. 24. 10. ministers the Angels which minister unto him Psal. 104. 4. Dan. 7. 10. the same title is given also to men Esa. 61. 6. PSAL. CIV A meditation upon Gods powerfull workes and wonderfull providence in creating and governing the world and creatures therein 31 Gods glory is eternall 33 The Prophet voweth perpetually to praise him MY soule blesse thou Iehovah Iehovah my God thou art vehemently great thou araiest thy selfe with Majesty and comely honour Deeking him-selfe with light as with a garment stretching out the heavens as a curtaine Planchering his lofts in the waters making the clouds his Chariot walking vpon the wings of the wind Making his Angels spirits his Ministers a flaming fire He hath founded the earth upon her bases it shall not bee moved for ever and aye Thou coveredst it with the deepe as with a raiment the waters stood above the mountaines At thy rebuke they fled at the voice of thy thunder they hasted away The mountaines they went up the vallies they went downe to the place which thou foundest for them Thou didst set a bound they shall not passe they shall not returne to cover the earth That sendeth wel-springs in the vallies they walke betweene the mountaines They give drinke to all the wilde beasts of the field the wilde asses breake their thirst By them the fowle of the Heaven dwelleth from betweene the branches they give the voice That watreth the mountaines from his lofts the earth is filled with the fruit of thy workes That maketh grasse to grow for cattle and the herbe for the use of man bringing forth bread out of the earth And wine that rejoyceth the heart of sorry man making the face chearefull with osle and bread that upholdeth the heart of sorry man Tilled are the trees of Iehovah the Cedars of Lebanon which he planted That there the birds may make their nest the Storke the Fir trees are her house The high mountaines for the wilde goats the rocks a shelter for the conies He made the Moone for appointed times the Sunne knoweth his going downe Thou puttest darknesse and it is night in it doe creep forth all wilde beasts of the wood The lurking Lions roaring for the prey and seeking their meat of God The Sunne riseth they gather them away and couch downe in their dens Out goeth man unto his worke and to his labour till evening How many are thy workes Iehovah all of them hast thou done in wisdome the earth is full of thy riches This Sea great and wide of spaces there are creeping things even innumerable small wilde beasts with great There goe the ships Levjathan whom thou hast formed to play therein They all looke attentively unto thee to give them their food in his time Thou givest it to them they gather it thou openest thine hand they are filâ—ed with good Thou hidest thy face they are suddenly troubled thou gatherest their spirit they breath out the ghost and returne unto their dust Thou sendest forth thy spirit they are created and thou renewest the face of the earth The glory of Iehovah be for ever rejoyce let Iehovah in his deeds He looketh upon the earth and it trembleth he toucheth the mountaines and they smoke I will sing to Iehovah in my life I will sing Psalmes to my God while I am Sweet shall my meditation be of him I will rejoyce in Iehovah Consumed be sinners out of the earth and wicked men be they no more my soule blesse thou Iehovah Halelujah Annotations ANd comely honour that is shewest thy selfe by all thy works to be God over all to whom glory and honour is due Therefore God challengeth Iob and so all men to doe thus if they can and they shall be celebrated of him Iob 40 4 5. 9. Of these words see Psal. 8. 2 6. Vers. 2. Decking or clothing or He clotheth to wit himselfe with light dwelling in the light that none can attaine unto 1 Tim. 6. 16. and at first commanding the light to shine out of darknesse wherewith he decked the world Gen. 1. 3. 2 Cor. 4. 6. as a curtaine that is as a canopie or tent Song 1. 5. Ier. 49. 29. when he spred out the firmament by himselfe alone Gen. 1. 6. Esa. 44. 24. and 51. 13. Iob 37. 18. Vers. 3. Planchering He plancketh or planchereth his lofts or upper chambers that is the clouds aloft or upper regions of the aire as after in vers 13. in the waters among them or with waters which are above in the firmament Gen. 1. 7. where God bindeth the waters in the clouds and the cloud is not broken under them Iob 26. 8. making or putting that is disposing them his Chariot to sit and ride on as Esa. 19. 1. Rev. 14. 14. Compare Psal. 18. 11. Vers. 4. spirits that is spirituall substances so differing from Christ who is no made or created spirit but the maker of all things Psal. 102. 26. and from men made of flesh and bloud Luk. 24. 39. The originall word also signifieth winds and Angels by interpretation are messengers whereupon some translate he maketh the winds his messengers but the Holy Ghost in Heb. 1. 7. sheweth this to be spoken of Angels properly who are named also ministring spirits Heb. 1. 14. flaming fire effectuall in their administration the Angels therefore have appeared like horses and Chariots of fire 2 King 6. 17. and 2.
11. Vers. 5. bases firme and fit groundsels see Psal. 24. 2. and 78. 69. Iob 38. 4. 6. Vers. 6. the deepe or depth of waters which hid all the earth till God separated them Gen. 1. 2. 9. Vers. 8. they went up that is the mounts shewed themselves on high when the waters of the deepe were gathered into the channels of the sea Gen. 1. 9. and 8. 5 c. Or They that is the waters went up the mounts and downe the dales when they were parted from the dry land as if that thing were effected by thunder wind and tempest called here Gods rebuke driving the waters vers 7. see Psal. 18 16. Vers. 9. abound or limit shutting up the sea with doores and barres saying hitherto shalt thou come but no further and here shall it stay thy proud waves as Iob 38. 8. 10 11. So Psal. 148. 6. Vers. 10. That sendeth or He sendeth so after wel-springs or fountaines meaning rivers flowing from such as the next words shew they walke that is runne so Psal. 105. 41. Vers. 11. breake that is slake or quench their thirst So we say to brake ones fast Vers. 12. give the voice the Chaldee addeth the voice of singing that is sing loud and chearefully see Psal. 68. 34. Vers. 13. his lofts or his high chambers the skies that give raine the fruit that is the raine which God onely giveth Ier. 14. 22. and 10. 13. and consequently the corne and herbes that grow after raine Compare Iob 38. 26 27 28. Deut. 11. 14 15. Vers. 14. the use or service bringing or to bring but this is referred still to God so after to make that is making faces c. see Psal. 103. 20. bread that is bread-corne so Esa. 28. 28. and 30. 23. Iob 28. 5. Eccles. 11. 1. Vers. 15. cheerfull or merry so the Greeke turneth it so also the Hebrew signifieth as Est. 8. 15. or to shine with oile wherewith they used to anoint them Psal. 23. 5. or more than oile that is wine makes the face seeme more cheerefull than if it were ointed upholdeth that is comforteth so Gen. 18. 5. Vers. 16. trees of Iehovah this is after expounded which hee planted So the Chaldee expoundeth Trees which the Lord created Vers. 17. the stroke a bird somewhat like a crane named in Hebrew Chasidah of mercy or kindnesse which is said to be in this fowle that the young will nourish their dams when they are old Vers. 18. wilde goats or roes named of climing rocks for they haunt high hils and rocks where they are safe from dogs that hunt them 1 Sam. 24. 3. Iob 39. 4. conies commended for wisdome that being a people not mighty they make their houses in the rocke Prov. 30. 24 26. Vers. 19. appointed times seasons of the yeere as the Chaldee paraphraseth for times to be counted by it or certaine times for that the moone is not alwaies seene knoweth to wit by Gods commandement the time and place for to sit and rise see Iob 38. 12. Vers. 21. for the prey or at it see Esa. 31. 4. Iob 4. 11. and 39. 1 2. Vers. 23. labour or his tilth service husbandry as Gen. 2. 5. Vers. 24. riches or possessions Vers. 25. wide of spaces or of hands that is broad and spacious reaching out his armes on every side Iob 11. 9. A like phrase is of other spacious things Gen. 34. 21. Nehem. 7. 4. Isa. 33. 21. Vers. 26. Livjathan or the whale or the sea-dragon see Psal. 74. 14. Iob 40. 20 c. to play or playing in it as Behemoth and the beasts are said to play on the mountaines Iob 40. 15. which word is also used for conflict or fight 2 Sam. 2. 14. Vers. 27. looke attentively or wait with hope so Psal. 145. 15. in his time that is in due season see Psal. 1. 3. Vers. 28. openest c. that is givest freely as Deut. 15. 11. Vers. 29. gatherest that is takest away see Psal. 30. 9. to their dust their earth whereof they were made Gen. 1. 24. and 3. 19. Psal. 146. 4. This is taken from Iob 34. 14 15. Vers. 30. renewest by causing new creatures to come in place of the old Eccles. 1. 4. and restoring the estate of things decayed Ezek. 37. Vers. 31. be or shall be for ever rejoyce in beholding the holy order and obedience of his creatures and not repent or be sorry for the worke of his hands and destroy them Esa. 65. 19. Gen. 6. 5 6. Vers. 32. they smoke a signe of feare Exod. 19. 18. so Psal. 144. 5. Vers. 33. in my life so long as I live so Psal. 63. 5. and 146. 2. Vers. 34. Sweet shall be that is delightfull to me or be it sweet that is acceptable to God Vers. 35. Consumed be sinners or they shall bee consumed by sinners meaning men given to sinne See Ps. 1. 1. Hallelu-jah that is Praise ye Iah an Hebrew phrase kept in the Greeke Rev. 19. 3 6. and in other languages set sometime in the beginning sometime in the end of Psalmes but first used in this place where consuming of sinners is mentioned as in the new Testament it is first used in Rev. 19. where the destruction of Antichrist the man of sinne is foretold PSAL. CV An exhortation to praise God and to seeke out his workes 7 The story of Gods providence over Abraham 16 Over Ioseph 23 Over Iakob in Egypt 26 Over Moses delivering the Israelites 37 Over the Israelites brought out of Egypt fed in the wildernesse and planted in Canaan COnfesse yee to Iehovah call on his Name make knowne his actions among the peoples Sing ye to him sing Psalme to him discourse of all his marvellous workes Glory yee in the Name of his holinesse let the heart of them that seeke Iehovah rejoyce Seeke Iehovah and his strength seeke ye his face continually Remember ye his marvellous workes that hee hath done his wonders and the judgements of his mouth Seed of Abraham his servant sonnes of Iakob his chosen ones He is Iehovah our God his judgements are in all the earth He remembreth his covenant for ever the word that he commanded to the thousand generation Which hee stroke with Abraham and his oath unto Isaak And stablished it to Iakob for a decree to Israel for a covenant of eternitie Saying To thee will I give the land of Canaan the line of your inheritance When they were men few of number very few and strangers in it And walked about from nation to nation from one kingdome to another people He suffered not any man to doe them wrong but reproved kings for them Touch not mine anointed and to my Prophets doe no evill And hee called a famine upon the land hee brake all the staffe of bread He sent before them a man Ioseph was sold for a servant They afflicted his feet with fetters his soule entred the iron Vntill the time his word came the saying of Iehovah tried him The King sent and